TWI755228B - Functional device and method for controlling variable physical parameter - Google Patents

Abstract

A functional device for controlling a variable physical parameter includes a timer and a processing unit, wherein the variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter target state. The timer senses a clock time to generate a sense signal, wherein the clock time is characterized based on a clock time application interval represented by a measurement value application range. The processing unit is coupled to the timer, obtains a measurement value in response to the sense signal, and causes the variable physical parameter be in the physical parameter target state under a condition that the processing unit determines the clock time application interval in which the clock time is currently be by checking a mathematical relation between the measurement value and the measurement value application range.

Description

Functional device and method for controlling variable physical parameters

The present disclosure relates to a functional device, and more particularly, to a functional device and method for controlling a variable physical parameter.

A control device can generate a control signal to control a physical parameter application unit included in a functional device. The functional device uses the control signal to control the physical parameter application unit. The physical parameter application unit can use at least one of a mechanical energy, an electrical energy, and a light energy, and can be a motor for an access control, a relay for a power control, and an energy conversion One of the energy converters of . In order to effectively control the physical parameter application unit, the functional device can obtain a measurement value provided based on a clock time. The functional device may require an improved mechanism to effectively use the measured value and thereby effectively control the physical parameter application unit.

US Published Patent No. 2015/0357887 A1 discloses a product specification setting device and a fan motor having the same. US Patent No. 7,411,505 B2 discloses a switch state and a radio frequency identification tag.

An object of the present disclosure is to provide a method that relies on a control The signal and a measurement provided according to a clock time effectively control a functional device of a variable physical parameter.

An embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide a functional device for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter target state. The functional device includes a timer and a processing unit. The timer senses a clock time to generate a sense signal, wherein the clock time is characterized based on a clock time application interval represented by a measurement value application range. The processing unit is coupled to the timer, obtains a measurement value in response to the sensing signal, and determines the clock time by checking a first mathematical relationship between the measurement value and the application range of the measurement value in the processing unit The variable physical parameter is brought into the physical parameter target state under a condition of entering the clock time application interval.

Another embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide a method for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter target state. The method includes the steps of: sensing a clock time to generate a sensing signal, wherein the clock time is characterized based on a clock time application interval represented by a measurement value application range; and in response to the sensing signal, obtaining a a measured value; and under the condition that a situation where the clock time enters the clock time application interval is determined by examining a first mathematical relationship between the measured value and the measured value application range, make the variable physical parameter in the target state of this physical parameter.

Another embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide a functional device for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter target state. The functional device includes a timer and a processing unit. The timer senses a clock time to generate a sense A signal wherein the clock time is characterized based on a clock time application interval represented by a measurement value application range. The processing unit is coupled to the timer, obtains a measurement value in response to the sensing signal, and determines the current time of the clock time by checking a mathematical relationship between the measurement value and the application range of the measurement value. The variable physical parameter is in the physical parameter target state under the condition of the clock time application interval.

Another embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide a method for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter target state. The method includes the steps of: sensing a clock time to generate a sensing signal, wherein the clock time is characterized based on a clock time application interval represented by a measurement value application range; and in response to the sensing signal, obtaining a a measured value; and under the condition that the clock time application interval in which the clock time is currently located is determined by examining a mathematical relationship between the measured value and the measured value application range, placing the variable physical parameter in the Physical parameter target state.

130: Functional device

210, 212: Control device

220: Reader

230, 331: Processing unit

240: Transmission unit

246, 386: Communication interface unit

250, 332: storage unit

25Y1: Memory unit

260, 334: Sensing unit

261, 3341, 3342: Sensing components

263, 363: Multiplexer

2631, 2632, 3631, 3632: Input

263C, 363C: control terminal

263P, 363P, 338P, 338Q: output terminal

270, 337: Receiver unit

2701, 2702, 3371, 3372, 3374: Receiver components

275, 276, 285, 286: Electricity usage target

280: Server

288, 28H, 387: Trigger application unit

290: Physical Parameters Forming Units

295:User

297, 397: Operation unit

310: Identifying Mediums

330: Control target device

335, 735: Physical parameter application unit

3351: Physical parameters forming part

3355: Driver circuit

3371: Receiver

338: Output Components

340, 342, 343, 539, 545, 546: Timer

350: Electronic Label

360: Barcode Media

370: Biometric Action Media

380, 440: input unit

3801: Button

382: Display unit

384: Transmission Unit

3842, 3843: Transmission components

410: Internet

4401: Touch screen

441: Pointing Device

450, 452, 455: Transmission components

460: Display unit

475: State Change Detector

485: Limit switch

610: External Devices

70M: Supporting Medium

70U: material layer

734, 7341, 7342: Sensor type

801, 901: Control system

8011, 8012, 8013, 8014, 8015, 8016, 8017, 8018, 9011, 9012, 9013, 9014, 9015, 9016, 9017, 9018, 9019, 9020, 9021, 9022, 9023, 9024, 9025, 9026, 9027, 9028, 9029, 9030, 9031, 9032, 9033, 9034, 9035, 9036, 9037, 9038, 9039, 9040, 9041, 9042, 9043, 9044, 9045, 9046, 9047, 9048, 9049, 9050, 9051, 9052, 9053, 9054, 9055, 9056, 9057, 9058, 9059, 9060, 9061, 9062, 9063, 9064, 9065, 9066, 9067, 9068, 9069: Implementation Structure

AA81, AA82, AE81, AE82: Data determination operation

AA8A, AE8A, AK8A: Data confirmed

AC1: Response area

AD81, AD82, AF81, AF82, AF95, AF96, AG81, AG82: Data acquisition operations

AD8A, AF8A, AF9C, AG8A: Data acquisition

AJ11: Physical parameter application area

AK81: The first information confirms the operation

AK82:Second data confirm operation

AM82, AM85, AM8L, AM8T, AN81, AS81, AS82, AS8T, AS8U, AX82, AX85, AX8L, AX8T, EC92, EC9T, FF9T, FM8L, FV8L: Memory address

AP11, AP21: User interface area

AT11, AT21, AU11, AU21: Physical parameter formation area

BA83, BM51, BV11, BV22, BV51, BV81, BV85, BV86, ZP81, ZP85, ZQ81: Check operation

BC1T, BC8V, BD81, BE81: count operation

BH82, ZH81: specific function operation

BJ81: Specific Practical Operations

BQ81, BQ82, BQ8A, BQ8B, BU83, JU81, JU8A, JU91, JU92, JV81, JV82, JV83: User input operation

BS81, BS88, BS91, BY81, BY85, BY89, BY97: Signal generation operation

BR81: read operation

BZ81, ZM81, ZS81: Sensing operation

CA81, CA91, CD81, CD82, CE81, CE85, CE8T: Data Comparison

CC12, CC15, CC1L, CC1T, CC1U, CC1V: Control code

CF81: Data Comparison

CG81, CG88: Control message

CJ1T, CJ1U, CK8T, CK8V: Control data code

CL1T, CL8V: Measurement time length value

CM82, CM83, CM84, CM85: Control information code

CN82, CN83, CN84, CN85: Control data message

CP11, CP21: timing operation mode code

DA81, DF81, DG81, DG83, DX81, DX82, DX85, DX88: code differences

DB81, DB86, DS81: Range Differences

DC11, DC12, DD11, DD12: rated range limit value

DC1A, DD1A: Rated range limit value pair

DH81, DH82, DJ81, DJ82, DJ83, DJ91: Input data

DM15, DM16, DN15, DN16: Limits of application range

DM1B, DN1B, DQ1B: Candidate range limit value pair

DM1L, DN1L, DQ1L: Application range limit value pair

DN17, DN18: target range limit value

DN1E: specific range limit value pair

DN1T: Target range limit value pair

DP1A: rated range limit value pair

DQ13, DQ14: Specified range limit value

DQ15: The first application range limit value

DQ16: Second application range limit value

DQ1T: Specifies the range limit value pair

DQ1U: Application range limit value pair

DT81: Physical parameter state difference

DU81: Physical parameter data record

DY81: Coded data

EA81, EA82, EJ81, EJ82, EJ83, ZR81, ZR82, ZR83, ZR8KV, ZR8TR, ZX81, ZX82, ZX83, ZX8HE, ZX8HR, ZX8HJ, ZX8HT, ZX8HU, ZX8KV, ZX8TR, ZX91, ZX92: Data encoding operation

EH11, EM11: Measured value reference range code

EH12: Measured value reference range code, measured value candidate range code

EH14, EH17, EM14, EM15: Specific measurement value range codes

EH1L, EM1L: Measured value application range code

EL11, EL12: Measured value reference range code

EL14: specific measurement value range code

EL1T: Measured value specified range code

EL1U: Measured value application range code

EM12: Measured value reference range code, measured value candidate range code

EM1T: Measured value target range code

EP81: Operational Conditions

EQ81, EQ88, EQ8H, JQ81: Trigger events

EQ8P: Identify Media Emergence Events

EW11, EW12: Physical parameter reference status code

EW16: specific physical parameter status code

EW1T: Physical parameter application status code

EW1U, EW1V: Physical parameter target status code

EX81: Application Environment

FA81, FB81: Measurement application function

FK8E: Full measurement value range representation

FP81, FR81: Binding conditions

FQ11, FU11: Sensor Specifications

FT21, FW11, FW22: Timer Specifications

FY81, FZ81: Encoded image

GA812, GA8T1: Physical parameter representation

GA83, GB82: Physical parameter candidate range representation

GA8E, GB8E: Rated physical parameter range representation

GA8L, GB8L: Physical parameter application range representation

GA8HE: Rated clock time interval representation

GA8HU: Clock time application interval representation

GA8HR: Clock time reference interval representation

GA8HT: Clock time specified interval representation

GA8KV, GB8KV: time length representation

GA8T: Physical parameter candidate range representation

GA8TR, GB8TR: Clock time indication

GAL8, GBL8: Measurement application functional specifications

GD81, GE81: time control

GM8T, GM8U, GT81, GU11, GU81: Data storage control operation

GQ81, GW81: Sensor sensitivity indication

GQ8R, GW8R: Indication of sensor measurement range

GS11, GS81, GY80, GY81, GY85, GY89: Signal generation control

GX8T, GX8U: Physical parameter relationship check control

HZ11: Electrical use target identifier

HZ12: Electrical use target identifier

HA0T: Control device identifier

HA22, HA2T: Application unit identifier

HC81: Control code type identifier

HE81, HE82, HF81, HF82: Sensing signal generation

HH81, HH91, HH95, HQ81, HQ92: Specify the measurement value format

HK81: Control Data Code Type Identifier

HM81: Measuring range limit data code type identifier

HR1E: Rated clock time interval

HR1E1, HR1E2: Clock time reference interval

HR1E4, HR1E7: specific clock time interval

HR1ET: Clock time specified interval

HR1ET1: Start limit time

HR1ET2: End limit time

HR1EU: Clock time application interval

HR1N: Rated measurement value range

HZ22, HZ2T: Electrical use target identifier

JA1A, JB1A, QG1A, QL1A, QP1A, QP2A, QU1A, QY1A: Variable physical parameters

JE11, JE12: Physical parameter reference status

JE16: Specific Physical Parameter Status

JE1T: Physical parameter application status

JE1U, JE1V, JE1W: Physical parameter target state

JN81: Sequence of measured values

JP81: Situation

JY81: Sequence of measured values

KD85, KD8L, KD8T, KD8U, KD9T, KD9U: Physical parameter relationship

KA81, KA91, KH81, KM51, KV11, KV22, KV51, KQ81, KV83, KV85, KY81, KK91, KK92: Mathematical relationship

KE8A, KE8B, KE9A, KE9B: Scope relationship

KJ81: Numerical relationship

KP81, KP85: Arithmetic Relations

KQ81: Mathematical relationship, first mathematical relationship

KQ82: Second Mathematical Relationship

KT81: Time Relationship

KV81, KV86, KV91: Mathematical relationship

KW81: Numerical intersection relation

LA81, LA82: Status indication

LB81, LB82: Status indication

LC81, LD81: Actual position

LC21, LC22, LD91, LD92: Spatial position

LE81: Relative range position

LF1A, LF8A: Variable time length

LH8T: Specify the length of time

LH8U: Length of application time

LJ1T, LJ8V: Reference time length

LK81, LK91: wireless link

LP81, SP81: electrical signal

LQ81, SQ11, SQ81: Optical signal

LT8V: Length of application time

LX8H, LY11, LY12, LY81, LZ82, LZ8H: Measurement Information

MC81: First Scientific Computing

MD81: Second Scientific Computing

ME81, ME85, MF81, MF83, MG81, MH81, MH85, MK81, MQ81, MR81, MR82, MZ81: Scientific Computing

NA8A, NE8A, NK8A: Data Determination Procedure

ND8A, NF8A: Data acquisition procedures

NP91: specific count value

NR81: Clock reference time value

NS81: Total number of reference ranges

NT81: Total number of reference ranges

NY80, NY81: Measured value

NY8A: Variable count value

PB51, PB81, PB82, PB91, PE81, PH81, PH91, PR81, PY81, PZ81, PZ82, PZ91, PZ92: Logic decision

PF9T, PM8L, PV8L, XC9T, XC92, YM82, YM85, YN81, YX82, YX85, YX8L: Memory location

PW81: Reasonable Decision

QB81: Preset time reference interval sequence

QD12, QD1L, QD1T, QD5T: Specify physical parameters

QK8E: Full measurement value range

QP15: specific physical parameters

QU15, QU17, QU18: specific physical parameters

RA8E, RB8E: Sensor measurement range

RC1E, RD1E: Rated physical parameter range

RC1E1, RD1E1: Physical parameter reference range

RC1E2: Physical parameter reference range, physical parameter candidate range

RC1E3: Physical parameter candidate range

RC1E4, RC1E7, RD1E4, RD1E5, RD1E6, RD1EA, RD1EB, RD2E2, RD2E5, RD2E6: Range of specific physical parameters

RC1EL, RD1EJ, RD1EL: Application range of physical parameters

RC1N, RD1N: Rated measurement value range

RD1E2: Physical parameter reference range, physical parameter candidate range

RD1ET, RD1EU, RD1EV, RD1EW: Physical parameter target range

RL81: Positive Operation Report

RM11, RN11: Measured value reference range

RM12: Measurement value reference range, measurement value candidate range

RM17, RN15: specific measurement value range

RM1L, RN1L: Measured value application range

RN12: Measurement value reference range, measurement value candidate range

RN1G, RN1H: Measured value indication range

RN1T, RN1U: Measured value target range

RQ11, RQ12: Measured value reference range

RQ1T: Measured value specified range

RQ1U: Measured value application range

RW1EL, RY1ET, RY1EV: Corresponding physical parameter range

RX1T: Corresponding measurement value range

SB81: Physical parameter signal

SC10, SC11, SC15, SC1A, SC22, SC37, SC38, SC80, SC81, SC82, SC83, SC88, SC97, SD81, SD82, SF81, SF85, SF97, SV81, SV82: Control signal

SE21, SE22: Operation response signal

SE81, SE8H: Control response signal

SG15, SG72, SG77, SG80, SG81, SG82, SG85, SG87, SG88, SG89, SG8A, SG8B, SG97: Operation signal

SJ11, SJ12, SJ31, SJ61, SJ6A, SJ71, SJ72, SJ81, SJ91, SJ92, SJ9A, SJ9B, SM27, SM28, SX81, SX88, SX8H, SZ81, SZ91, SZ92: Operation request signal

SK91: Clock time signal

SL81: drive signal

SM81, SM82, SM91, SN11, SN12, SN81, SN82, SN83, SN85, SN91, SY80, SY81: Sensing signal

SN811, SN812: Sensing signal components

SS11, SU11: storage space

SW82, SW83, SW84, SW85: command signal

SX8A: Trigger signal

TB81, TB82, TD11, TD81, TF81, TF82, TX21, TX22, TX81, TX82, TY81: Operation time

TE82, TG12, TG82, TG83, TW81, TY81: Specified time

TH1A: Clock time

TJ1T, TJ8V: specific time

TK81: Control data code type

TL11, TP11, TU11, TU1G: Physical parameter type

TM81: Measurement range limit data code type

TQ11: Clock time type

TR81: Clock reference time

TT81: Trigger time

TT82: Startup time

TZ8V: end time

UA8T: Control application code

UF8A: Variable Clock Time Interval Code

UF8T, UF8U: Clock time application interval code

UH8T: Interrupt request signal

UL81: Preset characteristic physical parameters

UN1A, UM8A, UN8A: Variable physical parameter range codes

UM8L: Physical parameter application range code

UN15, UN85, UN86: specific physical parameter range codes

UN1T, UN8T, UQ1T, UQ1U, UN1V, UN1W: Physical parameter target range code

UQ11: Physical parameter specifying range code

UQ12: Physical parameter specifying range code

UW11, UW81, UW82: specific input code

UX81, UX92, UY81, UY91, UY95: Specify the number of bits

VA11, VC11, VL81: Relative value

VG81: allowable value

VH8T, VH8U: Measurement time length value

VM81, VM82, VM91, VN11, VN12, VN81, VN82, VN83, VN85, VN91: Measured values

WA8L, WB8L, WC8T, WD81, WN8L, WN8T, WS8T, WS8U: Write request message

WJ11, WJ12: Electrical application target

WP11: Button Target

WU11, WU21: Timing operation mode

WX8HE: First Data Encoding Rules

WX8HU: Second Data Encoding Rules

XA8A: Mutable Physical State

XA81: Non-characteristic physical parameter arrival state

XA82: Actual Feature Physical Parameter Arrival Status

XH81, XH82, XJ81, XJ82: specific state

XK81, XU81: Operation reference code

XP81, XR81: Specific experience formula

XS81: Formula for specific experience

XV81: Operation reference code

YA82: Specific circumstances

YJ81: Selection tool

YM8L, YM8T, YX8T: Memory location

YQ81, YW81: Sensor sensitivity

YS81, YS82, YS8T, YS8U: memory location

YU91: Default data export rules

ZD1L1, ZD1L2: Limits of application range of preset physical parameters

ZD1T1, ZD1T2, ZD1U1, ZD1U2: Preset physical parameter target range limits

ZF81: Subtraction operation

ZL82: Characteristic physical parameters arrive

ZT81, ZW81, ZW82: Sensing operation

ZU11, ZU81: Verify operation

This disclosure may be better understood through the detailed description of the following figures:

FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a control system in various embodiments of the present disclosure.

FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 4 is a diagram showing an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 intention.

FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 28 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 29 : is an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 Schematic.

FIG. 30 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 31 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 32 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 33 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 34 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 35 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 36 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 37 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 38 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 39 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 40 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 41 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 42 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 43 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 44 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 45 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 46 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 47 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 48 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 49 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 50 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 51 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 52 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 53 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 54 : is an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 Schematic.

FIG. 55 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 56 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 57 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 58 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 59 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 60 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 1 .

FIG. 61 is a schematic diagram of a control system in various embodiments of the present disclosure.

FIG. 62 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 61 .

FIG. 63 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 61 .

FIG. 64 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 61 .

FIG. 65 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 61 .

FIG. 66 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 61 .

FIG. 67 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 61 .

FIG. 68 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 61 .

FIG. 69 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure of the control system shown in FIG. 61 .

Please refer to FIG. 1 , which is a schematic diagram of a control system 901 in various embodiments of the present disclosure. The control system 901 includes a functional device 130 for controlling a variable physical parameter QU1A. For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on a physical parameter target state JE1U. The functional device 130 includes a timer 342 and a processing unit 331 . The timer 342 senses a clock time TH1A to generate a sense signal SY81. For example, the clock time TH1A is characterized based on a clock time application interval HR1EU represented by a measurement value application range RQ1U.

The processing unit 331 is coupled to the timer 342 to obtain a measurement value NY81 in response to the sensing signal SY81, and the processing unit 331 checks a mathematical relationship between the measurement value NY81 and the measurement value application range RQ1U KQ81 determines that the variable physical parameter QU1A is in the physical parameter target state JE1U under the condition of the clock time application interval HR1EU in which the clock time TH1A is currently located.

See Figures 2 and 3. FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9011 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9012 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . As shown in FIGS. 2 and 3 , the implementation structure 9011 and the implementation structure 9012 Each structure of includes the functional device 130 . In some embodiments, the functional device 130 further includes a receiving unit 337 coupled to the processing unit 331 , and a physical parameter applying unit 335 coupled to the processing unit 331 . For example, the functional device 130 is a control target device. The physical parameter application unit 335 is a functional object.

The clock time TH1A is further characterized based on a clock time designation interval HR1ET that is different from the clock time application interval HR1EU. For example, the clock time designation interval HR1ET is earlier than the clock time application interval HR1EU. After the receiving unit 337 receives a control signal SC81 from a control device 212, the processing unit 331 obtains the measurement value NY81 due to the control signal SC81 in response to the sensing signal SY81. For example, the control signal SC81 functions to indicate the clock time designation interval HR1ET. The control device 212 is one of a mobile device and a remote control. Under the condition that the control device 212 is the remote controller, the control signal SC81 is an optical signal. The functional device 130 uses the timer 342 based on the control signal SC81 to check a time relationship KT81 between the clock time TH1A and the clock time application interval HR1EU. For example, the sensing signal SY81 is a clock time signal. The measurement value NY81 is a specific count value. For example, if the control device 212 is the mobile device, the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81 from the control device 212 through a wireless link, or the control signal SC81 is a radio signal.

The timer 342 conforms to a timer specification FT21. For example, the measurement value application range RQ1U is preset based on the timer specification FT21. The timer specification FT21 contains a range for representing a full measured value A full measurement range of the QK8E represents the FK8E. For example, the measured value application range RQ1U is equal to a portion of the full measured value range QK8E. The measurement value NY81 is obtained in a specified measurement value format HH95. The measurement value application range RQ1U is preset with the specified measurement value format HH95 based on the timer specification FT21. For example, the clock time application interval HR1EU is a clock time candidate interval. The measurement value application range RQ1U is a measurement time value candidate range. The clock time designation interval HR1ET is a clock time target interval. The specified measurement value format HH95 is a specified count value format.

The measurement value application range RQ1U has an application range limit value pair DQ1U, and is represented by a measurement value application range code EL1U. For example, the application range limit value is preset for DQ1U. The processing unit 331 obtains the application range limit value pair DQ1U and the measured value application range code EL1U in response to the control signal SC81, and checks the math by comparing the measurement value NY81 with the obtained application range limit value pair DQ1U Relationship KQ81. The physical parameter target state JE1U is represented by a physical parameter target state code EW1U. The physical parameter application unit 335 has the variable physical parameter QU1A. For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in a physical parameter application state JE1T. The application range limit value pair DQ1U is a candidate range limit value pair. The measurement value application range code EL1U is a measurement time value candidate range code.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the clock time application interval HR1EU in which the clock time TH1A is currently in by checking the mathematical relationship KQ81, the processing unit 331 applies based on the obtained measurement value range code EL1U to obtain this physical parameter target state code EW1U, and based on the obtained physical parameter target state code EW1U, a physical parameter relationship check control for checking a physical parameter relationship KD9U between the variable physical parameter QU1A and the physical parameter target state JE1U is executed GX8U.

When the physical parameter application state JE1T is different from the physical parameter target state JE1U and the processing unit 331 determines a physical parameter between the physical parameter target state JE1U and the physical parameter application state JE1T by executing the physical parameter relationship check control GX8U Under the condition of the parameter state difference DT81, the processing unit 331 executes a signal generation control GY85 based on the obtained physical parameter target state code EW1U to generate an operation signal SG85, and transmits the operation signal SG85 to the physical parameter application unit 335 . For example, the operation signal SG85 is one of a function signal and a control signal.

The physical parameter application unit 335 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target state JE1U from the physical parameter application state JE1T in response to the operation signal SG85. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the clock time application interval HR1EU in which the clock time TH1A is currently located by checking the mathematical relationship KQ81, the processing unit 331 executes a data storage control operation GM8U, the data storage control operation GM8U A clock time application interval code UF8U for causing the determined clock time application interval HR1EU to be stored is stored. The variable physical parameter QU1A and the clock time TH1A belong to a physical parameter type TU11 and a clock time type TQ11, respectively. For example, the physical parameter type TU11 is different from the clock time type TQ11.

See Figure 4, Figure 5 and Figure 6. Figure 4 is shown in the figure 1 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9013 of the control system 901. FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9014 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9015 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . As shown in FIGS. 4 , 5 and 6 , each of the implementation structure 9013 , the implementation structure 9014 , and the implementation structure 9015 includes the functional device 130 . The functional device 130 includes the processing unit 331, the timer 342 coupled to the processing unit 331, the receiving unit 337 coupled to the processing unit 331, an input unit 380 coupled to the processing unit 331, and the The physical parameter application unit 335 of the processing unit 331 .

In some embodiments, the timer 342 conforms to a timer specification FT21. For example, the measurement value application range RQ1U is preset based on the timer specification FT21. The timer specification FT21 includes a full measured value range representation FK8E for representing a full measured value range QK8E. For example, the measured value application range RQ1U is equal to a first part of the full measured value range QK8E. The processing unit 331 is configured to execute a measurement application function FA81 associated with the clock time application interval HR1EU. The measurement application function FA81 conforms to a measurement application function specification GAL8 related to the clock time application interval HR1EU. For example, the measurement application function FA81 is a physical parameter control function. The measurement application functional specification GAL8 is a physical parameter control functional specification.

The processing unit 331 obtains the measurement value NY81 in a specified measurement value format HH95 in response to the sensing signal SY81. For example, the specified measurement value format HH95 is characterized based on a specified number of bits UY95. The clock time TH1A is further based on a nominal clock time interval HR1E was characterized. For example, the rated clock time interval HR1E is represented by a rated measurement value range HR1N, and includes a plurality of different clock time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2, . . . respectively represented by a plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, . For example, the nominal clock time interval HR1E is divided evenly to form the plurality of different clock time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2, . . . The rated measurement value range HR1N is a rated measurement time value range. The complex different measurement value reference ranges RQ11 , RQ12 , . . . are complex measurement time value reference ranges, and are all preset based on the timer specification ET21 .

The plurality of different clock time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2, . . . include the clock time application interval HR1EU. The measurement application functional specification GAL8 includes the timer specification FT21, a rated clock time interval representation GA8HE for representing the rated clock time interval HR1E, and a clock time application interval representation GA8HU for representing the clock time application interval HR1EU.

The rated measurement value range HR1N is equal to at least a second part of the full measurement value range QK8E, which is used for the specified measurement based on one of the timer specification ET21, the measurement application function specification GAL8 and a first data encoding rule WX8HE The value format HH95 is preset with a nominal range limit value pair DP1A, and includes the plural different measured value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, . . . respectively represented by the plural different measured value reference range codes EL11, EL12, .

For example, the rated range limit value pair DP1A is preset with the specified measurement value format HH95, and the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, . . . includes the measurement value application range RQ1U. the first The data encoding rule WX8HE is used to convert the rated clock time interval to GA8HE, and is formulated based on the timer specification FT21. For example, the complex different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, ... are respectively complex measurement time value reference range codes.

In some embodiments, the measurement value application range RQ1U is represented by a measurement value application range code EL1U included in the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, . . . , has an application range limit value pair DQ1U, and The specified measurement value format HH95 is preset based on one of the timer specification FT21, the measurement application function specification GAL8 and a second data encoding rule WX8HU. For example, the reference range codes EL11, EL12, . . . of the plurality of different measurement values are all preset based on the measurement application function specification GAL8. The second data encoding rule WX8HU is used to convert the clock time application interval to represent GA8HU, and is formulated based on the timer specification FT21. The application range limit value pair DQ1U includes a first application range limit value DQ15 and a second application range limit value DQ16 relative to the first application range limit value DQ15.

The functional device 130 further includes a storage unit 332 coupled to the processing unit 331 , and includes a trigger application unit 387 coupled to the processing unit 331 . The storage unit 332 stores the preset rated range limit value pair DP1A and a variable clock time interval code UF8A. When a trigger event JQ81 related to the trigger application unit 387 occurs, the variable clock time interval code UF8A is equal to a specific measurement value range code EL14 selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, . . . For example, the specific measurement value range code EL14 indicates a specific clock time interval HR1E4 previously determined based on a sensing operation ZT81. that particular clock The time interval HR1E4 is selected from the plurality of different clock time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2, . . . The sensing operation ZT81 performed by the timer 342 is used to sense the clock time TH1A.

Before the trigger event JQ81 occurs, the specific measurement value range code EL14 is assigned to the variable clock time interval code UF8A. The trigger application unit 387 causes the processing unit 331 to receive an operation request signal SJ81 in response to the trigger event JQ81. Under the condition that the trigger event JQ81 occurs, the processing unit 331 obtains an operation reference data code XV81 from the storage unit 332 in response to the operation request signal SJ81, and executes and uses the operation reference data by running a data determination program NK8A A profile of code XV81 determines AK8A to determine the measurement value selected from the complex different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, ... Apply range code EL1U to select the measurement from the complex different measurement value reference range RQ11, RQ12, ... Value application range RQ1U. The operation reference code XV81 is the same as a permissible reference code preset based on the measurement application functional specification GAL8. The data determination program NK8A is constructed based on the measurement application functional specification GAL8.

The data determination AK8A is one of a first data determination operation AK81 and a second data determination operation AK82. Under the condition that the operation reference data code XV81 is obtained by accessing the variable clock time interval code UF8A stored in the storage unit 332 to be the same as the specific measurement value range code EL14, is the first data The profile determination AK8A of the determination operation AK81 determines the measurement value application range code EL1U based on the obtained specific measurement value range code EL14. For example, the first data determination operation AK81 is to use the obtained one of the specific measurement value range code EL14 The first scientific computing MC81. The determined measured value application range code EL1U is the same or different from the obtained specific measured value range code EL14.

Under the condition that the operation reference data code XV81 is obtained by accessing the rated range limit value pair DP1A stored in the storage unit 332 to be the same as the preset rated range limit value pair DP1A, is the The data determination AK8A of the second data determination operation AK82 refers to the range codes EL11, EL12 from the complex different measurement values by performing a second scientific calculation MD81 for DP1A using the measurement value NY81 and the obtained nominal range limit value , , select the range code EL1U for the measurement value to determine the range code EL1U for the measurement value. For example, the second scientific calculation MD81 is performed based on a specific empirical formula XS81. The specific empirical formula XS81 is predetermined based on the preset nominal range limit value pair DP1A and the complex number of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, . . .

In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 applies a range code EL1U based on the determined measurement value to obtain the application range limit value pair DQ1U, and based on the measurement value NY81 and the obtained application range limit value pair DQ1U A data comparison of CF81 checks the mathematical relationship KQ81 to make a logical decision PQ81 whether the measurement value NY81 is within the selected measurement value application range RQ1U. Under the condition that the logic decision PQ81 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 determines the clock time application interval HR1EU in which the clock time TH1A is currently located.

After the specific measurement value range code EL14 is different from the determined measurement value application range code EL1U and the processing unit 331 determines the time at which the clock time TH1A is currently at by making the logic decision PQ81 Under the condition of the clock time application interval HR1EU, the processing unit 331 determines a code difference DG81 between the variable clock time interval code UE8A equal to the specific measurement value range code EL14 and the determined measurement value application range code EL1U. The storage unit 332 is used to assign the determined measurement value to the variable clock time interval code UF8A using range code EL1U.

The input unit 380 includes a button 3801 . The physical parameter application unit 335 has the variable physical parameter QU1A. The variable physical parameter QU1A is further characterized based on a particular physical parameter state JE16 that is different from the physical parameter target state JE1U. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to be in the physical parameter target state JE1U by checking the first mathematical relationship KQ81 , the input unit 380 receives a user input operation BQ82 using the button 3801 . The processing unit 331 responds to the user input operation BQ82 to transmit to the physical parameter application unit 335 an operation signal SG87 for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target state JE1U to enter the specific physical parameter state JE16.

Please refer to Figure 1, Figure 2, Figure 3, Figure 4, Figure 5 and Figure 6. A method ML80 for controlling a variable physical parameter QU1A is disclosed. For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on a physical parameter target state JE1U. The method ML80 includes the steps of: sensing a clock time TH1A characterized based on a clock time application interval HR1EU represented by a measurement value application range RQ1U to generate a sensing signal SY81; responding to the Sensing the signal SY81 to obtain a measured value NY81; and by checking the measured value NY81 and the clock time application interval HR1EU in which the clock time TH1A is currently located The variable physical parameter QU1A is placed in the physical parameter target state JE1U under the condition that the measured value is determined using a mathematical relationship KQ81 between the ranges RQ1U.

In some embodiments, the clock time TH1A is further characterized based on a clock time designation interval HR1ET that is different from the clock time application interval HR1EU. For example, the clock time designation interval HR1ET is earlier than the clock time application interval HR1EU. The method ML80 further includes the steps of: providing a timer 342, wherein the step of sensing the clock time TH1A is performed by using the timer 342; and receiving a control signal SC81 from a control device 212, wherein the control signal SC81 functions to indicate the clock time designation interval HR1ET. The control device 212 is one of a mobile device and a remote control. Under the condition that the control device 212 is the remote controller, the control signal SC81 is an optical signal. For example, if the control device 212 is the mobile device, the control signal SC81 is received from the control device 212 via a wireless link, or the control signal SC81 is a radio signal.

The step of obtaining the measurement value NY81 includes a sub-step: after the control signal SC81 is received, the measurement value NY81 is obtained because the control signal SC81 responds to the sensing signal SY81. The timer 342 conforms to a timer specification FT21. For example, the measurement value application range RQ1U is preset based on the timer specification FT21. The timer specification FT21 includes a full measured value range representation FK8E for representing a full measured value range QK8E. For example, the measured value application range RQ1U is equal to a portion of the full measured value range QK8E. The measurement value NY81 is obtained in a specified measurement value format HH95.

The measurement value application range RQ1U is preset with the specified measurement value format HH95 based on the timer specification FT21. The measurement value application range RQ1U has an application range limit value pair DQ1U, and is represented by a measurement value application range code EL1U. For example, the application range limit value is preset for DQ1U. The method ML80 further includes the steps of: in response to the control signal SC81, obtaining the application range limit value pair DQ1U and the measurement value application range code EL1U; and by comparing the measurement value NY81 with the obtained application range limit value pair DQ1U , check the mathematical relationship KQ81.

In some embodiments, the physical parameter target state JE1U is represented by a physical parameter target state code EW1U. The variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in a physical parameter application state JE1T. The step of bringing the variable physical parameter QU1A into the physical parameter target state JE1U includes the following sub-steps: under the condition that the clock time application interval HR1EU in which the clock time TH1A is currently located is determined by examining the mathematical relationship KQ81, Applying a range code EL1U based on the obtained measurement value to obtain the physical parameter target status code EW1U; and based on the obtained physical parameter target status code EW1U, performing checks for the variable physical parameter QU1A and the physical parameter target status A physical parameter relationship between JE1U A physical parameter relationship check of KD9U controls GX8U.

The step of making the variable physical parameter QU1A in the physical parameter target state JE1U further comprises the following sub-steps: in the physical parameter application state JE1T different from the physical parameter target state JE1U and the physical parameter target state JE1U and the physical parameter application state A physical parameter state difference DT81 between JE1T is checked by performing the physical parameter relationship Under the condition that the control GX8U is determined, based on the obtained physical parameter target state code EW1U, a signal generation control GY85 is executed to generate an operation signal SG85; and in response to the operation signal SG85, the variable physical parameter QU1A is changed from the The physical parameter application state JE1T enters the physical parameter target state JE1U.

The method ML80 further includes a step of executing a data storage control operation GM8U under the condition that the clock time application interval HR1EU in which the clock time TH1A is currently located is determined by checking the mathematical relationship KQ81, the data storage control operation GM8U is used to cause a clock time application interval code UF8U representing the determined clock time application interval HR1EU to be stored. The variable physical parameter QU1A and the clock time TH1A belong to a physical parameter type TU11 and a clock time type TQ11, respectively. For example, the physical parameter type TU11 is different from the clock time type TQ11.

In some embodiments, the method ML80 further includes the steps of: providing a timer 342, wherein the step of sensing the clock time TH1A is performed by using the timer 342; and performing the steps associated with the clock time application interval HR1EU A measurement application function of FA81. The timer 342 conforms to a timer specification FT21. For example, the measurement value application range RQ1U is preset based on the timer specification FT21. The timer specification FT21 includes a full measured value range representation FK8E for representing a full measured value range QK8E. For example, the measured value application range RQ1U is equal to a first part of the full measured value range QK8E.

The measurement application function FA81 conforms to a measurement application function specification GAL8 related to the clock time application interval HR1EU. the measurement The value NY81 is obtained in a specified measured value format HH95. For example, the specified measurement value format HH95 is characterized based on a specified number of bits UY95. The clock time TH1A is further characterized based on a nominal clock time interval HR1E. For example, the rated clock time interval HR1E is represented by a rated measurement value range HR1N, and includes a plurality of different clock time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2, . . . respectively represented by a plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, . The plurality of different clock time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2, . . . include the clock time application interval HR1EU.

The measurement application functional specification GAL8 includes the timer specification FT21, a rated clock time interval representation GA8HE for representing the rated clock time interval HR1E, and a clock time application interval representation GA8HU for representing the clock time application interval HR1EU. The rated measurement value range HR1N is equal to at least a second part of the full measurement value range QK8E, based on one of the timer specification FT21, the measurement application function specification GAL8 and a first data encoding rule WX8HE for the specified measurement The value format HH95 is preset with a nominal range limit value pair DP1A, and includes the plural different measured value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, . . . respectively represented by the plural different measured value reference range codes EL11, EL12, . For example, the nominal range limit value is preset for DP1A with the specified measurement value format HH95. The complex number of different measurement value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, . . . includes the measurement value application range RQ1U. The first data encoding rule WX8HE is used to convert the rated clock time interval to GA8HE, and is formulated based on the timer specification FT21.

The measurement value application range RQ1U is applied by a measurement value contained in the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, . . . The range code EL1U represents, has an application range limit value pair DQ1U, and is based on one of the timer specification FT21, the measurement application function specification GAL8 and a second data encoding rule WX8HU to use the specified measurement value format HH95. is preset. For example, the reference range codes EL11, EL12, . . . of the plurality of different measurement values are all preset based on the measurement application function specification GAL8. The second data encoding rule WX8HU is used to convert the clock time application interval to represent GA8HU, and is formulated based on the timer specification FT21. The application range limit value pair DQ1U includes a first application range limit value DQ15 and a second application range limit value DQ16 relative to the first application range limit value DQ15.

In some embodiments, the method ML80 further includes the following steps: providing a storage space SU11; and storing the preset pair of rated range limit values DP1A and a variable clock time interval code UF8A in the storage space SU11. When a trigger event JQ81 occurs, the variable clock time interval code UF8A is equal to a specific measurement value range code EL14 selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, . . . For example, the specific measurement value range code EL14 indicates a specific clock time interval HR1E4 previously determined based on a sensing operation ZT81. The specific clock time interval HR1E4 is selected from the plurality of different clock time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2, . . . The sensing operation ZT81 performed by the timer 342 is used to sense the clock time TH1A.

Before the trigger event JQ81 occurs, the specific measurement value range code EL14 is assigned to the variable clock time interval code UF8A. The method ML80 further includes the following steps: in response to the trigger event JQ81, receiving an operation request signal SJ81; the condition that the trigger event JQ81 occurs Next, in response to the operation request signal SJ81, an operation reference data code XV81 is obtained from the storage space SU11; and a data determination AK8A using the operation reference data code XV81 is executed by running a data determination program NK8A, and the selection is determined from the The measured value application range code EL1U of the complex different measured value reference range codes EL11, EL12, . . . is used to select the measured value application range RQ1U from the complex different measured value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, . The operation reference code XV81 is the same as a permissible reference code preset based on the measurement application functional specification GAL8.

In some embodiments, the data determination program NK8A is constructed based on the measurement application functional specification GAL8. The data determination AK8A is one of a first data determination operation AK81 and a second data determination operation AK82. Under the condition that the operation reference data code XV81 is obtained by accessing the variable clock time interval code UF8A stored in the storage space SU11 to be the same as the specific measurement value range code EL14, is the first data The profile determination AK8A of the determination operation AK81 determines the measurement value application range code EL1U based on the obtained specific measurement value range code EL14. For example, the first data determination operation AK81 is a first scientific calculation MC81 using the obtained specific measurement value range code EL14, and the determined measurement value application range code EL1U is the same or different from the obtained specific measurement Value range code EL14.

Under the condition that the operation reference data code XV81 is obtained by accessing the rated range limit value pair DP1A stored in the storage space SU11 to be the same as the preset rated range limit value pair DP1A, is the The second data determination operation AK82 determines the data determination AK8A by performing the use of the measured value NY81 and the nominal range limit value obtained A second scientific calculation MD81 of DP1A is performed to select the measurement value application range code EL1U from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, . . . to determine the measurement value application range code EL1U. For example, the second scientific calculation MD81 is performed based on a specific empirical formula XS81. The specific empirical formula XS81 is predetermined based on the preset nominal range limit value pair DP1A and the complex number of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, . . .

In some embodiments, the method ML80 further comprises the steps of: applying a range code EL1U based on the determined measurement value, obtaining the pair of application range limit values DQ1U; based on the measurement value NY81 and the obtained pair of application range limit values A data comparison CF81 between DQ1U, checking the mathematical relationship KQ81 to make a logical decision PQ81 whether the measured value NY81 is within the selected application range RQ1U of the measured value; and in the logical decision PQ81 is positive Under the conditions, determine the clock time application interval HR1EU in which the clock time TH1A is currently located.

The method ML80 further comprises the step of making the logical decision by making the logical decision in the clock time application interval HR1EU in which the specific measurement value range code EL14 is different from the determined measurement value application range code EL1U and the clock time TH1A is currently in Under the condition that PQ81 is determined, based on the variable clock time interval code UF8A equal to the specific measurement value range code EL14 and the determined measurement value, a code difference DG81 between the range code EL1U is applied to the determined measurement value. The measurement value application range code EL1U is assigned to the variable clock time interval code UF8A.

The variable physical parameter QU1A is further based on a specific physical parameter state JE16 different from the physical parameter target state JE1U be characterized. The method ML80 further comprises the steps of: providing a button 3801; receiving a button using the button 3801 under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is brought into the physical parameter target state JE1U by checking the first mathematical relationship KQ81 User input operation BQ82; and in response to the user input operation BQ82, generating an operation signal SG87 for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target state JE1U to enter the specific physical parameter state JE16.

See Figure 6. FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of the implementation structure 9015 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . As shown in FIG. 6, the implementation structure 9015 includes a functional device 130 for controlling a variable physical parameter QU1A. For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on a physical parameter target state JE1U. The functional device 130 includes a timer 342 and a processing unit 331 . The timer 342 senses a clock time TH1A to generate a sense signal SY81. For example, the clock time TH1A is characterized based on a clock time application interval HR1EU represented by a measurement value application range RQ1U.

The processing unit 331 is coupled to the timer 342 to obtain a measurement value NY81 in response to the sensing signal SY81, and the processing unit 331 checks a first measurement value NY81 between the measurement value NY81 and the measurement value application range RQ1U The variable physical parameter QU1A is in the physical parameter target state JE1U under the condition that the clock time TH1A enters the clock time application interval HR1EU under the condition JP81 of the mathematical relationship KQ81.

Please refer to Figure 2, Figure 3, Figure 4, Figure 5 and Figure 6. In some embodiments, the functional device 130 further includes a receiving unit 337 coupled to the processing unit 331 and an object coupled to the processing unit 331 Parameter application unit 335. The clock time TH1A is further characterized based on a clock time designation interval HR1ET that is different from the clock time application interval HR1EU. For example, the clock time designation interval HR1ET is earlier than the clock time application interval HR1EU. After the receiving unit 337 receives a control signal SC81 from a control device 212, the processing unit 331 obtains a measurement value sequence JY81 including the measurement value NY81 in response to the sensing signal SY81 due to the control signal SC81. For example, the control signal SC81 functions to indicate the clock time designation interval HR1ET. The control device 212 is one of a mobile device and a remote control. Under the condition that the control device 212 is the remote controller, the control signal SC81 is an optical signal. For example, if the control device 212 is the mobile device, the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81 from the control device 212 through a wireless link, or the control signal SC81 is a radio signal.

The processing unit 331 determines whether the clock time TH1A enters the clock time application interval HR1EU from the clock time designation interval HR1ET by checking a second mathematical relationship KQ82 between the measurement value sequence JY81 and the measurement value application range RQ1U A logical decision of PR81. The entered clock time application interval HR1EU is determined under the condition that the logic decision PR81 is positive. The timer 342 conforms to a timer specification FT21. For example, the measurement value application range RQ1U is preset based on the timer specification FT21. The timer specification FT21 includes a full measured value range representation FK8E for representing a full measured value range QK8E. For example, the measured value application range RQ1U is equal to a portion of the full measured value range QK8E.

The measured value NY81 is in a specified measured value format HH95 and obtained. The measurement value application range RQ1U is preset with the specified measurement value format HH95 based on the timer specification FT21. The measurement value application range RQ1U has an application range limit value pair DQ1U, and is represented by a measurement value application range code EL1U. For example, the application range limit value is preset for DQ1U. The processing unit 331 obtains the application range limit value pair DQ1U and the measured value application range code EL1U in response to the control signal SC81, and checks the first application range limit value pair DQ1U by comparing the measured value NY81 with the obtained application range limit value pair DQ1U A mathematical relation KQ81. The physical parameter target state JE1U is represented by a physical parameter target state code EW1U.

In some embodiments, the physical parameter application unit 335 has the variable physical parameter QU1A. For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in a physical parameter application state JE1T. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the entered clock time application interval HR1EU by checking the first mathematical relation KQ81, the processing unit 331 applies a range code EL1U based on the obtained measurement value to obtain the physical parameter target Status code EW1U, and based on the obtained physical parameter target status code EW1U to perform a physical parameter relationship check control GX8U for checking a physical parameter relationship KD9U between the variable physical parameter QU1A and the physical parameter target state JE1U .

When the physical parameter application state JE1T is different from the physical parameter target state JE1U and the processing unit 331 determines a physical parameter between the physical parameter target state JE1U and the physical parameter application state JE1T by executing the physical parameter relationship check control GX8U Under the condition of the parameter state difference DT81, the processing unit 331 executes a signal generation control GY85 based on the obtained physical parameter target state code EW1U to generate an operation signal SG85, and transmit the operation signal SG85 to the physical parameter application unit 335. The physical parameter application unit 335 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target state JE1U from the physical parameter application state JE1T in response to the operation signal SG85.

Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the entered clock time application interval HR1EU by checking the first mathematical relation KQ81, the processing unit 331 executes a data storage control operation GM8U for causing A clock time application interval code UF8U representing the determined clock time application interval HR1EU is stored. The variable physical parameter QU1A and the clock time TH1A belong to a physical parameter type TU11 and a clock time type TQ11, respectively. For example, the physical parameter type TU11 is different from the clock time type TQ11.

In some embodiments, the timer 342 conforms to a timer specification FT21. For example, the measurement value application range RQ1U is preset based on the timer specification FT21. The timer specification FT21 includes a full measured value range representation FK8E for representing a full measured value range QK8E. For example, the measured value application range RQ1U is equal to a first part of the full measured value range QK8E. The processing unit 331 is configured to execute a measurement application function FA81 associated with the clock time application interval HR1EU. The measurement application function FA81 conforms to a measurement application function specification GAL8 related to the clock time application interval HR1EU.

The processing unit 331 obtains the measurement value NY81 in a specified measurement value format HH95 in response to the sensing signal SY81. For example, the specified measurement value format HH95 is characterized based on a specified number of bits UY95. The clock time TH1A is further based on a nominal clock time interval HR1E was characterized. For example, the rated clock time interval HR1E is represented by a rated measurement value range HR1N, and includes a plurality of different clock time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2, . . . respectively represented by a plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, . The plurality of different clock time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2, . . . include the clock time application interval HR1EU. The measurement application functional specification GAL8 includes the timer specification FT21, a rated clock time interval representation GA8HE for representing the rated clock time interval HR1E, and a clock time application interval representation GA8HU for representing the clock time application interval HR1EU.

In some embodiments, the rated measurement value range HR1N is equal to at least a second portion of the full measurement value range QK8E, based on one of the timer specification FT21, the measurement application function specification GAL8 and a first data encoding rule WX8HE It is preset with the specified measurement value format HH95, has a nominal range limit value pair DP1A, and includes the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RQ11 represented by the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, . . . , RQ12, …. For example, the nominal range limit value is preset for DP1A with the specified measurement value format HH95. The complex number of different measurement value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, . . . includes the measurement value application range RQ1U. The first data encoding rule WX8HE is used to convert the rated clock time interval to GA8HE, and is formulated based on the timer specification FT21.

The measurement value application range RQ1U is represented by a measurement value application range code EL1U included in the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, ..., has an application range limit value pair DQ1U, and is based on the timer specification FT21 , the measurement application functional specification GAL8 and a One of the second data encoding rules WX8HU is preset with the specified measurement value format HH95. For example, the reference range codes EL11, EL12, . . . of the plurality of different measurement values are all preset based on the measurement application function specification GAL8. The second data encoding rule WX8HU is used to convert the clock time application interval to represent GA8HU, and is formulated based on the timer specification FT21. The application range limit value pair DQ1U includes a first application range limit value DQ15 and a second application range limit value DQ16 relative to the first application range limit value DQ15.

In some embodiments, the functional device 130 further includes a storage unit 332 coupled to the processing unit 331 , and includes a trigger application unit 387 coupled to the processing unit 331 . The storage unit 332 stores the preset rated range limit value pair DP1A and a variable clock time interval code UF8A. When a trigger event JQ81 related to the trigger application unit 387 occurs, the variable clock time interval code UF8A is equal to a specific measurement value range code EL14 selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, . . . For example, the specific measurement value range code EL14 indicates a specific clock time interval HR1E4 previously determined based on a sensing operation ZT81. The specific clock time interval HR1E4 is selected from the plurality of different clock time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2, . . . The sensing operation ZT81 performed by the timer 342 is used to sense the clock time TH1A.

Before the trigger event JQ81 occurs, the specific measurement value range code EL14 is assigned to the variable clock time interval code UF8A. The trigger application unit 387 causes the processing unit 331 to receive an operation request signal SJ81 in response to the trigger event JQ81. Under the condition that the trigger event JQ81 occurs, the processing unit 331 responds to the operation request signal SJ81 to The storage unit 332 obtains an operation reference data code XV81, and executes a data determination AK8A using the operation reference data code XV81 by running a data determination program NK8A to determine the reference range code EL11, EL12, The measured value application range code EL1U of ... in order to select the measured value application range RQ1U from the complex number of different measured value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, .... The operation reference code XV81 is the same as a permissible reference code preset based on the measurement application functional specification GAL8. The data determination program NK8A is constructed based on the measurement application functional specification GAL8.

In some embodiments, the data determination AK8A is one of a first data determination operation AK81 and a second data determination operation AK82. Under the condition that the operation reference data code XV81 is obtained by accessing the variable clock time interval code UF8A stored in the storage unit 332 to be the same as the specific measurement value range code EL14, is the first data The profile determination AK8A of the determination operation AK81 determines the measurement value application range code EL1U based on the obtained specific measurement value range code EL14. For example, the first data determination operation AK81 is a first scientific calculation MC81 using the obtained specific measurement value range code EL14. The determined measured value application range code EL1U is the same or different from the obtained specific measured value range code EL14.

Under the condition that the operation reference data code XV81 is obtained by accessing the rated range limit value pair DP1A stored in the storage unit 332 to be the same as the preset rated range limit value pair DP1A, is the The second data determination operation AK82 determines the data determination AK8A by performing the use of the measured value NY81 and the nominal range limit value obtained A second scientific calculation MD81 of DP1A is performed to select the measurement value application range code EL1U from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, . . . to determine the measurement value application range code EL1U. For example, the second scientific calculation MD81 is performed based on a specific empirical formula XS81. The specific empirical formula XS81 is predetermined based on the preset nominal range limit value pair DP1A and the complex number of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, . . .

In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 applies a range code EL1U based on the determined measurement value to obtain the application range limit value pair DQ1U, and based on the measurement value NY81 and the obtained application range limit value pair DQ1U A data comparison of CF81 checks the first mathematical relationship KQ81 to make a logical decision PQ81 whether the measurement value NY81 is within the selected measurement value application range RQ1U. Under the condition that the logic decision PQ81 is positive, the processing unit 331 determines the condition JP81. For example, the case JP81 is a specific case.

Under the condition that the specific measurement value range code EL14 is different from the determined measurement value application range code EL1U and the processing unit 331 determines the entered clock time application interval HR1EU by making the logic decision PQ81, the processing Unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 based on a code difference DG81 between the variable clock time interval code UF8A equal to the specific measurement value range code EL14 and the determined measurement value application range code EL1U to store the determined measurement value The measurement value application range code EL1U is assigned to the variable clock time interval code UF8A.

The input unit 380 includes a button 3801 . The physical parameter application unit 335 has the variable physical parameter QU1A. The variable physical The parameter QU1A is further characterized based on a particular physical parameter state JE16 that is different from the physical parameter target state JE1U. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to be in the physical parameter target state JE1U by checking the first mathematical relationship KQ81 , the input unit 380 receives a user input operation BQ82 using the button 3801 . The processing unit 331 responds to the user input operation BQ82 to transmit to the physical parameter application unit 335 an operation signal SG87 for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target state JE1U to enter the specific physical parameter state JE16.

See Figure 6. A method ML82 for controlling a variable physical parameter QU1A is disclosed. For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on a physical parameter target state JE1U. The method includes the steps of: sensing a clock time TH1A characterized based on a clock time application interval HR1EU represented by a measured value application range RQ1U to generate a sensing signal SY81; responding to the sensing Measure the signal SY81 to obtain a measured value NY81; and in a case where the clock time TH1A enters the clock time application interval HR1EU JP81 by checking a first mathematical relationship KQ81 between the measured value NY81 and the measured value application range RQ1U Under the determined condition, the variable physical parameter QU1A is placed in the physical parameter target state JE1U.

See Figure 7 and Figure 8. FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9016 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9017 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . As shown in FIGS. 7 and 8 , each structure of the implementation structure 9016 and the implementation structure 9017 includes the control device 212 and the functional device 130 . the function The device 130 includes the processing unit 331 , the timer 342 , the storage unit 332 , the physical parameter application unit 335 and the receiving unit 337 . The timer 342 , the storage unit 332 , the physical parameter application unit 335 and the receiving unit 337 are all controlled by the processing unit 331 . For example, the physical parameter application unit 335 is located in one of the interior of the functional device 130 and the exterior of the functional device 130 .

In some embodiments, the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81 from the control device 212 to indicate the physical parameter application state JE1T. The processing unit 331 enables the variable physical parameter QU1A to be in the physical parameter application state JE1T based on the control signal SC81. The clock time designation interval HR1ET is adjacent to the clock time application interval HR1EU, is represented by a measurement value designation range RQ1T, and has a start limit time HR1ET1 and an end limit time HR1ET2 relative to the start limit time HR1ET1. The measurement value designation range RQ1T has a designation range limit value pair DQ1T, and is represented by a measurement value designation range code EL1T. For example, the measurement value specifying range RQ1T is a measurement time value target range. The measurement value designation range code EL1T is a time value target range code. The specified range limit value pair DQ1T is a target range limit value pair.

The control signal SC81 functions to indicate the clock time designation interval HR1ET. The processing unit 331 controls the timer 342 in response to the control signal SC81 so that the timer 342 measures the clock time TH1A according to the start limit time HR1ET1. For example, the processing unit 331 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to be in the physical parameter application state JE1T within the specified clock time interval HR1ET based on the control signal SC81.

In some embodiments, the physical parameter application status JE1T is represented by a physical parameter application status code EW1T. The control signal SC81 plays the role of indicating the physical parameter application state JE1T by sending one of the physical parameter application state code EW1T and the measured value target range code EM1T, and by sending the specified range limit value to DQ1T to play the role of indicating at least one of the clock time designation interval HR1ET and the measurement value designation range RQ1T. The processing unit 331 obtains the physical parameter application status code EW1T and the specified range limit value pair DQ1T from the control signal SC81, and makes the variable physical parameter QU1A at the clock time based on the obtained physical parameter application status code EW1T The physical parameter application state JE1T is within the specified interval HR1ET.

The functional device 130 includes the trigger application unit 387 . The trigger event JQ81 occurs after the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81 from the control device 212 . For example, the trigger event JQ81 occurs in response to the control signal SC81. Under the condition that the trigger event JQ81 occurs, the processing unit 331 responds to the trigger event JQ81 to perform a scientific calculation ME81 using the obtained pair of specified range limit values DQ1T to obtain the pair of application range limit values DQ1U, and by The mathematical relationship KQ81 is checked by comparing the measured value NY81 with the obtained application range limit value pair DQ1U.

For example, the trigger event JQ81 is related to the trigger application unit 387 and is one of a trigger action event, a user input event, a signal input event, a state change event and an integer overflow event. The trigger application unit 387 generates the operation request signal SJ81 in response to the trigger event JQ81, and provides the operation request signal SJ81 to the processing unit 331, and thereby enable the processing unit 331 to receive the operation request signal SJ81. The processing unit 331 performs the scientific calculation ME81 in response to the operation request signal SJ81 to obtain the application range limit value pair DQ1U for checking the physical parameter relationship KD9U between the variable physical parameter QU1A and the physical parameter target state JE1U.

In some embodiments, the variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on a plurality of different physical parameter reference states JE11, JE12, . . . The complex different physical parameter reference states JE11, JE12, . . . include the physical parameter application state JE1T and the physical parameter target state JE1U, and are represented by the complex different physical parameter reference state codes EW11, EW12, . . . For example, the physical parameter target state JE1U is the same as or different from the physical parameter application state JE1T. The physical parameter target state JE1T is predetermined according to a physical parameter target range RD1ET. The physical parameter target state JE1U is predetermined according to a physical parameter target range RD1EU. The complex different physical parameter reference states JE11, JE12, . . . are predetermined according to the complex different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, . . . respectively. For example, the physical parameter target range RD1EU is a physical parameter candidate range.

The variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on the complex different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, . . . The complex different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, ... are respectively represented by the complex different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, ..., and include the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter target range RD1EU. The physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter target range RD1EU are respectively composed of a measurement value target range RN1T and a measurement value target range RN1U represented. The complex different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, ... are respectively represented by the complex different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, ..., and include the measurement value target range RN1T and the measurement value target range RN1U.

The complex different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, . . . include a measurement value target range code EM1T and a measurement value target range code EM1U, which are respectively the same as the complex different physical parameter reference state codes EW11, EW12, . . . For example, the plurality of different physical parameter reference status codes EW11, EW12, . . . include the physical parameter application status code EW1T and the physical parameter target status code EW1U, and are preset. The measured value target range code EM1T and the measured value target range code EM1U are respectively the same as the physical parameter application state code EW1T and the physical parameter target state code EW1U.

In some embodiments, the clock time designation interval HR1ET and the clock time application interval HR1EU respectively have a designated time length LH8T and an application time length LH8U which is the same as the designated time length LH8T. The designated time length LH8T and the application time length LH8U are represented by a measurement time length value VH8T and a measurement time length value VH8U, respectively. For example, the measurement duration value VH8U is the same as the measurement duration value VH8T. The measurement duration value VH8T and the measurement duration value VH8U are both preset based on the timer specification FT21 using the specified measurement value format HH95.

The clock time application interval HR1EU has a relative interval position LE81 with respect to the clock time designation interval HR1ET. The relative interval position LE81 is represented by a relative value VL81. For example, at the time Under the condition that the clock time application interval HR1EU is adjacent to the clock time designation interval HR1ET, the relative value VL81 is equal to 1. The processing unit 331 obtains the relative value VL81 in response to the operation request signal SJ81. The scientific computing ME81 performs a subtraction operation ZF81 on DQ1T for the obtained specified range limit value to obtain the measurement time length value VH8U, and uses the obtained relative value VL81, the obtained measurement time length value VH8U and the obtained measurement time length value VH8U. The specified range limit value pair DQ1T is obtained to obtain the application range limit value pair DQ1U.

For example, the storage unit 332 stores the physical parameter application status code EW1T stored based on the preset measurement value designation range code EL1T. The processing unit 331 obtains the measurement value designation range code EL1T by performing a scientific calculation MH81 for DQ1T using the obtained designated range limit value, and extracts the measurement value designation range code EL1T from the storage unit based on the obtained measurement value designation range code EL1T 332 Obtain the stored application status code EW1T of the physical parameter.

See Figure 9, Figure 10, Figure 11 and Figure 12. FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9018 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9019 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9020 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9021 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . As shown in FIGS. 9 , 10 , 11 and 12 , each of the implementation structure 9018 , the implementation structure 9019 , the implementation structure 9020 and the implementation structure 9021 includes the control device 212 and the functional device 130 . The functional device 130 includes the processing unit 331, the timer 342, the physical parameter application unit 335 and the storage unit 335. storage unit 332. The timer 342 , the physical parameter application unit 335 and the storage unit 332 are all controlled by the processing unit 331 .

In some embodiments, the timer 342 is controlled by the processing unit 331 and is used to measure the clock time TH1A. The timer 342 is configured to conform to the timer specification FT21. The variable physical parameter QU1A is related to the clock time TH1A. The clock time TH1A is characterized based on a plurality of different clock time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2, . . . The plurality of different clock time reference intervals HR1E1 , HR1E2 , . . . are respectively represented by the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RQ11 , RQ12 , . . , and are arranged based on a predetermined time reference interval sequence QB81 . The plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RQ11 , RQ12 , . . . are arranged based on the predetermined time reference interval sequence QB81 . For example, the complex different measurement value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, . . . are complex time value reference ranges.

The plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, . . . are all preset with a specified measurement value format HH95 based on the timer specification FT21, and are respectively represented by the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, . . . For example, the specified measurement value format HH95 is a specified count value format. The complex different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, . . . are respectively complex measurement time value reference range codes. The storage unit 332 has a plurality of different memory locations YS81, YS82, . . . and stores a plurality of physical parameter specifying range codes UQ11, UQ12, . For example, the complex physical parameter specifying range codes UQ11, UQ12, ... are respectively equal to the complex physical parameter specifying status codes. The complex-numbered physical parameter designation status codes respectively represent complex-numbered physical parameter designation states related to the variable physical parameter QU1A.

The complex clock time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2, ... are respectively represented by the complex clock time reference interval codes. For example, the complex clock time reference interval codes are configured to be equal to the complex different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, . . . , respectively. Therefore, the complex number of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, . . . are configured to indicate the complex number of different clock time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2, . . . respectively. For example, the specified measurement value format HH95 is characterized based on the specified number of bits UY95.

The plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, . . . include a measurement value designation range code EL1T and a measurement value application range code EL1U. The plurality of different clock time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2, . . . include a clock time designation interval HR1ET and a clock time application interval HR1EU. The measurement value designation range code EL1T and the measurement value application range code EL1U are configured to indicate the clock time designation interval HR1ET and the clock time application interval HR1EU, respectively. The plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, . . . include a measurement value designation range RQ1T and a measurement value application range RQ1U. The clock time designation interval HR1ET and the clock time application interval HR1EU are respectively represented by the measurement value designation range RQ1T and the measurement value application range RQ1U.

In some embodiments, the plurality of different memory locations YS81, YS82, . . . are identified based on the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, . . . respectively. For example, the plurality of different memory locations YS81, YS82, . . . are respectively identified based on the plurality of memory addresses AS81, AS82, . . . or are respectively identified by the plurality of memory addresses AS81, AS82, . The complex memory addresses AS81, AS82, ... are based on the complex Different measurement values are preset with reference to the range codes EL11, EL12, . . .

For example, the clock time TH1A is further characterized based on a nominal clock time interval HR1E. The rated clock time interval HR1E includes the plurality of different clock time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2, . . . and is represented by a rated measurement value range HR1N. The nominal measurement value range HR1N includes the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, . . . and is preset with the specified measurement value format HH95 based on the nominal clock time interval HR1E and the timer specification FT21. For example, the nominal clock time interval HR1E is equal to 24 hours. The nominal measured value range HR1N is a nominal time value range.

For example, the measurement application functional specification GAL8 includes a nominal clock time interval denoted GA8HE and a clock time reference interval denoted GA8HR. The nominal clock time interval representation GA8HE is used to represent the nominal clock time interval HR1E. The clock time reference interval representation GA8HR is used to represent the complex number of different clock time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2, . . . The rated measurement value range HR1N is equal to at least a second part of the full measurement value range QK8E, and is used for the designation based on one of the timer specification FT21, the measurement application function specification GAL8 and the first data encoding rule WX8HE The measured value format HH95 is preset. The first data encoding rule WX8HE is used to convert the rated clock time interval to GA8HE, and is formulated based on the timer specification FT21. For example, the nominal measurement value range HR1N is preset by performing a data encoding operation ZX8HE using the first data encoding rule WX8HE.

The complex different measurement value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, ... are based on the timer specification FT21, the measurement application function specification One of GAL8 and a data encoding rule WX8HR is preset with the specified measurement format HH95. The data encoding rule WX8HR is used to convert the clock time reference interval to represent GA8HR, and is formulated based on the timer specification FT21. For example, the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RQ11, RQ12, . . . are preset by performing a data encoding operation ZX8HR using the data encoding rule WX8HR.

In some embodiments, the complex physical parameter specifying range codes UQ11, UQ12, ... are configured to be stored based on the complex different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, ..., respectively, and include a physical parameter target range code UQ1T and A physical parameter target range code UQ1U. The complex physical parameter specifying range codes UQ11, UQ12, . . . are all selected from the complex different physical parameter reference state codes EW11, EW12, . . . For example, the physical parameter target range code UQ1U is a physical parameter candidate range code.

The physical parameter target range code UQ1T represents a physical parameter target range RD1ET in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is expected to be within the clock time specified interval HR1ET, and is configured to be stored in a specified range code EL1T based on the measured value Memory location YS8T. The memory location YS8T is identified based on a memory address AS8T. The plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EL11, EL12, . . . are all preset based on the measurement application functional specification GAL8. For example, the physical parameter target range code UQ1T is equal to the preset physical parameter application status code EW1T. The physical parameter target range code UQ1U is the same as the physical parameter application status code EW1U.

The physical parameter target range code UQ1U represents that the variable physical parameter QU1A is expected to be located within the clock time application interval HR1EU A physical parameter target range RD1EU at is configured to be stored in a memory location YS8U using range code EL1U based on the measured value. The memory location YS8U is identified based on a memory address AS8U. Both the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter target range RD1EU are selected from the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, . . . For example, the clock time application section HR1EU is adjacent to the clock time designation section HR1ET. The physical parameter target range code UQ1U is the same as the physical parameter target status code EW1U. The physical parameter target range RD1EU has a predetermined physical parameter target range limit ZD1U1 and a predetermined physical parameter target range limit ZD1U2 relative to the predetermined physical parameter target range limit ZD1U1.

In some embodiments, when the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the physical parameter target range code UQ1T is equal to the preset physical parameter application status code EW1T. The control signal SC81 transmits the preset measurement value specified range code EL1T. The processing unit 331 obtains the transmitted measurement value designation range code EL1T from the control signal SC81, obtains the memory address AS8T based on the obtained measurement value designation range code EL1T, and obtains the memory address AS8T based on the obtained measurement value designation range code EL1T to access the physical parameter target range code UQ1T stored in the memory location YS8T to obtain one of the physical parameter target range code UQ1T and the preset physical parameter application status code EW1T. For example, there is a preset time interval between the clock time designation interval HR1ET and the clock time application interval HR1EU.

For example, under the condition that the physical parameter target range code UQ1T is equal to the preset physical parameter application status code EW1T, the control The signal SC81 indirectly plays the role of indicating the physical parameter application state JE1T by sending the preset measurement value designation range code EL1T. When the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the variable physical parameter QU1A is in a physical parameter application state JE1L. The processing unit 331 executes a physical parameter relationship check control GX8T for checking a physical parameter relationship KD9T between the variable physical parameter QU1A and the physical parameter application state JE1T based on the obtained physical parameter application status code EW1T. For example, the control signal SC81 plays the role of indicating at least one of the clock time designation interval HR1ET and the measurement value designation range RQ1T by transmitting the preset measurement value designation range code EL1T, and by serving The role of indicating the clock time designation interval HR1ET plays the role of indicating the physical parameter application state JE1T.

In some embodiments, the physical parameter application state JE1L is different from the physical parameter application state JE1T and the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter application state JE1T and the physical parameter application state by executing the physical parameter relationship check control GX8T Under the condition of a physical parameter state difference DT8T between JE1Ls, the processing unit 331 executes a signal generation control GY81 based on the obtained physical parameter application state code EW1T to generate an operation signal SG81, and sends an operation signal SG81 to the physical parameter application unit 335 transmits the operation signal SG81. The physical parameter applying unit 335 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter applying state JE1T from the physical parameter applying state JE1L in response to the operation signal SG81. For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A enters the physical parameter application state JE1T by entering the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

The processing unit 331 refers to the obtained measurement value based on The range code EL1T is used to execute a data storage control operation GM8T for causing a clock time application interval code UF8T representing the clock time specified interval HR1ET to be stored. For example, the clock time application interval code UF8T is the same as the obtained measurement value designation range code EL1T. The data storage control operation GM8T uses the storage unit 332 to assign the clock time application interval code UF8T to the variable clock time interval code UF8A.

For example, the storage unit 332 stores a variable physical parameter range code UN8A. Under the condition that the physical parameter application state JE1L is different from the physical parameter application state JE1T and the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter state difference DT8T by performing the physical parameter relationship check control GX8T, the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter state difference DT8T by using the The storage unit 332 assigns one of the obtained physical parameter target range code UQ1T and the obtained physical parameter application status code EW1T to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

In some embodiments, the timer 342 is configured to represent the clock time designation interval HR1ET by using the measurement designation range RQ1T, and is configured to represent the clock time application by using the measurement application range RQ1U Interval HR1EU. The control signal SC81 further delivers the measured time length value VH8T representing the designated time length LH8T and a clock reference time value NR81 representing a clock reference time TR81. For example, the clock reference time TR81 is close to a current time. For example, a time difference between the clock reference time TR81 and the current time is within a predetermined time length. The clock reference time value NR81 is in the specified measurement value format based on the clock reference time TR81 and the timer specification FT21 HH95 is preset.

The measurement value specified range RQ1T has the specified range limit value pair DQ1T. The designated range limit value pair DQ1T includes a designated range limit value DQ13 and a designated range limit value DQ14 relative to the designated range limit value DQ13. For example, the designated range limit value DQ13 and the designated range limit value DQ14 are a start range limit value and an end range limit value, respectively. The specified range limit value DQ13 is equal to the clock reference time value NR81.

The control signal SC81 transmits a control message CG81. The control message CG81 includes the measurement value specifying range code EL1T, the clock reference time value NR81 and the measurement time length value VH8T. For example, the measurement application functional specification GAL8 includes a clock time representation GA8TR. The clock time representation GA8TR is used to represent the clock reference time TR81. The clock reference time value NR81 is preset in the specified measurement value format HH95 based on the clock time representation GA8TR, the timer specification FT21 and a data encoding operation ZX8TR for converting the clock time representation GA8TR.

The control device 212 includes an operation unit 297 . The processing unit 331 responds to the control signal SC81 to obtain the measurement value specifying range code EL1T, the clock reference time value NR81 and the clock reference time value NR81 from the control signal SC81. For example, the operation unit 297 is configured to obtain the preset measurement value specifying range code EL1T, the preset clock reference time value NR81 and the preset measurement time length value VH8T, and based on the obtained The clock refers to the time value NR81, the obtained measurement value designation range code EL1T, and the obtained measurement time length value VH8T to output the control signal SC81 conveying the control message CG81.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 causes the timer 342 to start within a start time TT82 based on the obtained clock reference time value NR81, and thereby causes the timer 342 to start within the start time TT82 A sensing signal SY80 is generated by sensing the clock time TH1A. For example, the sensing signal SY80 is a clock time signal. The sensing signal SY80 is an initial time signal, and sends a measurement value NY80 in the specified measurement value format HH95. For example, the measurement value NY80 is an initial count value. For example, the measurement value NY80 is equal to the clock reference time value NR81.

For example, the timer 342 is configured to have a variable count value NY8A. Under the condition that the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81 conveying the clock reference time value NR81 from the control device 212, the processing unit 331 starts the timer 342 based on the obtained clock reference time value NR81 to execute the timer 342. A count operation BD81 of the measurement application function FA81 changes the variable count value NY8A. The variable count value NY8A is configured to be equal to the measurement value NY80 within the start-up time TT82 and is provided in the specified measurement value format HH95. For example, the measured value NY80 is configured to be the same as the obtained clock reference time value NR81.

Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured to be within the physical parameter target range RD1ET based on the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 reaches an operation time TY81 based on the counting operation BD81. During the operation time TY81, the timer 342 senses the clock time TH1A to cause the variable count value NY8A to be equal to a measurement value NY81, and thereby generates a sense signal SY81 conveying the measurement value NY81. For example, the operation time TY81 is a designated time.

For example, the trigger application unit 387 generates the operation request signal SJ81 in response to the trigger event JQ81, provides the operation request signal SJ81 to the processing unit 331, and thereby causes the processing unit 331 to receive the operation request signal SJ81. The processing unit 331 responds to the operation request signal SJ81 to obtain the measurement value NY81 from the sensing signal SY81 in the specified measurement value format HH95 within the operation time TY81, and uses the The obtained measurement value specifies a scientific calculation MH85 of the range code EL1T to obtain or determine the measurement value. Apply the range code EL1U to check the physical parameter relationship KD9U between the variable physical parameter QU1A and the physical parameter target state JE1U.

In some embodiments, the measurement value specified range RQ1T has the specified range limit value pair DQ1T. The designated range limit value pair DQ1T includes the designated range limit value DQ13 and the designated range limit value DQ14 relative to the designated range limit value DQ13. The measurement value specified range RQ1T and the specified range limit value pair DQ1T are both preset in the specified measurement value format HH95 based on the clock time specified interval HR1ET and the timer specification FT21. The measured value application range RQ1U has the application range limit value pair DQ1U. The application range limit value pair DQ1U includes the first application range limit value DQ15 and the second application range limit value DQ16 relative to the first application range limit value DQ15. The measurement value application range RQ1U and the application range limit value pair DQ1U are both preset based on the clock time application interval HR1EU and the timer specification FT21 to use the specified measurement value format HH95.

For example, the measurement application functional specification GAL8 contains a clock time specified interval representation GA8HT and a clock time application interval representation GA8HU. The clock time designation interval indicates that GA8HT is used to indicate the clock time designation interval HR1ET. The clock time application interval indicates that GA8HU is used to indicate the clock time application interval HR1EU. The measurement value designation range RQ1T and the designation range limit value pair DQ1T are based on the clock time designation range representation GA8HT, the timer specification FT21 and a data encoding operation ZX8HT for converting the clock time designation range representation GA8HT to use the designation The measured value format HH95 is preset. The measurement value application range RQ1U and the application range limit value pair DQ1U are based on the clock time application range representation GA8HU, the timer specification FT21 and a data encoding operation ZX8HU for converting the clock time application range representation GA8HU to use the designation The measured value format HH95 is preset.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 determines the measured value application range code EL1U within the operation time TY81 based on the control signal SC81 to check the difference between the variable physical parameter QU1A and the physical parameter target state JE1U This physical parameter is related to KD9U. For example, the processing unit 331 determines the measurement value application range code EL1U within the operation time TY81 based on the control signal SC81 in response to the operation request signal SJ81. The processing unit 331 determines the relative value VL81 within the operation time TY81, and by performing a process using the determined relative value VL81, the obtained measurement time length value VH8T and the obtained clock reference time value NR81 A scientific calculation ME85 to obtain the application range limit value pair DQ1U.

For example, the processing unit 331 determines the relative value VL81 within the operation time TY81 in response to the operation request signal SJ81, and specifies the relative value VL81 based on the determined relative value VL81 and the obtained measurement value The range code EL1T is used to determine the measurement value using the range code EL1U. The processing unit 331 checks the mathematical relationship KQ81 based on the data comparison CF81 between the obtained measurement value NY81 and the obtained application range limit value pair DQ1U to determine whether the measurement value NY81 is for the selected This logic within the measured value application range RQ1U determines PQ81. Under the condition that the logic decision PQ81 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 determines the clock time application interval HR1EU in which the clock time TH1A is currently located.

After the obtained measurement specified range code EL1T is different from the determined measurement application range code EL1U and the processing unit 331 determines the clock time application that the clock time TH1A is currently in by making the logic decision PQ81 Under the condition of interval HR1EU, the processing unit 331 executes the data based on the variable clock time interval code UF8A equal to the measurement value specified range code EL1T and the determined measurement value applying a code difference DG83 between the range code EL1U Storage Control Operates GM8U. The data storage control operation GM8U uses the storage unit 332 to assign the determined measurement value application range code EL1U to the variable clock time interval code UF8A.

In some embodiments, when the trigger event JQ81 occurs, the physical parameter target range code UQ1U is equal to the preset physical parameter target state code EW1U. When the trigger event JQ81 occurs, the processing unit 331 determines the measurement value application range code EL1U based on the control signal SC81 in response to the operation request signal SJ81. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the clock time application interval HR1EU in which the clock time TH1A is currently in by making the logical decision PQ81, the processing unit 331 applies a range code EL1U based on the determined measurement value to obtain Should memory address AS8U, and access the physical parameter target range code UQ1U stored in the memory location YS8U based on the obtained memory address AS8U to obtain the physical parameter target range code UQ1U and the preset physical parameter One of the parameter target status codes EW1U.

For example, when the processing unit 331 checks the mathematical relationship KQ81, the variable physical parameter QU1A is in the physical parameter application state JE1T. The processing unit 331 executes the physical parameter relationship checking control GX8U for checking the physical parameter relationship KD9U between the variable physical parameter QU1A and the physical parameter target state JE1U based on the obtained physical parameter target state code EW1U. When the physical parameter application state JE1T is different from the physical parameter target state JE1U and the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter between the physical parameter target state JE1U and the physical parameter application state JE1T by executing the physical parameter relationship check control GX8U Under the condition of the parameter state difference DT81, the processing unit 331 executes the signal generation control GY85 based on the obtained physical parameter target state code EW1U to generate the operation signal SG85, and transmits the operation signal SG85 to the physical parameter application unit 335 .

The physical parameter application unit 335 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target state JE1U from the physical parameter application state JE1T in response to the operation signal SG85. For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A enters the physical parameter target state JE1U by entering the physical parameter target range RD1EU. For example, under the condition that the physical parameter application state JE1T is different from the physical parameter target state JE1U and the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter state difference DT81 by performing the physical parameter relationship check control GX8U, the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter state difference DT81 by using the storage unit 332 to assign one of the obtained physical parameter target range code UQ1U and the obtained physical parameter target status code EW1U to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

In some embodiments, the control device 212 includes the operating unit 297 and a state change detector 475 coupled to the operating unit 297 . The complex physical parameter specifying range codes UQ11, UQ12, ... belong to a physical parameter specifying range code type TS81. The physical parameter specifying range code type TS81 is identified by a physical parameter specifying range code type identifier HS81. The physical parameter specifies that the range code type identifier HS81 is preset. The memory address AS8T is preset based on the preset physical parameter specifying range code type identifier HS81 and the preset measurement value specifying range code EL1T. The memory address AS8U is preset based on the preset physical parameter specified range code type identifier HS81 and the preset measurement value application range code EL1U. For example, the state change detector 475 is used to cause the operating unit 297 to transmit the control signal SC81 to the receiving unit 337 .

Before the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the operation unit 297 is configured to obtain the preset physical parameter target range code UQ1T, the preset physical parameter specified range code type identifier HS81 and the preset physical parameter target range code UQ1T. The measured value designation range code EL1T of , and the memory address AS8T is obtained in advance based on the obtained physical parameter designation range code type identifier HS81 and the obtained measurement value designation range code EL1T. The operation unit 297 provides a write request message WS8T to the receiving unit 337 based on the obtained physical parameter target range code UQ1T and the obtained memory address AS8T. The write request message WS8T includes the obtained physical parameter target range code UQ1T and the obtained memory Body address AS8T.

For example, before the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81 , the receiving unit 337 receives the writing request message WS8T from the operating unit 297 . The processing unit 331 obtains the included physical parameter target range code UQ1T and the included memory address AS8T from the received write request message WS8T, and based on the obtained physical parameter target range code UQ1T and the obtained The storage unit 332 is used to store the obtained physical parameter target range code UQ1T in the memory location YS8T.

Before the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the operating unit 297 is configured to obtain the physical parameter target range code UQ1U and the preset measurement value application range code EL1U, and pre-specify based on the obtained physical parameter The range code type identifier HS81 and the measured value obtained apply the range code EL1U to obtain the memory address AS8U. The processing unit 331 provides a write request message WS8U to the receiving unit 337 based on the obtained physical parameter target range code UQ1U and the obtained memory address AS8U. The write request message WS8U includes the obtained physical parameter target range code UQ1U and the obtained memory address AS8U.

For example, before the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81 , the receiving unit 337 receives the writing request message WS8U from the operating unit 29 . The processing unit 331 obtains the included physical parameter target range code UQ1U and the included memory address AS8U from the received write request message WS8U, and based on the obtained physical parameter target range code UQ1U and the obtained the memory address AS8U to use the memory The storage unit 332 stores the obtained physical parameter target range code UQ1U in the memory location YS8U.

See Figure 13 and Figure 14. FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9022 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9023 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . As shown in FIGS. 13 and 14 , each structure of the implementation structure 9022 and the implementation structure 9023 includes the control device 212 and the functional device 130 . The functional device 130 includes an operation unit 397 , the physical parameter application unit 335 , the storage unit 332 , and a sensing unit 334 coupled to the processing unit 331 . The operation unit 397 includes the processing unit 331 , the receiving unit 337 and the timer 342 . The receiving unit 337 , the timer 342 , the physical parameter application unit 335 , the storage unit 332 and the sensing unit 334 are all controlled by the processing unit 331 .

In some embodiments, the variable physical parameter QU1A is further characterized based on a physical parameter target range RD1ET and a physical parameter application range RD1EL different from the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The physical parameter application range RD1EL is represented by a measured value application range RN1L. The sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a sensing signal SN81. Under the condition that the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81 that functions to indicate the physical parameter target range RD1ET, the processing unit 331 obtains a measurement value VN81 in response to the sensing signal SN81. For example, the measurement VN81 is a physical parameter measurement. When the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate the sensing signal SN81.

In the processing unit 331 by checking the measured value VN81 A mathematical relationship KV81 between the measured value application range RN1L determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, and the processing unit 331 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to cause the variable physical parameter based on the control signal SC81. The physical parameter QU1A enters the physical parameter target range RD1ET. For example, under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, the processing unit 331 transmits an operation signal SG81 to the physical parameter application unit 335 based on the control signal SC81 . The operation signal SG81 is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET from the physical parameter application range RD1EL in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located.

In some embodiments, the clock time designation interval HR1ET is relative to the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The control signal SC81 serves to indicate the physical parameter target range RD1ET by serving to indicate the clock time designation interval HR1ET. For example, the control signal SC81 enables the processing unit 331 to obtain the physical parameter application status code EW1T by sending the measurement value specifying range code EL1T to indicate the physical parameter target range RD1ET. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter application range RD1EL based on the control signal SC81 A range difference DB81 therebetween to transmit the operation signal SG81 to the physical parameter application unit 335 .

The physical parameter application state JE1T is predetermined according to the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The operation signal SG81 is used to guide Cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter application state JE1T. The clock time designation interval HR1ET is adjacent to the clock time application interval HR1EU. Under the condition that the clock time TH1A is in the clock time designation interval HR1ET, the variable physical parameter QU1A is in one of the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter application state JE1T. The processing unit 331 starts the timer 342 in response to the control signal SC81 so that the timer 342 senses the clock time TH1A within the clock time specified interval HR1ET, and senses the clock time within the clock time application interval HR1EU Clock time TH1A.

In some embodiments, the physical parameter target range RD1ET is represented by a measurement value target range RN1T. The control signal SC81 serves to indicate the physical parameter target range RD1ET by serving to indicate the measurement value target range RN1T. For example, the processing unit 331 determines a range difference DS81 between the measurement value target range RN1T and the measurement value application range RN1L based on the control signal SC81 to determine the range difference DB81. For example, the processing unit 331 determines the range difference DB81 by executing the physical parameter relationship check control GX8T. The physical parameter relationship check control GX8T includes a check operation BV81 for checking the mathematical relationship KV81 between the measured value VN81 and the measured value application range RN1L.

For example, the sensing unit 334 coupled to the operating unit 397 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate the sensing signal SN81. Under the condition that the operation unit 397 receives the control signal SC81, the operation unit 397 obtains the measurement value VN81 in response to the sensing signal SN81. The variable is determined at the operating unit 397 by checking the mathematical relationship KV81 Under the condition of the physical parameter application range RD1EL in which the physical parameter QU1A is currently located, the operation unit 397 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET based on the control signal SC81.

In some embodiments, the physical parameter target range RD1EU is represented by a measurement value target range RN1U. The control signal SC81 is used to make the functional device 130 execute the physical parameter relationship check control GX8U. When the trigger event JQ81 occurs or the processing unit 331 obtains the measurement value NY81, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a sensing signal SN85. The processing unit 331 obtains a measurement value VN85 in response to the sensing signal SN85. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines or obtains the physical parameter target range code UQ1U based on the control signal SC81 , the processing unit 331 executes a method for checking the measured value VN85 and the measurement value based on the determined physical parameter target range code UQ1U. A measurement value indicates a check operation BV86 of a mathematical relationship KV86 between the ranges RN1G. For example, the measurement value indication range RN1G is equal to one of the measurement value target range RN1T and the measurement value target range RN1U.

On the condition that the processing unit 331 determines a range difference DB86 between the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter target range RD1EU based on the checking operation BV86, the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter target range code based on the determined physical parameter target range code UQ1U executes the signal generation control GY85 to generate the operation signal SG85. The operation signal SG85 is used to control the physical parameter application unit 335 so that the variable physical parameter QU1A enters the physical parameter target state JE1U from the physical parameter application state JE1T within the clock time application interval HR1EU.

For example, the processing unit 331 executes the physical parameter by The relationship check controls the GX8U to determine the range difference DB86. The physical parameter relationship check control GX8U includes the check operation BV86 for checking the mathematical relationship KV86 between the measurement value VN85 and the measurement value indicating range RN1G. The processing unit 331 checks a physical parameter relationship KD8U between the variable physical parameter QU1A and the physical parameter target range RD1EU by checking the mathematical relationship KV86.

See Figure 15 and Figure 16. FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9024 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9025 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . See additionally Figure 13. As shown in FIGS. 15 and 16 , each structure of the implementation structure 9024 and the implementation structure 9025 includes the control device 212 and the functional device 130 . In some embodiments, the sensing unit 334 is configured to conform to a sensor specification FU11 associated with the measurement application range RN1L. For example, the sensor specification FU11 includes a sensor measurement range representation GW8R for representing a sensor measurement range RB8E, and a sensor sensitivity representation GW81 for representing a sensor sensitivity YW81. The sensor sensitivity YW81 is related to a sensing signal generation HF81 performed by the sensing unit 334 . The measurement value VN81 is obtained by the processing unit 331 in a specified measurement value format HH81.

Both the measurement target range RN1T and the measurement application range RN1L are preset with the specified measurement format HH81 based on one of the sensor measurement range representation GW8R and the sensor specification FU11. For example, the measurement target range RN1T and the measurement application range RN1L are both predicted using the specified measurement format HH81 based on the sensor measurement range representation GW8R and the sensor sensitivity representation GW81 Assume. The measurement value target range RN1T and the measurement value application range RN1L respectively have a target range limit value pair DN1T and an application range limit value pair DN1L. The control signal SC81 transmits the target range limit value pair DN1T, the application range limit value pair DN1L and a control code CC1T. For example, the control code CC1T is preset based on a specified physical parameter QD1T within the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The control signal SC81 serves to indicate at least one of the measurement value target range RN1T and the physical parameter target range RD1ET by sending the target range limit pair DN1T.

In some embodiments, the functional device 130 further includes a transmission unit 384 coupled to the processing unit 331 . The transmission unit 384 is controlled by the processing unit 331 . The processing unit 331 obtains the application range limit value pair DN1L from the control signal SC81, and checks the mathematical relationship KV81 by comparing the measurement value VN81 with the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L to make the measurement value VN81 PB81 is a logical decision within the range RN1L of the measured value application. Under the condition that the logical decision PB81 is positive, the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located.

The processing unit 331 obtains the target range limit value pair DN1T from the control signal SC81. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in, the processing unit 331 compares the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T with the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L to check a range relationship KE8A between the measurement value target range RN1T and the measurement value application range RN1L to make the target range limit value pair obtained PY81 is determined by a logic whether DN1T and the obtained application range limit are equal to DN1L.

Under the condition that the logical decision PY81 is negative, the processing unit 331 identifies the range relationship KE8A as a range dissimilarity relationship to determine the range difference DS81. The processing unit 331 obtains the control code CC1T from the control signal SC81. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the range difference DS81, the processing unit 331 executes a signal generation control GY81 based on the obtained control code CC1T to generate a signal for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range An operation signal SG81 of RD1ET. For example, the operation signal SG81 is one of a function signal and a control signal.

In some embodiments, after the processing unit 331 executes the signal generation control GY81 within an operation time TF81, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a sensing signal SN82. The processing unit 331 responds to the sensing signal SN82 within a specified time TG82 after the operation time TF81 to obtain a measurement value VN82 in the specified measurement value format HH81. Within the specified time TG82, the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter target range RD1ET that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in by comparing the measured value VN82 with the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T , the processing unit 331 makes the transmission unit 384 transmit a control response signal SE81 to the control device 212 in response to the control signal SC81 based on the measured value VN82, and executes a data storage control operation GU81.

The control response signal SE81 delivers the measured value VN82. The data storage control operation GU81 is used to cause the representative determined A physical parameter target range code UN8T of the physical parameter target range RD1ET is recorded. For example, the data storage control operation GU81 is a guarantee operation. The processing unit 331 assigns the physical parameter target range code UN8T to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A in the storage space SU11 by executing the data storage control operation GU81.

The timer 342 is used to measure the clock time TH1A in the timed operation mode WU21. The variable physical parameter QU1A is associated with a variable time length LF8A. For example, the timer 342 is used to measure the variable time length LF8A in a timed operation mode WU11 different from the timed operation mode WU21. The variable time length LF8A is characterized based on a reference time length LJ8V. The reference time length LJ8V is represented by a measurement time length value CL8V. For example, the measurement time length value CL8V is preset based on the timer specification FT21.

In some embodiments, the variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on a physical parameter target state JE1V and a physical parameter target state JE1W different from the physical parameter target state JE1V. The physical parameter target state JE1V is the same as or different from the physical parameter target state JE1U. The physical parameter target state JE1V is represented by a physical parameter target state code EW1V. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is in the physical parameter target state JE1U within the clock time application interval HR1EU, the receiving unit 337 receives a control signal SC88 from the control device 212 . The control signal SC88 delivers the measurement time length value CL8V and the physical parameter target status code EW1V. The plurality of different physical parameter reference states JE11, JE12, . . . include the physical parameter target state JE1V and the physical parameter target state JE1W.

The processing unit 331 obtains the measurement duration value CL8V and the physical parameter target status code EW1V from the control signal SC88, stops the timer 342 in response to the control signal SC88, and restarts based on the obtained measurement duration value CL8V The timer 342 is operated in the timing operation mode WU11 by restarting the timer 342 . The timer 342 is restarted to start an application time length LT8V that matches the reference time length LJ8V, and goes through the application in the timed operation mode WU11 by performing a count operation BC8V for the application time length LT8V Time length LT8V to reach a specific time TJ8T.

The processing unit 331 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to be in the physical parameter target state JE1V within the application time length LT8V based on the obtained physical parameter target state code EW1V. On the condition that the processing unit 331 reaches the specific time TJ8T, the processing unit 331 executes the process for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target state JE1V to enter the physical parameter target state JE1W within the specific time TJ8T A signal generation operation of BY89.

For example, the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, . . . include a physical parameter target range RD1EV and a physical parameter target range RD1EW different from the physical parameter target range RD1EV. The physical parameter target state JE1V and the physical parameter target state JE1W are predetermined according to the physical parameter target range RD1EV and the physical parameter target range RD1EW, respectively. For example, the processing unit 331 generates a signal for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target state JE1V by executing the signal generation operation BY89 to enter the physical An operation signal SG89 of the parameter target state JE1W is transmitted to the physical parameter application unit 335 .

In some embodiments, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is in the physical parameter target state JE1U within the clock time application interval HR1EU by checking the mathematical relationship KQ81, the receiving unit 337 receives the data from the control device 212 Receive a control signal SC8H. When the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC8H, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a sensing signal SN8H. When the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC8A, the timer 342 senses the clock time TH1A to generate a sensing signal SY8H.

The processing unit 331 obtains a measurement value VN8H in the specified measurement value format HH81 in response to the sensing signal SN8H, and obtains a measurement value NY8H in the specified measurement value format HH95 in response to the sensing signal SY8H. The processing unit 331 uses the measured value VN8H and the measured value NY8H in response to the control signal SC8H to enable the transmission unit 384 to transmit a control response signal SE8H to the control device 212 in response to the control signal SC8H. The control response signal SE8H delivers the measured value VN8H and the measured value NY8H and is used by the control device 212 to perform a specific practical operation related to at least one of the variable physical parameter QU1A and the clock time TH1A. For example, the control device 212 receives the control response signal SE8H, obtains the measurement value VN8A and the measurement value NY8H from the received control response signal SE8H, and displays the variable physical parameter QU1A based on the obtained measurement value VN8H A related measurement information LZ8H, and based on the obtained measurement value NY8H, a measurement information LX8H related to the clock time TH1A is displayed.

Please refer to Figure 17, Figure 18, Figure 19, Figure 20 and Figure 21. FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9026 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9027 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9028 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9029 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9030 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . As shown in FIGS. 17 , 18 , 19 , 20 and 21 , each of the implementation structure 9026 , the implementation structure 9027 , the implementation structure 9028 , the implementation structure 9029 and the implementation structure 9030 includes the control device 212 and the functional device 130.

See additionally Figure 13. In some embodiments, the functional device 130 includes the operation unit 397 , the physical parameter application unit 335 , the storage unit 332 , and the sensing unit 334 coupled to the processing unit 331 . The operation unit 397 includes the processing unit 331, the timer 342, the receiving unit 337, an input unit 380 coupled to the processing unit 331, a display unit 382 coupled to the processing unit 331, and a display unit 382 coupled to the processing unit A transmission unit 384 of 331. The physical parameter application unit 335 , the storage unit 332 , the sensing unit 334 , the timer 342 , the receiving unit 337 , the input unit 380 , the display unit 382 and the transmission unit 384 are all controlled by the processing unit 331 . For example, the physical parameter application unit 335 is disposed inside the functional device 130 , or disposed outside the functional device 130 .

The processing unit 331 is configured to execute a measurement application function FA81 associated with the physical parameter application range RD1EL, and includes An output component 338 is coupled to the physical parameter application unit 335 . The measurement application function FA81 is configured to conform to a measurement application function specification GAL8 associated with the physical parameter application range RD1EL. The sensing unit 334 is configured to comply with a sensor specification FU11 associated with the measurement value application range RN1L. For example, the sensor specification FU11 includes a sensor measurement range representation GW8R for representing a sensor measurement range RB8E, and a sensor sensitivity representation GW81 for representing a sensor sensitivity YW81. The sensor sensitivity YW81 is related to a sensing signal generation HF81 performed by the sensing unit 334 .

Under the condition that the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81 from a control device 212, the processing unit 331 obtains the measurement value VN81 in a specified measurement value format HH81 in response to the sensing signal SN81. For example, the specified measurement value format HH81 is characterized based on a specified number of bits UY81. For example, when the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to perform the sensing signal generation HF81 depending on the sensor sensitivity YW81, and the sensing signal generates HF81 is used to generate the sensing signal SN81. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the range difference DS81 based on the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 uses the output element 338 to output the operation for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET Signal SG81.

The variable physical parameter QU1A is further characterized based on a nominal physical parameter range RD1E. For example, the nominal physical parameter range RD1E is represented by a nominal measurement value range RD1N, and includes a complex number of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, . The reference range of different physical parameters is RD1E1, RD1E2, …. Both the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter application range RD1EL are included in the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, . . . The measurement application function specification GAL8 includes the sensor specification FU11, a rated physical parameter range representation GA8E for representing the rated physical parameter range RD1E, and a physical parameter application range representation GA8L for representing the physical parameter application range RD1EL .

The nominal measured value range RD1N is determined using the specified measured value format HH81 based on the nominal physical parameter range representation GA8E, the sensor measurement range representation GW8R, and a data encoding operation ZX81 for converting the nominal physical parameter range representation GA8E By default, there is a pair of rated range limit values DD1A, and includes the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, . . . respectively represented by the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, . For example, the nominal range limit value is preset for DD1A with the specified measurement value format HH81. The plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, . . . include the measurement value target range RN1T and the measurement value application range RN1L. The nominal measurement range RD1N and the nominal range limit pair DD1A are both preset with the specified measurement format HH81 based on one of the sensor measurement range representation GW8R and the sensor specification FU11.

In some embodiments, the measurement target range RN1T is represented by a measurement target range code EM1T contained in the plurality of different measurement reference range codes EM11, EM12, . . . ; whereby the measurement target range code EM1T is Configured to indicate the physical parameter target range RD1ET. For example, the complex number of different measurement values refer to the range codes EM11, EM12, ... are all preset based on the measurement application function specification GAL8. The control signal SC81 serves to indicate at least one of the measurement value target range RN1T and the physical parameter target range RD1ET by sending the measurement value target range code EM1T. For example, the measured value target range code EM1T is equal to the physical parameter application status code EW1T.

The measurement value application range RN1L is represented by a measurement value application range code EM1L included in the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, . . . and has an application range limit value pair DN1L; whereby the measurement value applies The range code EM1L is configured to indicate the physical parameter application range RD1EL. For example, the application range limit value for DN1L is based on the physical parameter application range representation GA8L, the sensor measurement range representation GW8R and a data encoding operation ZX82 for converting the physical parameter application range representation GA8L to use the specified measurement value format HH81 is preset. The measurement value application range RN1L is preset with the specified measurement value format HH81 based on the physical parameter application range representation GA8L, the sensor measurement range representation GW8R and the data encoding operation ZX82.

In some embodiments, the storage unit 332 stores the preset nominal range limit value pair DD1A and a variable physical parameter range code UN8A. The control signal SC81 further feeds the nominal range limit pair DD1A. When the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the variable physical parameter range code UN8A is equal to a specific measurement value range code EM14 selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, . . .

For example, the specific measurement value range code EM14 indicates a specific physical parameter range RD1E4 previously determined by the processing unit 331 based on a sensing operation ZS81. The specific physical parameter range RD1E4 is selected from the The reference range of complex different physical parameters is RD1E1, RD1E2, …. The sensing operation ZS81 performed by the sensing unit 334 is used to sense the variable physical parameter QU1A. Before the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the specific measurement value range code EM14 is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

For example, before the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 obtains the specific measurement value range code EM14. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the specific physical parameter range RD1E4 based on the sensing operation ZS81 before the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to store the obtained The specific measurement value range code EM14 is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A. The specific measurement value range code EM14 represents a specific measurement value range configured to represent the specific physical parameter range RD1E4. The specific measurement value range is preset with the specified measurement value format HH81 based on one of the sensor measurement range representation GW8R and the sensor specification FU11. For example, the sensing unit 334 performs a sensing signal generation depending on the sensor sensitivity YW81 by performing the sensing operation ZS81 to generate a sensing signal.

Before the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 receives the sensing signal, obtains a specific measurement value in the specified measurement value format HH81 in response to the sensing signal, and executes the process for checking the specific measurement value A specific check operation for a mathematical relationship between the specific measurement value range. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the specific physical parameter range RD1E4 in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is located based on the specific checking operation, the processing unit 331 uses the storage list Element 332 to assign the specific measurement range code EM14 obtained to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A. The processing unit 331 determines whether the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to change the variable physical parameter range code UN8A in response to a specific sensing operation for sensing the variable physical parameter QU1A. For example, the specific sensing operation is performed by the sensing unit 334 .

In some embodiments, under the condition that the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 obtains an operation reference data code from one of the control signal SC81 and the storage unit 332 in response to the control signal SC81 XU81, and perform a data determination AA8A using the operation reference data code XU81 by running a data determination program NA8A to determine the measurement value application range code EM1L selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, ... In order to select the measurement value application range RN1L from the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, . . .

The operation reference data code XU81 is the same as an allowable reference data code preset based on the measurement application functional specification GAL8. The data determination program NA8A is constructed based on the measurement application functional specification GAL8. The data determination AA8A is one of a data determination operation AA81 and a data determination operation AA82. Under the condition that the operation reference data code XU81 is obtained by accessing the variable physical parameter range code UN8A stored in the storage unit 332 to be the same as the specific measurement value range code EM14, it is the data determination operation The profile of AA81 determines that AA8A determines the measurement application range code EM1L based on the obtained specific measurement range code EM14. For example, the determined measurement value applies a range code EM1L is the same or different from the range code EM14 obtained for this particular measurement value.

Under the condition that the operation reference data code XU81 is obtained from one of the control signal SC81 and the storage unit 332 to be the same as the preset rated range limit value pair DD1A, it is the data that determines the operation of the operation AA82. Data Determination AA8A selects the measured value application range code from the plurality of different measured value reference range codes EM11, EM12, ... by performing a scientific calculation MR81 for DD1A using the measured value VN81 and the obtained nominal range limit value EM1L applies the range code EM1L to determine this measurement. For example, the scientific calculation MR81 is performed based on a specific empirical formula XR81. The specific empirical formula XR81 is predetermined based on the preset nominal range limit value pair DD1A and the complex number of different measured value reference range codes EM11, EM12, . . . For example, the specific empirical formula XR81 is predetermined based on the measurement application functional specification GAL8.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 applies a range code EM1L based on the determined measurement value to obtain the application range limit value pair DN1L, and based on the measurement value VN81 and the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L A data comparison of CD81 checks the mathematical relationship KV81 to make a logical decision PB81 whether the measurement VN81 is within the selected application range RN1L of the measurement. Under the condition that the logical decision PB81 is positive, the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located.

The processing unit 331 obtains the measured value target range code EM1T from the control signal SC81. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, the processing unit 331 compares the obtained measurement value target range Enclosing code EM1T and the determined measurement value application range code EM1L to check a range relationship KE8A between the measurement value target range RN1T and the measurement value application range RN1L to make the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and The determined measured value applies a logical decision PZ81 whether the range codes EM1L are equal. Under the condition that the logic decision PZ81 is negative, the processing unit 331 identifies the range relationship KE8A as a range dissimilarity relationship to determine the range difference DS81.

For example, under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in, the processing unit 331 compares the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T with the determined measurement Value application range code EM1L to check a range relationship KE9A between the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter application range RD1EL to make a logical decision PZ91 whether the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter application range RD1EL are equal . Under the condition that the logical decision PZ91 is negative, the processing unit 331 identifies the range relationship KE9A as a range difference relationship to determine the range difference DB81. On the condition that the logic determines that PZ81 is negative, the logic determines that PZ91 is negative.

In some embodiments, the pair of application range limit values DN1L includes an application range limit value DN15 of the measurement value application range RN1L and an application range limit value DN16 relative to the application range limit value DN15. The functional device 130 further includes a physical parameter application unit 335 coupled to the output element 338 . The physical parameter application unit 335 has the variable physical parameter QU1A. For example, the sensing unit 334 is coupled to the physical parameter applying unit 335 . The processing unit 331 uses the output element by 338 to cause the physical parameter application unit 335 to perform a specific function operation ZH81 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A. For example, the specific function operation ZH81 is used to cause a trigger event EQ81 to occur, and is a spatial motion operation. The control device 212 outputs the control signal SC81 in response to the trigger event EQ81.

For example, under the condition that the application range limit value DN15 is different from the application range limit value DN16 and the measurement value VN81 is between the application range limit value DN15 and the application range limit value DN16, the processing unit 331 compares the The measured value VN81 and the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L to make the logical decision PB81 to be affirmative. Under the condition that the application range limit value DN15, the application range limit value DN16 and the measurement value VN81 are equal, the processing unit 331 makes a decision by comparing the measurement value VN81 with the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L This logic determines PB81 to be positive.

The measurement application functional specification GAL8 further includes a physical parameter representation GA8T1. The physical parameter representation GA8T1 is used to represent a specified physical parameter QD1T within the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The storage unit 332 has a memory location YM8L and a memory location YX8T different from the memory location YM8L, the application range limit pair DN1L is stored in the memory location YM8L, and a control is stored in the memory location YX8T Code CC1T.

For example, the memory location YM8L is identified based on the preset measurement value using the range code EM1L. The memory location YX8T is identified based on the preset measurement value target range code EM1T. The control code CC1T represents GA8T1 based on the physical parameter and is used to convert the physical The parameter indicates that a data encoding operation of the GA8T1 is preset by the ZX91. For example, the application range limit value pair DN1L and the control code CC1T are stored by the storage unit 332 based on the preset measurement value application range code EM1L and the preset measurement value target range code EM1T, respectively.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 executes a data acquisition AD8A using the determined measured value application range code EM1L to obtain the application range limit pair DN1L by running a data acquisition program ND8A. For example, the data acquisition AD8A is one of a data acquisition operation AD81 and a data acquisition operation AD82. The data acquisition program ND8A is constructed based on the measurement application functional specification GAL8. The data acquisition operation AD81 uses the storage unit 332 based on the determined measurement value application range code EM1L to access the application range limit value pair DN1L stored in the memory location YM8L to obtain the application range limit value pair DN1L .

The data acquisition operation AD82 relies on one of the control signal SC81 and the storage unit 332 to acquire the nominal range limit value pair DD1A, and applies the range code EM1L and the acquired nominal range by executing the measured value determined using the range code EM1L. A scientific calculation MZ81 of the range limit value pair DD1A to obtain the application range limit value pair DN1L. For example, the pair of rated range limit values DD1A includes a rated range limit value DD11 of the rated measurement value range RD1N and a rated range limit value DD12 relative to the rated range limit value DD11, and based on the rated physical parameter range, GA8E, The sensor measurement range representation GW8R and the data encoding operation ZX81 are preset with the specified measurement value format HH81.

In the processing unit 331 the range difference DS81 is determined condition, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to access the control code CC1T stored in the memory location YX8T based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T, and based on the accessed control code CC1T performs a signal generation control GY81 for the measurement application function FA81 to control the output element 338 . The output element 338 responds to the signal generation control GY81 to execute a signal generation operation BY81 for the measurement application function FA81 to generate an operation signal SG81 for controlling the physical parameter application unit 335 to cause the variable The physical parameter QU1A enters the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

For example, the operation unit 397 includes the processing unit 331 , the receiving unit 337 , the timer 342 , and the output component 338 coupled to the processing unit 331 . The output component 338 is located outside the processing unit 331 and is controlled by the processing unit 331 . The processing unit 331 executes the signal generation control GY81 for controlling the output element 338 to provide a control signal SF81 to the output element 338 . The output element 338 performs the signal generating operation BY81 for the measurement application function FA81 in response to the control signal SF81 to generate the operation signal SG81 , and transmits the operation signal SG81 to the physical parameter application unit 335 .

In some embodiments, the control device 212 is an external device. The plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, . . . have a total reference range number NT81. The total reference range number NT81 is preset based on the measurement application functional specification GAL8. The processing unit 331 obtains the total reference range number NT81 in response to the control signal SC81. The scientific computing MR81 further uses the obtained total reference range number NT81. The scientific computing MZ81 further uses the obtained total reference range number NT81. For example, the total number of reference ranges is greater than or equal to two. For example, the total number of reference ranges NT11≧3; the total number of reference ranges NT11≧4; the total number of reference ranges NT11≧5; the total number of reference ranges NT11≧6; and the total number of reference ranges NT11≦255.

The physical parameter applying unit 335 changes the variable physical parameter QU1A from a specific physical parameter QU17 to a specific physical parameter QU18 in response to the operation signal SG81. For example, the specific physical parameter QU17 is within the physical parameter application range RD1EL; and the specific physical parameter QU18 is within the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The measurement application functional specification GAL8 further includes a physical parameter candidate range representation GA8T for representing the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

The measurement value target range RN1T is a first part of the nominal measurement value range RD1N and has a target range limit value pair DN1T. For example, the target range limit value pair DN1T uses the specified measurement value format based on the physical parameter candidate range representation GA8T, the sensor measurement range representation GW8R, and a data encoding operation ZX83 for converting the physical parameter candidate range representation GA8T HH81 is preset. The measurement target range RN1T is preset with the specified measurement format HH81 based on the physical parameter candidate range representation GA8T, the sensor measurement range representation GW8R and the data encoding operation ZX83. The measured value application range RN1L is a second part of the nominal measured value range RD1N.

The physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter application range RD1EL are separate or adjacent. Under the condition that the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter application range RD1EL are separated, the measurement value target range RN1T and the measurement value application range RN1L are separate. Under the condition that the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter application range RD1EL are adjacent, the measurement value target range RN1T and the measurement value application range RN1L are adjacent.

For example, the measured value is configured to be equal to an integer using the range code EM1L. The rated range limit value DD12 is greater than the rated range limit value DD11. There is a relative value VA11 between the rated range limit value DD12 and the rated range limit value DD11 with respect to the rated range limit value DD11. The relative value VA11 is equal to a calculation result of the nominal range limit value DD12 minus the nominal range limit value DD11. For example, the application range limit value pair DN1L is preset based on the nominal range limit value DD11, the nominal range limit value DD12, the integer, and a ratio of the relative value VA11 to the total reference range number NT81. The scientific calculation MZ81 uses one of the nominal range limit value DD11, the nominal range limit value DD12, the integer, the ratio, and any combination thereof.

In some embodiments, the storage unit 332 further has a memory location YM8T different from the memory location YX8T, and stores the target range limit pair DN1T in the memory location YM8T. For example, the memory location YM8T is identified based on the preset measurement value target range code EM1T. After the processing unit 331 executes the signal generation control GY81 within an operation time TF81, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a sensing signal SN82. For example, after the processing unit 331 executes the signal generation control GY81, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to execute a sensing signal depending on the sensor sensitivity YW81 to generate HF82, the sensing signal HF82 is generated for generating the sensing signal SN82.

The processing unit 331 responds to the sensing signal SN82 within a specified time TG82 after the operation time TF81 to obtain a measurement value VN82 in the specified measurement value format HH81. The processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to access the target range limit value pair DN1T stored in the memory location YM8T based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T, and by comparing the measurement value VN82 with The accessed target range limit value pair DN1T checks a mathematical relationship KV91 between the measurement value VN82 and the measurement value target range RN1T to determine whether the measurement value VN82 is within the measurement value target range RN1T A logic determines PB91.

Under the condition that the logical decision PB91 is positive, the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter target range RD1ET that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in within the specified time TG82, generates a positive operation report RL81, and causes the transmission The unit 384 outputs a control response signal SE81 conveying the positive operation report RL81, whereby the control response signal SE81 is used to cause the control device 212 to obtain the positive operation report RL81. For example, the positive operation report RL81 indicates an operation situation EP81 in which the variable physical parameter QU1A successfully enters the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The processing unit 331 responds to the control signal SC81 by causing the transmission unit 384 to generate the control response signal SE81. For example, the processing unit 331 causes the control response signal SE81 to further transmit the obtained measurement value VN82 based on the obtained measurement value VN82. The operation unit 397 responds to the control signal SC81 by generating the control response signal SE81.

In some embodiments, at that particular measurement range code EM14 is different from the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the processing unit 331 determines by making the logical decision PB91 the condition of the physical parameter target range RD1ET that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in, the processing unit 331 331 uses the storage unit 332 to store the obtained measurement based on a code difference DF81 between the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the specific measurement range code EM14 and the obtained measurement target range code EM1T The value target range code EM1T is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

When the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the display unit 382 displays a status indication LB81. For example, the state indication LB81 is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured in a specific state XJ81 within the specific physical parameter range RD1E4. After the specific measurement value range code EM14 is different from the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter target range RD1ET in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located by making the logical decision PB91 Under the condition of , the processing unit 331 further causes the display unit 382 to change the status indication LB81 to a status indication LB82 based on the code difference DF81. For example, the state indication LB82 is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured in a specific state XJ82 within the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

The control signal SC81 is one of an electrical signal SP81 and an optical signal SQ81. The receiving unit 337 includes a receiving component 3371 and a receiving component 3372 . The receiving component 3371 is coupled to the processing unit 331 . Under the condition that the control signal SC81 is the electrical signal SP81, the receiving element 3371 transmits a control message CG81 by receiving the electrical signal Number SP81 to cause the processing unit 331 to obtain the control message CG81. For example, the control message CG81 includes the measurement value designation range code EL1T. The processing unit 331 obtains the preset measurement value target range code EM1T based on the measurement value designation range code EL1T of the control message CG81. For example, the control message CG81 further includes the measurement value target range code EM1T. For example, the receiving component 3371 and the receiving component 3372 are respectively two input components.

The receiving component 3372 is coupled to the processing unit 331 . Under the condition that the control signal SC81 is the optical signal SQ81, the receiving element 3372 receives the optical signal SQ81 that transmits an encoded image FY81. For example, the encoded image FY81 represents the control message CG81. The input unit 380 is coupled to the processing unit 331 and includes a button 3801 coupled to the processing unit 331 . Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured within the physical parameter target range RD1ET based on the control signal SC81, the input unit 380 receives a user input operation BQ81 using the button 3801, and responds to the user Input operation BQ81 causes the processing unit 331 to receive an operation request signal SJ91. The processing unit 331 determines a specific input code UW81 in response to the operation request signal SJ91. For example, the input unit 380 generates the operation request signal SJ91 in response to the user's input operation BQ81 using the button 3801, provides the operation request signal SJ91 to the processing unit 331, and thereby causes the processing unit 331 to receive the operation request Signal SJ91. The specific input code UW81 is selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, . . .

In some embodiments, the receiving element 3372 senses the encoded image under the condition that the control signal SC81 is the optical signal SQ81 FY81 determines an encoded data DY81, and decodes the encoded data DY81 to provide the control message CG81 to the processing unit 331. For example, when the input unit 380 receives the user input operation BQ81, the variable physical parameter range code UN8A is equal to the preset measurement value target range code EM1T. The processing unit 331 obtains the measured value target range code EM1T from the variable physical parameter range code UN8A in response to the operation request signal SJ91. Under the condition that the specific input code UW81 is different from the preset measurement value target range code EM1T, the processing unit 331 based on the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the A code difference DX81 between a particular input code UW81 to use the output element 338 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target range RD1ET to enter the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, . . . A specific physical parameter range RD1E5.

For example, the button 3801 receives the user input operation BQ81. The specific physical parameter range RD1E5 is represented by a specific physical parameter range code UN85. Under the condition that the specific input code UW81 is equal to the specific physical parameter range code UN85, the processing unit 331 causes the output element 338 to transmit an operation signal SG82 to the physical parameter application unit 335 based on the code difference DX81. The operation signal SG82 is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target range RD1ET to enter the specific physical parameter range RD1E5.

Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured to be in the specific physical parameter range RD1E5 based on the function signal SG82, the input unit 380 receives a user input operation BQ8A using the button 3801, and responds to the user input operate the BQ8A to generate an operation The request signal SJ9A provides the operation request signal SJ9A to the processing unit 331 . For example, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is in the specific physical parameter range RD1E5, the button 3801 receives the user input operation BQ8A so that the input unit 380 receives the user input operation BQ8A. The processing unit 331 makes the output element 338 transmit an operation signal SG8A to the physical parameter application unit 335 in response to the operation request signal SJ9A. The operation signal SG8A is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the specific physical parameter range RD1E5 to enter a specific physical parameter range RD1EA included in the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, . . . For example, the specific physical parameter range RD1EA is the same as the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

The sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A under a constraint condition ER81 to provide the sensing signal SN81 to the processing unit 331 . For example, the constraint FR81 is that the variable physical parameter QU1A is equal to a specific physical parameter QU15 included in the rated physical parameter range RD1E. The processing unit 331 estimates the specific physical parameter QU15 based on the sensing signal SN81 to obtain the measurement value VN81. Since the variable physical parameter QU1A under the constraint condition FR81 is within the physical parameter application range RD1EL, the processing unit 331 recognizes the measurement value VN81 as an allowable value within the measurement value application range RN1L, by This identifies the mathematical relationship KV81 between the measured value VN81 and the measured value application range RN1L as a numerical intersection relationship, and thereby determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located.

In some embodiments, the sensing unit 334 is characterized based on the sensor sensitivity YW81 associated with the sensing signal generation HF81 , and is configured to meet the sensor specification FU11. The sensor specification FU11 includes the sensor sensitivity representation GW81 for representing the sensor sensitivity YW81, and the sensor measurement range representation GW8R for representing the sensor measurement range RB8E. For example, the nominal physical parameter range RD1E is configured to be the same as the sensor measurement range RB8E, or is configured to be part of the sensor measurement range RB8E. The sensor measurement range RB8E is related to a physical parameter sensing performed by the sensing unit 334 . The sensor measurement range indicates that the GW8R is provided based on a first predetermined measurement unit. For example, the first preset measurement unit is one of a metric measurement unit and an imperial measurement unit.

The rated measurement value range RD1N, the rated range limit value pair DD1A, the measurement value application range RN1L, the application range limit value pair DN1L, the measurement value target range RN1T, the target range limit value pair DN1T, the measurement value target range RN1U and the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, . . . are all preset with the specified measurement value format HH81 based on one of the sensor measurement range representation GW8R and the sensor specification FU11. For example, the rated measurement value range RD1N and the rated range limit value pair DD1A are both used based on the rated physical parameter range representation GA8E, the sensor measurement range representation GW8R, the sensor sensitivity representation GW81 and the data encoding operation ZX81 The specified measurement value format HH81 is preset. The measurement value application range RN1L and the application range limit value pair DN1L are both based on the physical parameter application range representation GA8L, the sensor measurement range representation GW8R, the sensor sensitivity representation GW81 and the data encoding operation ZX82 to use for the designation The measured value format HH81 is preset.

The measured value target range RN1T and the target range limit pair DN1T are both based on the physical parameter candidate range representation GA8T, the sensor measurement range representation GW8R, the sensor sensitivity representation GW81 and the data encoding operation ZX83 to use the designation The measured value format HH81 is preset. The nominal physical parameter range represents GA8E, the physical parameter application range represents GA8L, the physical parameter represents GA8T1, and the physical parameter candidate range represents GA8T are all provided based on a second predetermined unit of measurement. For example, the second predetermined measurement unit is one of a metric measurement unit and an imperial measurement unit, and is the same as or different from the first predetermined measurement unit.

The variable physical parameter QU1A is further characterized based on the sensor measurement range RB8E. For example, the sensor measurement range represents GW8R, the rated physical parameter range represents GA8E, the physical parameter application range represents GA8L, the physical parameter candidate range represents GA8T and the physical parameter represents GA8T1 are all of the decimal data type. The measured value VN81, the measured value VN82, the rated range limit value pair DD1A, the application range limit value pair DN1L, the target range limit value pair DN1T and the control code CC1T all belong to the binary data type and are suitable for computer deal with. Both the sensor specification FU11 and the measurement application function specification GAL8 are preset.

In some embodiments, before the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the receiving unit 337 receives a write request message WN8L including the preset application range limit value pair DN1L and a memory address AM8L. For example, the memory location YM8L is identified based on the memory address AM8L; and the memory address AM8L is preset based on the preset measurement value application range code EM1L. The processing unit 331 In response to the write request message WN8L, the storage unit 332 is used to store the application range limit pair DN1L of the write request message WN8L to the memory location YM8L.

Before the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the receiving unit 337 receives a write request message WC8T including the preset control code CC1T and a memory address AX8T. For example, the memory location YX8T is identified based on the memory address AX8T; and the memory address AX8T is preset based on the preset measurement value target range code EM1T. The processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to store the control code CC1T of the write request message WC8T in the memory location YX8T in response to the write request message WC8T.

In some embodiments, the functional device 130 is used to control the variable physical parameter QU1A by generating an operation signal SG81. The variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on the physical parameter target range RD1ET represented by the measurement value target range RN1T and the physical parameter application range RD1EL represented by the measurement value application range RN1L. The sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a sensing signal SN81. The processing unit 331 obtains a measurement value VN81 in response to the sensing signal SN81 under the condition that the receiving unit 337 receives a control signal SC81 to indicate the target range of the measurement value RN1T.

Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located by checking a mathematical relationship KV81 between the measurement value VN81 and the measurement value application range RN1L, the processing The unit 331 determines the measurement value target range RN1T and the measurement value application range RN1L based on the control signal SC81 A range relationship KE8A between to make a reasonable decision PW81 for whether the operation signal SG81 that causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET is to be generated by the output element 338 .

For example, under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located by checking the mathematical relationship KV81, the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter based on the control signal SC81 A range relationship KE9A between the target range RD1ET and the physical parameter application range RD1EL is used to make the rational decision PW81.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, the processing unit 331 compares the obtained target range limit value to DN1T and DN1T The obtained application range limit pair DN1L checks the range relationship KE8A to make a logical decision PY81 whether the obtained target range limit pair DN1T and the obtained application range limit pair DN1L are equal.

Under the condition that the logical decision PY81 is negative, the processing unit 331 identifies the range relationship KE8A as a range dissimilarity relationship to make the rational decision PW81 to be positive. Under the condition that the reasonable decision PW81 is positive, the processing unit 331 executes a signal generation control GY81 based on the obtained control code CC1T to cause the output element 338 to generate a signal for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter An operation signal SG81 of the target range RD1ET.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 determines the application range of the physical parameter in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located Under the condition of RD1EL, the processing unit 331 checks the range relationship KE8A by comparing the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T with the determined measurement value application range code EM1L to make the obtained measurement value target range A logic that determines whether the code EM1T and the determined measured value application range code EM1L are equal determines PZ81. Under the condition that the logical decision PZ81 is negative, the processing unit 331 identifies the range relationship KE8A as a range dissimilarity relationship to make the rational decision PW81 to be positive.

For example, under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in, the processing unit 331 compares the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T with the determined measurement Value application range code EM1L to check the range relationship KE9A between the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter application range RD1EL to make the logical decision whether the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter application range RD1EL are equal PZ91. Under the condition that the logical decision PZ91 is negative, the processing unit 331 determines the range difference DB81 by identifying the range relationship KE9A as a range dissimilarity relationship to make the reasonable decision PW81 to be positive. On the condition that the logic determines that PZ81 is negative, the logic determines that PZ91 is negative.

Under the condition that the rational decision PW81 is positive, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to access the control code CC1T stored in the memory location YX8T based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T. The processing unit 331 executes a signal generation control GY81 for the measurement application function FA81 based on the accessed control code CC1T. The output element 338 generates and controls the GY81 to execute in response to the signal A signal generation operation BY81 for the measurement application function FA81 generates an operation signal SG81. The operation signal SG81 is used to control the physical parameter application unit 335 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

In some embodiments, the plurality of different physical parameter reference states JE11, JE12, . . . comprise the specific physical parameter state JE16. The specific physical parameter state JE16 is represented by a specific physical parameter state code EW16. The complex number of different physical parameter reference status codes EW11, EW12, . . . include the specific physical parameter status code EW16. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to be in the physical parameter target state JE1U by checking the first mathematical relationship KQ81, the input unit 380 receives the user input operation BQ82 using the button 3801, In response to the user's input operation BQ82, the processing unit 331 receives an operation request signal SJ92. For example, the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, . . . include a specific physical parameter range RD1E6 that is different from the physical parameter target range RD1EU. The specific physical parameter state JE16 is predetermined according to the specific physical parameter range RD1E6.

For example, the input unit 380 generates the operation request signal SJ92 in response to the user's input operation BQ82 using the button 3801, provides the operation request signal SJ92 to the processing unit 331, and thereby causes the processing unit 331 to receive the operation request Signal SJ92. The processing unit 331 determines a specific input code UW82 in response to the operation request signal SJ92. For example, the specific input code UW82 is selected from the plurality of different physical parameter reference status codes EW11, EW12, . . . For example, the specific input code UW82 is selected from the complex number of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, . . . when When the input unit 380 receives the user input operation BQ82, the variable physical parameter range code UN8A is equal to the preset physical parameter target state code EW1U. The processing unit 331 obtains the physical parameter target status code EW1U from the variable physical parameter range code UN8A in response to the operation request signal SJ92.

In some embodiments, the specific physical parameter range RD1E6 is represented by a specific physical parameter range code UN86. Under the condition that the specific input code UW82 is equal to the specific physical parameter range code UN86 and is different from the preset physical parameter target state code EW1U, the processing unit 331 based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM1U A code difference DX82 between the variable physical parameter range code UN8A and the specific input code UW82 is used by the output element 338 to cause the output element 338 to generate the operation signal SG87. The operation signal SG87 is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target state JE1U to enter the specific physical parameter state JE16. The output element 338 transmits the operation signal SG87 to the physical parameter application unit 335 . The physical parameter applying unit 335 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target state JE1U to enter the specific physical parameter state JE16 in response to the operation signal SG87.

For example, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured to be in the specific physical parameter range RD1E6 (or the specific physical parameter state JE16) based on the function signal SG87, the input unit 380 receives a use using the button 3801 The user inputs operation BQ8B, generates an operation request signal SJ9B in response to the user input operation BQ8B, and provides the operation request signal SJ9B to the processing unit 331 . For example, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is in the specific physical parameter range RD1E6 Next, the button 3801 receives the user input operation BQ8B so that the input unit 380 receives the user input operation BQ8B.

The processing unit 331 makes the output element 338 transmit an operation signal SG8B to the physical parameter application unit 335 in response to the operation request signal SJ9B. The operation signal SG8B is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the specific physical parameter range RD1E6 (or the specific physical parameter state JE16) to enter a specific physical parameter included in the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, . . . Parameter range RD1EB (or a specific physical parameter state JE1B). For example, the specific physical parameter range RD1EB is the same as the physical parameter target range RD1EU. The specific physical parameter state JE1B is predetermined according to the specific physical parameter range RD1EB.

See Figure 22 and Figure 23. FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9031 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9032 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . As shown in FIGS. 22 and 23 , each of the implementation structure 9031 and the implementation structure 9032 includes the control device 212 and the functional device 130 . The functional device 130 includes the operation unit 397 , the sensing unit 334 , the physical parameter application unit 335 and the storage unit 332 . The operation unit 397 includes the processing unit 331 , the receiving unit 337 , the input unit 380 and the transmission unit 384 . The receiving unit 337 includes the receiving component 3371 and the receiving component 3372 . The transmission unit 384 includes a transmission element 3842 and a transmission element 3843 . The sensing unit 334 , the physical parameter application unit 335 , the storage unit 332 , the receiving component 3371 , the receiving component 3372 , the input unit 380 , the transmitting component 3842 and the transmitting component 3843 Both are coupled to the processing unit 331 and are controlled by the processing unit 331 . The processing unit 331 includes the output component 338 .

In some embodiments, the output component 338 is coupled to the physical parameter application unit 335 . The processing unit 331 executes the signal generation control GY81 based on the obtained control code CC1T within the operation time TF81. In response to the signal generation control GY81, the output element 338 executes the signal generation operation BY81 for the measurement application function FA81 to generate the operation signal SG81 within the operation time TF81. For example, the operation signal SG81 is a control signal. The output element 338 transmits the operation signal SG81 to the physical parameter application unit 335 . The physical parameter application unit 335 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET in response to the operation signal SG81. For example, the operation signal SG81 is one of a pulse width modulation signal, a potential level signal, a driving signal and a command signal.

Under the condition that the processing unit 331 checks the mathematical relationship KV91 to determine the physical parameter target range RD1ET in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, the processing unit 331 determines the positive operation report RL81 and causes the transmission unit 384 to generate a delivery The positive operation reports RL81 and the control response signal SE81 of the measured value VN82. The control response signal SE81 is one of an electrical signal LP81 and an optical signal LQ81. The transport assembly 3842 is a transmitter. The transmission element 3843 is a light emitting element. For example, the transmission assembly 3842 and the transmission assembly 3843 are respectively two output assemblies.

For example, the processing unit 331 determines that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently at the physical parameter target by checking the mathematical relationship KV91 A physical parameter situation within the range RD1ET, and thereby identifying a physical parameter relationship KD8T between the variable physical parameter QU1A and the physical parameter target range RD1ET is that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in the physical parameter target range RD1ET A physical parameter intersection relationship within. For example, the processing unit 331 checks one of the physical parameter relationship KD8T and the physical parameter relationship KD9T by checking the mathematical relationship KV91.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the transmission element 3842 is configured to generate the control response signal SE81, the processing unit 331 causes the transmission element 3842 to transmit a transmission to the control device 212 based on the determined positive operation report RL81 The positive operation reports the electrical signal LP81 of RL81. Under the condition that the transmission element 3843 is configured to generate the control response signal SE81, the processing unit 331 causes the transmission element 3843 to generate the optical signal LQ81 transmitting the positive operation report RL81 based on the determined positive operation report RL81, Thereby, the control device 212 receives the generated optical signal LQ81 from the transmission element 3843 . For example, the light emitting element is a display element. The optical signal LQ81 conveys an encoded image FZ81 representing the positive operation report RL81. For example, the encoded image FZ81 is a barcode image. For example, the electrical signal LP81 is a radio signal. The optical signal LQ81 is an infrared signal.

For example, the control device 212 is identified by a control device identifier HAOT. The control signal SC81 further conveys the control device identifier HA0T. The processing unit 331 obtains the control device identifier HA0T from the control signal SC81 in response to the control signal SC81, and causes the transmission component 3842 to send the The control device 212 transmits the A positive operation reports the electrical signal LP81 of the RL81.

In some embodiments, the operating unit 297 of the control device 212 is configured to communicate with the operating unit 397 wired or wirelessly; thus, the operating unit 297 is configured to transmit wired or wirelessly to the operating unit 397 The control signal SC81. For example, the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81 from the control device 212 by wire or wirelessly. The control signal SC81 is one of the electrical signal SP81 and the optical signal SQ81. The receiving component 3371 is a receiver, and receives the electrical signal SP81 from the control device 212 under the condition that the control signal SC81 is the electrical signal SP81. The receiving element 3372 is a reader, and receives the optical signal SQ81 for transmitting the encoded image FY81 from the control device 212 under the condition that the control signal SC81 is the optical signal SQ81. For example, the encoded image FY81 is a barcode image. For example, the electrical signal SP81 is a radio signal. The optical signal SQ81 is an infrared signal.

The physical parameter application unit 335 has the variable physical parameter QU1A. The receiving unit 337 further includes a receiving component 3374 . The receiving component 3374 is coupled to the processing unit 331 , is controlled by the processing unit 331 , and receives a physical parameter signal SB81 from the control device 212 under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is to be provided by the control device 212 . The physical parameter applying unit 335 receives the physical parameter signal SB81 from the receiving element 3374 . The processing unit 331 causes the physical parameter application unit 335 to use the physical parameter signal SB81 by using the output element 338 to form the variable physical parameter QU1A depending on the physical parameter signal SB81. For example, the receiving component 3374 is a receiving component. The control device 212 transmits the physical parameter signal SB81 wired or wirelessly to the connection Receive assembly 3374. For example, the receiving component 3371, the receiving component 3372, and the receiving component 3374 are three-input components, respectively.

The physical parameter target range RD1ET has a predetermined physical parameter target range limit ZD1T1 and a predetermined physical parameter target range limit ZD1T2 relative to the predetermined physical parameter target range limit ZD1T1. The target range limit value pair DN1T includes a target range limit value DN17 of the measurement value target range RN1T and a target range limit value DN18 relative to the target range limit value DN17. The preset physical parameter target range limit ZD1T1 is represented by the target range limit value DN17. The preset physical parameter target range limit ZD1T2 is represented by the target range limit value DN18.

The physical parameter application range RD1EL has a predetermined physical parameter application range limit ZD1L1 and a predetermined physical parameter application range limit ZD1L2 relative to the predetermined physical parameter application range limit ZD1L1. The preset physical parameter application range limit ZD1L1 is represented by the application range limit value DN15. The preset physical parameter application range limit ZD1L2 is represented by the application range limit value DN16.

In some embodiments, the trigger event EQ81 is a state change event. The control device 212 includes an operating unit 297 and a state change detector 475 coupled to the operating unit 297 . For example, the state change detector 475 is one of a limit detector and an edge detector. The limit detector is a limit switch 485 . The state change detector 475 is configured to detect the arrival of a characteristic physical parameter associated with a predetermined characteristic physical parameter UL81 to ZL82. For example, the predetermined characteristic physical parameter UL81 is a predetermined limit position. The characteristic physical parameter reaches ZL82 is a limit set to arrive.

The physical parameter application unit 335 includes a physical parameter application area AJ11. The physical parameter application area AJ11 has a variable physical parameter QG1A. The variable physical parameter QG1A is dependent on the variable physical parameter QU1A and is characterized based on the predetermined characteristic physical parameter UL81. For example, the physical parameter application area AJ11 is one of a load area, a display area, a sensing area, a power supply area and an environment area. The preset characteristic physical parameter UL81 is related to the variable physical parameter QU1A.

Before the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81 , the receiving unit 337 receives a control signal SC80 from the operating unit 297 . The processing unit 331 executes a signal generation control GY80 for controlling the output element 338 in response to the received control signal SC80. The output element 338 generates a control GY80 in response to the signal to generate an operation signal SG80 for controlling the variable physical parameter QU1A. The physical parameter application unit 335 receives the operation signal SG80 from the output element 338, and executes the specific function operation ZH81 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A in response to the received operation signal SG80. The specific function operation ZH81 is used to control the variable physical parameter QG1A, and cause the trigger event EQ81 to occur by changing the variable physical parameter QG1A. The variable physical parameter QG1A is configured to be in a variable physical state XA8A. For example, the operation unit 397 is controlled by the control device 212 to make the physical parameter application unit 335 perform the specific function operation ZH81. The state change detector 475 operates the ZH81 to generate a trigger signal SX8A in response to the specific function.

Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is within the specific physical parameter range RD1E4, the specific function operation ZH81 results in The variable physical parameter QG1A reaches the default characteristic physical parameter UL81 to form the characteristic physical parameter to ZL82, and by forming the characteristic physical parameter to ZL82, the variable physical state XA8A is changed from a non-characteristic physical parameter to state XA81 A change to an actual characteristic physical parameter arrives at state XA82. The state change detector 475 generates the trigger signal SX8A in response to the characteristic physical parameter reaching ZL82. For example, the actual characteristic physical parameter arrival state XA82 is characterized based on the preset characteristic physical parameter UL81. The state change detector 475 generates the trigger signal SX8A in response to a state change event in which the variable physical parameter QG1A is changed from the non-characteristic physical parameter arrival state XA81 to the actual characteristic physical parameter arrival state XA82.

For example, the state change detector 475 is a trigger application unit. The trigger event EQ81 is the state change event of the variable physical parameter QG1A entering the actual characteristic physical parameter reaching state XA82. The operation unit 297 receives the trigger signal SX8A, and generates the control signal SC81 in response to the received trigger signal SX8A. For example, under the condition that the state change detector 475 is the limit switch 485, the characteristic physical parameter reaching ZL82 is equal to the variable physical parameter QG1A of a variable spatial position reaching the preset equal to a predetermined limit position A limit position of the characteristic physical parameter UL81 is reached. The trigger signal SX8A is an operation request signal.

For example, the operation unit 297 obtains a control application code UA8T including at least one of the target range limit value pair DN1T and the measured value target range code EM1T in response to the received trigger signal SX8A, and based on the control application code UA8T to generate at least one of the target range limit value pair DN1T and the measured value target range code EM1T One of the control signals SC81. For example, the physical parameter application unit 335 forms the variable physical parameter QG1A in the physical parameter application area AJ11 by executing the specific function operation ZH81 caused based on the variable physical parameter QU1A. Under the condition that the physical parameter application area AJ11 is coupled to the state change detector 475, the state change detector 475 detects that the characteristic physical parameter reaches ZL82.

In some embodiments, the variable physical parameter QU1A is a first variable electrical parameter, a first variable mechanical parameter, a first variable optical parameter, a first variable temperature, a first variable voltage, a first variable current, a first variable electrical power, a first variable resistor, a first variable capacitor, a first variable inductor, a first variable frequency, a first clock time, a first variable time length, a first variable brightness, a first variable light intensity, a first variable volume, a first variable data flow, a first variable amplitude, a first variable Variable space position, a first variable displacement, a first variable sequence position, a first variable angle, a first variable space length, a first variable distance, a first variable translation speed, One of a first variable angular velocity, a first variable acceleration, a first variable force, a first variable pressure, and a first variable mechanical power.

The operating unit 397 is configured to execute the measurement application function FA81 associated with the variable physical parameter QU1A by means of the control signal SC81. The functional device 130 is one of a plurality of application devices. The measurement application function FA81 is one of a plurality of specific control functions including a light control function, a force control function, an electrical control function, a magnetic control function and any combination thereof. The plurality of application devices include a control target device, a relay, a control switch device, an electrical Motive, a lighting device, a door, a vending machine, an energy converter, a load device, a timing device, a toy, an electrical appliance, a printing device, a display device, a mobile device, a speaker, and any combination thereof.

The physical parameter application unit 335 is one of a plurality of application objects and is configured to perform a specific application function. The specific application function is one of the complex physical parameter application functions, and the complex physical parameter application function includes a light use function, a force use function, an electricity use function, a magnetism use function and any combination thereof. The multiple application targets include an electronic component, an actuator, a resistor, a capacitor, an inductor, a relay, a control switch, a transistor, a motor, a lighting unit, an energy conversion unit, and a load unit , a timing unit, a printing unit, a display target, a speaker, and any combination thereof. For example, the physical parameter application unit 335 is a physically realizable functional unit.

For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A and the variable physical parameter QG1A belong to a physical parameter type TU11 and a physical parameter type TU1G, respectively. The physical parameter type TU11 is the same as or different from the physical parameter type TU1G. The preset characteristic physical parameter UL81 belongs to the physical parameter type TU1G. The physical parameter applying unit 335 further includes a physical parameter forming area AU11 having the variable physical parameter QU1A. The physical parameter application area AJ11 is coupled to the physical parameter forming area AU11. For example, the specific function operation ZH81 is used to drive the physical parameter application area AJ11 to form the characteristic physical parameter reaching ZL82. For example, the physical parameter forming area AU11 is one of a load area, a display area, a sensing area, a power supply area and an environment area. For example, the physical parameter type TU11 is different from a time type.

The variable physical parameter QG1A is a variable electrical parameter, a variable mechanical parameter, a variable optical parameter, a variable temperature, a variable voltage, a variable current, a variable electrical power, a variable Resistor, a variable capacitor, a variable inductor, a variable frequency, a clock time, a variable time length, a variable brightness, a variable light intensity, a variable volume, a variable data flow, a variable amplitude, a variable spatial position, a variable displacement, a variable sequential position, a variable angle, a variable spatial length, a variable distance, a variable translation velocity, a variable angular velocity, a variable One of variable acceleration, a variable force, a variable pressure, and a variable mechanical power. For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A is the same as or different from the variable physical parameter QG1A.

See Figure 24, Figure 25 and Figure 26. FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9033 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9034 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9035 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . As shown in FIGS. 24 , 25 and 26 , each of the implementation structure 9033 , the implementation structure 9034 and the implementation structure 9035 includes the control device 212 and the functional device 130 . The functional device 130 includes the operation unit 397 , the sensing unit 334 , the physical parameter application unit 335 and the storage unit 332 . The operation unit 397 includes the processing unit 331 , the receiving unit 337 , the display unit 382 and the transmission unit 384 . The receiving unit 337 , the display unit 382 , the transmission unit 384 , the sensing unit 334 , the physical parameter application unit 335 and the storage unit 332 are all controlled by the processing unit 331 .

In some embodiments, the sensing unit 334 senses the The physical parameter QU1A is changed to generate the sensing signal SN81. For example, under the condition that the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate the sensing signal SN81. After the processing unit 331 uses the output element 338 to generate the operation signal SG81 within the operation time TF81 by executing the signal generation control GY81, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate the Sensing signal SN82. For example, the sensing unit 334 is a time sensing unit, an electrical parameter sensing unit, a mechanical parameter sensing unit, an optical parameter sensing unit, a temperature sensing unit, a humidity sensing unit, a motion sensing unit One of the sensing unit and a magnetic parameter sensing unit.

The sensing unit 334 includes a sensing element 3341 coupled to the processing unit 331, and uses the sensing element 3341 to generate the sensing signal SN81 and the sensing signal SN82. The sensing element 3341 is of a sensor type 7341 and is one of the first plurality of application sensors. The first complex application sensor includes a first voltage sensor, a first current sensor, a first resistance sensor, a first capacitance sensor, a first inductance sensor, a first a first accelerometer, a first gyroscope, a first pressure transducer, a first strain gauge, a first timer, a first light detector, a first temperature sensor, and a first Humidity sensor. For example, the sensing element 3341 generates a sensing signal component SN811. The sensing signal SN81 includes the sensing signal component SN811.

The sensing unit 334 further includes a sensing element 3342 coupled to the processing unit 331, and uses the sensing element 3342 to generate the sensing signal SN81 and the sensing signal SN82. The sensing element 3342 is of a sensor type 7342 and is one of the second plurality of application sensors one. The sensor type 7342 is different from or independent of the sensor type 7341. The second complex application sensor includes a second voltage sensor, a second current sensor, a second resistance sensor, a second capacitance sensor, a second inductance sensor, a second a second accelerometer, a second gyroscope, a second pressure transducer, a second strain gauge, a second timer, a second photodetector, a second temperature sensor, and a second Humidity sensor.

For example, the sensing element 3342 generates a sensing signal component SN812. The sensing signal SN81 further includes the sensing signal component SN812. For example, the sensing unit 334 is of a sensor type 734 . The sensor type 734 is related to the sensor type 7341 and the sensor type 7342. For example, the sensing unit 334, the sensing element 3341 and the sensing element 3342 are an electric power sensing unit, a voltage sensor and a current sensor, respectively. For example, the sensing unit 334, the sensing element 3341 and the sensing element 3342 are an inertial measurement unit, an accelerometer and a gyroscope, respectively.

In some embodiments, the variable physical parameter QU1A is dependent on a variable physical parameter JA1A and a variable physical parameter JB1A different from the variable physical parameter JA1A. For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A, the variable physical parameter JA1A and the variable physical parameter JB1A are respectively a variable electric power, a variable voltage and a variable current, and belong to a first physical parameter type, A second physical parameter type and a third physical parameter type. The second physical parameter type and the third physical parameter type are different or independent. The first physical parameter type depends on the second physical parameter type and the third physical parameter type. The sensing element 3341 senses the variable physical parameter JA1A to generate the sensing signal component SN811. The sensing component 3342 senses the variable physical parameter JB1A to generate the sensed signal component SN812.

The processing unit 331 receives the sensing signal component SN811 and the sensing signal component SN812. Under the condition that the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 obtains the measured value VN81 in response to the sensing signal component SN811 and the sensing signal component SN812. For example, the processing unit 331 obtains a measured value VN811 in response to the sensing signal component SN811, obtains a measured value VN812 in response to the sensing signal component SN812, and executes a method using the measured value VN811 and the measured value VN812 by executing a Scientific computing MY81 to obtain this measurement VN81. The scientific calculation MY81 is predetermined based on the first physical parameter type, the second physical parameter type and the third physical parameter type.

Each physical parameter of the variable physical parameter JA1A and the variable physical parameter JB1A is a variable electrical parameter, a variable mechanical parameter, a variable optical parameter, a variable temperature, a variable voltage, a variable Variable current, a variable electric power, a variable resistor, a variable capacitor, a variable inductance, a variable frequency, a clock time, a variable time length, a variable brightness, a variable light intensity , a variable volume, a variable data flow, a variable amplitude, a variable spatial position, a variable displacement, a variable sequential position, a variable angle, a variable spatial length, a variable distance, One of a variable translation velocity, a variable angular velocity, a variable acceleration, a variable force, a variable pressure, and a variable mechanical power.

In some embodiments, the sensing unit 334 is configured to conform to the sensor specification FU11. The sensing unit 334 generates the sensing by performing the sensing signal generation HF81 dependent on the sensor sensitivity YW81 Test signal SN81. The physical parameter applying unit 335 includes the physical parameter forming area AU11 having the variable physical parameter QU1A. Under the condition that the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81 and the variable physical parameter QU1A exists in the physical parameter forming area AU11, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate the sensing signal SN81 . For example, the sensing unit 334 is coupled to the physical parameter forming area AU11, or is located in the physical parameter forming area AU11. The processing unit 331 receives the sensing signal SN81, and obtains the measurement value VN81 in the specified measurement value format HH11 by processing the received sensing signal SN81.

The processing unit 331 performs a check operation BV81 for checking the mathematical relationship KV81 between the measurement value VN81 and the measurement value application range RN1L by comparing the measurement value VN81 with the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L , and make the logical decision PB81 based on the check operation BV81. In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 processes the received sensing signal SN81 to obtain a measurement value sequence JN81 including the measurement value VN81. The processing unit 331 performs a check for checking a mathematical relationship KV85 between the measured value sequence JN81 and the measured value application range RN1L by comparing the measured value sequence JN81 with the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L Operate BV85. The processing unit 331 makes the logical decision PB81 based on the checking operation BV85. For example, the check operation BV85 includes the check operation BV81.

For example, under the condition that the processing unit 331 identifies the measurement value VN81 as an allowable value VG81 within the measurement value application range RN1L based on the data comparison CD81, the processing unit 331 makes the logical decision PB81 to be affirmative of. Alternatively, the processing unit 331 identifies the number Under the condition that the learning relation KV81 is a numerical intersection relation KW81, the processing unit 331 makes the logical decision PB81 to be affirmative.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 obtains the measured value target range code EM1T from the control signal SC81 in response to the control signal SC81. The processing unit 331 executes a verification operation ZU81 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A within the specified time TG82 after the operation time TF81. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter target range RD1ET into which the variable physical parameter QU1A enters based on the verification operation ZU81, the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to code the obtained measurement value target range EM1T is assigned to this variable physical parameter range code UN8A. For example, the verification operation ZU81 obtains the measurement value VN82 in the specified measurement value format HH81 in response to the sensing signal SN82 within the specified time TG82 after the operation time TF81.

The verification operation ZU81 obtains the target range limit value pair DN1T based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T, and checks the measurement value VN82 by comparing the measurement value VN82 with the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T The mathematical relationship KV91 with the measurement value target range RN1T to make the logical decision PB91 whether the measurement value VN82 is within the measurement value target range RN1T. Under the condition that the logical decision PB91 is affirmative, the verification operation ZU81 determines the physical parameter target range RD1ET that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in, or determines the physical parameter target range RD1ET that the variable physical parameter QU1A enters.

For example, the operation unit 397 includes the transmission unit 384 coupled to the processing unit 331 . The processing unit 331 generates a specific operation report RL8A based on the verification operation ZU81, and based on the specific operation report The transmission unit 384 transmits the control response signal SE81 that conveys the specific operation report RL8A to the operation unit 297 by reporting the RL8A. The operation unit 297 obtains the specific operation report RL8A from the control response signal SE81, and executes the specific actual operation BJ81 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A based on the obtained specific operation report RL8A. For example, the specific operation report RL8A contains the positive operation report RL81.

Under the condition that the specific measurement value range code EM14 is different from the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter target range RD1ET in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located based on the verification operation ZU81 , the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 based on the code difference DF81 between the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the specific measurement value range code EM14 and the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T to store the The obtained measurement value target range code EM1T is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter target range RD1ET that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in based on the verification operation ZU81 within the specified time TG82, the processing unit 331 performs an operation equal to A data comparison CE8T between the variable physical parameter range code UN8A of the specific measurement value range code EM14 and the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T. On the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the code difference DF81 between the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the specific measurement value range code EM14 and the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T based on the data comparison CE8T , the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to assign the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

For example, under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the code difference DF81 based on the data comparison CE8T, the processing unit 331 executes the data storage control operation GU81 for causing the representation of the determined physical parameter The physical parameter target range code UN8T of the target range RD1ET is recorded by the storage unit 332 . For example, the physical parameter target range code UN8T is equal to the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T. The data storage control operation GU81 uses the storage unit 332 to assign the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

When the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the display unit 382 displays the status indication LB81. For example, the state indication LB81 is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured in the specific state XJ81 within the specific physical parameter range RD1E4. Before the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 is configured to obtain the specific measurement value range code EM14, and cause the display unit 382 to display the status indication based on the obtained specific measurement value range code EM14 LB81.

Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the code difference DF81 based on the data comparison CE8T, the processing unit 331 causes the display unit 382 to change the state indication LB81 to this state based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T Indicates LB82. For example, the status indication LB82 is used to indicate the specific status XJ82 that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently within the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

In some embodiments, both the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter application range RD1EL are included in the complex number of different The physical parameters are in the reference range RD1E1, RD1E2, …. The physical parameter target range RD1ET is the same as or different from the physical parameter application range RD1EL. The variable physical parameter QU1A is further characterized based on a physical parameter candidate range RD1E2. The physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 is different from the physical parameter application range RD1EL, and the same or different from the physical parameter target range RD1ET. For example, the physical parameter application range RD1EL is a physical parameter candidate range.

The physical parameter target range RD1ET is configured to correspond to a corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET. The rated physical parameter range RD1E is equal to a range combination of the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET, and includes the physical parameter application range RD1EL and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2. The measurement value target range RN1T is configured to correspond to a corresponding measurement value range RX1T. The rated measurement value range RD1N is equal to a range combination of the measurement value target range RN1T and the corresponding measurement value range RX1T. The corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET is represented by the corresponding measurement value range RX1T. For example, the corresponding measurement value range RX1T is preset with the specified measurement value format HH81 based on one of the sensor measurement range representation GW8R and the sensor specification FU11.

Both the measurement value target range RN1T and the measurement value application range RN1L are included in the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11 , RN12 , . . . The measurement value target range RN1T is the same as or different from the measurement value application range RN1L. The physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 is represented by a measurement value candidate range RN12. The measurement value candidate range RN12 is different from the measurement value application range RN1L, and is the same as or different from the measurement value target range RN1T. The rated measured value range RD1N covers the application range of the measured value range RN1L and the measurement candidate range RN12. For example, the measurement value candidate range RN12 is preset based on the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 and the rated measurement value range RD1N. The measurement value application range RN1L is a measurement value candidate range. The nominal measurement range RD1N is preset with the specified measurement format HH81 based on the nominal physical parameter range representation GA8E, the sensor measurement range representation GW8R, and the nominal physical parameter range representation GA8E.

In some embodiments, the physical parameter application range RD1EL and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 are separate or adjacent. Under the condition that the physical parameter application range RD1EL and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 are separate, the measurement value application range RN1L and the measurement value candidate range RN12 are separate. Under the condition that the physical parameter application range RD1EL and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 are adjacent, the measurement value application range RN1L and the measurement value candidate range RN12 are adjacent. The complex different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, ... include the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2, which are respectively represented by the complex different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, ..., and are respectively represented by the complex physical parameter reference range codes.

The measurement candidate range RN12 is represented by a measurement candidate range code EM12 and has a candidate range limit value pair DN1B, whereby the measurement candidate range code EM12 is configured to indicate the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2. For example, the candidate range limit value pair DN1B includes a candidate range limit value DN13 and a candidate range limit value DN14 relative to the candidate range limit value DN13. The measured value candidate range code EM12 and the candidate range limit value pair DN1B are both preset. The complex number of different measured value parameters The test range codes EM11, EM12, . . . include the preset candidate range codes EM12 of the measurement value. The plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, . . . include the measurement value candidate range RN12, and are respectively represented by the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, . . . For example, the complex physical parameter reference range codes are configured to be equal to the complex different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, . . . respectively.

For example, the trigger application function specification GAL8 further includes a physical parameter candidate range representation GA82 for representing the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2. The measurement value candidate range RN12 and the candidate range limit value pair DN1B are both preset based on the sensor specification FU11 using the specified measurement value format HH81. For example, the measurement value candidate range RN12 and the candidate range limit value pair DN1B are both based on the physical parameter candidate range representation GA82, the sensor measurement range representation GW8R, the sensor sensitivity representation GW81, and used to convert the physical parameter The candidate range represents a data encoding operation ZX84 of GA82 to be preset with the specified measurement format HH81.

In some embodiments, the measurement application functional specification GAL8 is used to represent the nominal physical parameter range RD1E and the complex different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, . . . The rated measurement value range RD1N, the rated range limit value pair DD1A, the multiple different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, …, and the multiple different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, … are all based on the measurement application functional specification GAL8 is preset. The measurement application function FA81 is selected from the control function function of complex different physical parameters. The storage unit 332 stores the measurement application function specification GAL8.

The processing unit 331 applies the functional specification according to the measurement GAL8 pre-sets the rated range limit value pair DD1A, the application range limit value pair DN1L, the target range limit value pair DN1T, the candidate range limit value pair DN1B, . . . The sensing signal SN81 includes sensing data. For example, the sensing data is of the binary data type. The processing unit 331 obtains the measurement value VN81 in the specified measurement value format HH81 based on the sensing data.

In some embodiments, the operating unit 397 is configured to execute the measurement application function FA81 in dependence on the control signal SC81. The processing unit 331 makes the logical decision PB81 of whether the measurement value VN81 is within the measurement value application range RN1L based on the checking operation BV81 for the measurement application function FA81. Under the condition that the logical decision PB81 is positive, the processing unit 331 checks the range relationship KE8A by comparing the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T with the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L to make the reasonable Decided on PW81.

For example, under the condition that the reasonable decision PW81 is positive, the processing unit 331 executes the signal generation control GY81 based on the obtained control code CC1T to cause the output element 338 to generate a signal for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the The operation signal SG81 of the physical parameter target range RD1ET. Under the condition that the logic decision PB81 is negative, the processing unit 331 determines the selection from the complex number of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, The measurement value candidate range code EM12 of ... is used to select the measurement value candidate range RN12 from the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, . . .

The processing unit 331 is based on the determined measurement value candidate Select range code EM12 to obtain the candidate range limit value pair DN1B, and check the measurement value VN81 against the selected measurement based on a data comparison CD82 between the measurement value VN81 and the obtained candidate range limit value pair DN1B A mathematical relationship KV82 between value candidate ranges RN12 to make a logical decision PB82 whether the measurement value VN81 is within the selected measurement value candidate range RN12. Under the condition that the logical decision PB82 is positive, the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located.

Under the condition that the logical decision PB82 is positive, the processing unit 331 checks the measurement target range RN1T and the selected measurement target range RN1T by comparing the obtained measurement target range code EM1T with the determined measurement candidate range code EM12 A range relationship KE8B between the measured value candidate range RN12 to make a logical decision PZ82 whether the obtained measured value target range code EM1T and the determined measured value candidate range code EM12 are equal. Under the condition that the logic decision PZ82 is negative, the processing unit 331 uses the output element 338 to generate the operation signal SG81 for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

For example, under the condition that the logical decision PB82 is positive, the processing unit 331 checks the physical parameter target range RD1ET and A range relationship KE9B between the selected physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 is used to make a logical decision PZ92 of whether the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the selected physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 are equal. Under the condition that the logic determines that PZ92 is negative, The processing unit 331 uses the output element 338 to generate the operation signal SG81 for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET by recognizing the range relation KE9B as a range dissimilar relation. On the condition that the logic determines that PZ82 is negative, the logic determines that PZ92 is negative.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured within the physical parameter target range RD1ET based on the control signal SC81, the input unit 380 receives the user input operation BQ81 and responds to the use The user inputs operation BQ81 to provide an input data DH81 to the processing unit 331 . The processing unit 331 performs a data encoding operation EA81 on the input data DH81 to determine the specific input code UW81. The processing unit 331 performs a check operation ZP81 for the measurement application function FA81 in response to determining the specific input code UW81 to determine whether the determined specific input code UW81 is equal to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

For example, under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the specific input code UW81, the processing unit 331 reads the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the measured value target range code EM1T by using the storage unit 332, and The checking operation ZP81 for checking an arithmetic relationship KP81 between the determined specific input code UW81 and the read measurement value target range code EM1T is performed. The checking operation ZP81 is configured to compare the determined specific input code UW81 with the read measurement value target range code EM1T by performing a data comparison CE81 for the measurement application function FA81 to determine the determined Whether the specific input code UW81 and the read target range code EM1T of the measured value are different.

The processing unit 331 determines the code difference DX81 between the determined specific input code UW81 and the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the obtained measurement target range code EM1T by performing the data comparison CE81 Under the condition of , the processing unit 331 causes the output element 338 to perform a signal generation operation BY82 for the measurement application function FA81 to generate an operation signal SG82. For example, the operation signal SG82 is one of a function signal and a control signal. The output element 338 transmits the operation signal SG82 to the physical parameter application unit 335 .

The physical parameter application unit 335 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET from the physical parameter target range RD1ET in response to the operation signal SG82. For example, the operation signal SG82 is one of a pulse width modulation signal, a potential level signal, a driving signal and a command signal. For example, the physical parameter application unit 335 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target range RD1ET in response to the operation signal SG82 to enter the specific physical parameter contained in the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, . . . Range RD1E5.

For example, the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EM11, EM12, . . . include a specific measurement value range code EM15 different from the measurement value target range code EM1T. The specific measurement value range code EM15 is configured to indicate the specific physical parameter range RD1E5. Between the determined specific input code UW81 equal to the specific measurement range code EM15 resulting in the determined specific input code UW81 and the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the obtained measurement target range code EM1T With the code difference DX81, the processing unit 331 performs the data comparison by The code difference DX81 is determined compared to CE81, and the output element 338 is used to generate the operation signal SG82 in response to determining the code difference DX81. The physical parameter applying unit 335 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target range RD1ET to enter the specific physical parameter range RD1E5 included in the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET in response to the operation signal SG82.

For example, after the processing unit 331 causes the output element 338 to perform the signal generating operation BY82, the processing unit 331 performs a verification operation related to the variable physical parameter QU1A within a specified time. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the specific physical parameter range RD1E5 that the variable physical parameter QU1A enters based on the verification operation, the processing unit 331 will equal the determined specific input code of the specific measurement value range code EM15 UW81 is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A. For example, the specific physical parameter range RD1E5 is equal to one of the physical parameter application range RD1EL and the physical parameter target range RD1EU.

In some embodiments, the input unit 380 receives the user input operation BQ82 under the condition that the processing unit 331 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to be in the physical parameter target state JE1U by checking the first mathematical relationship KQ81 , and responding to the user input operation BQ82 to provide an input data DH82 to the processing unit 331 . The processing unit 331 performs a data encoding operation EA82 on the input data DH82 to determine the specific input code UW82.

See Figure 27, Figure 28 and Figure 29. FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9036 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 28 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9037 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 29 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9038 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . As shown in FIGS. 27 , 28 and 29 , each of the implementation structure 9036 , the implementation structure 9037 , and the implementation structure 9038 includes the control device 212 and the functional device 130 . The functional device 130 includes the operation unit 397 , the sensing unit 334 , the physical parameter application unit 335 and the storage unit 332 . The operation unit 397 includes the processing unit 331 , the receiving unit 337 and the transmitting unit 384 .

In some embodiments, the storage unit 332 has the memory location YM8L, and stores the application range limit pair DN1L in the memory location YM8L. The memory location YM8L is identified based on the preset measurement value application range code EM1L. For example, the memory location YM8L is identified based on the memory address AM8L, or is identified by the memory address AM8L.

The storage unit 332 has the memory location YM8T and the memory location YX8T different from the memory location YM8T, the target range limit pair DN1T is stored in the memory location YM8T, and the control is stored in the memory location YX8T Code CC1T. For example, the memory location YM8T and the memory location YX8T are both identified based on the preset measurement value target range code EM1T. The control code CC1T is preset based on the specified physical parameter QD1T within the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The memory location YM8T is identified based on, or identified by, a memory address AM8T. The memory location YX8T is identified based on the memory address AX8T or identified by the memory address AX8T. The memory location YM8L is different from the memory location YX8T.

The storage unit 332 further has a memory location YM82 and a memory location YX82 different from the memory location YM82, the memory location YM82 stores the candidate range limit value pair DN1B, and the memory location YX82 stores a Control code CC12. For example, the memory location YM82 and the memory location YX82 are both identified based on the preset measurement value candidate range code EM12. The control code CC12 is preset based on a specified physical parameter QD12 within the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2.

For example, the measurement application functional specification GAL8 includes a physical parameter representation GA812 for representing the specified physical parameter QD12 within the physical parameter target range RD1E2. The control code CC12 is preset based on the physical parameter representation GA812 and a data encoding operation ZX92 for converting the physical parameter representation GA812. The memory location YM82 is identified based on the memory address AM82 or identified by the memory address AM82. The memory location YX82 is identified based on the memory address AX82 or identified by the memory address AX82.

For example, the storage unit 332 further has a memory location YX8L, and stores a control code CC1L in the memory location YX8L. The memory location YX8L is identified based on a memory address AX8L, or is identified by the memory address AX8L. The control code CC1L is preset based on a specified physical parameter QD1L within the physical parameter application range RD1EL.

In some embodiments, the application range limit value pair DN1L, the target range limit pair DN1T and the candidate range limit pair DN1B all belong to a measurement range limit data code type TN81. The measurement range limit data code type TN81 is identified by a measurement range limit data code type identifier HN81. Both the control code CC1T and the control code CC12 belong to a control code type TC81. The control code type TC81 is identified by a control code type identifier HC81. Both the measurement range limit data code type identifier HN81 and the control code type identifier HC81 are preset.

The memory address AM8L is preset based on the preset measurement value application range code EM1L and the preset measurement range limit data code type identifier HN81. The memory address AX8L is preset based on the preset measurement value application range code EM1L and the preset control code type identifier HC81. The memory address AX8T is preset based on the preset measurement value target range code EM1T and the preset control code type identifier HC81. The third memory address AM8T is preset based on the preset measurement value target range code EM1T and the preset measurement range limit data code type identifier HN81. The memory address AM82 is preset based on the preset measurement value candidate range code EM12 and the preset measurement range limit data code type identifier HN81. The memory address AX82 is preset based on the preset measurement value candidate range code EM12 and the preset control code type identifier HC81.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 determines the measurement value application range code EM1L in response to the control signal SC81, and obtains the preset measurement range limit data code type identifier HN81 in response to the control signal SC81, based on the determined The measured value is obtained using the range code EM1L and the obtained data code type identifier HN81 of the measuring range limit The memory address AM8L, and based on the obtained memory address AM8L, the storage unit 332 is used to access the application range limit value pair DN1L stored in the memory location YM8L to obtain the application range limit value pair DN1L .

The processing unit 331 checks the mathematical relationship KV81 based on the data comparison CD81 between the measured value VN81 and the obtained pair of application range limit values DN1L to determine whether the measured value VN81 is for the selected measured value application The logic within the range RN1L determines PB81, and if the logic decision PB81 is positive, determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL in which the variable physical parameter QU1A currently resides. For example, under the condition that the logical decision PB81 is affirmative, the processing unit 331 determines a physical parameter condition of the variable physical parameter QU1A currently within the physical parameter application range RD1EL, and thereby identifies the variable physical parameter QU1A A physical parameter relationship KD8L with the physical parameter application range RD1EL is a physical parameter intersection relationship of the variable physical parameter QU1A currently within the physical parameter application range RD1EL. The processing unit 331 checks the physical parameter relationship KD8L by checking the mathematical relationship KV81.

The processing unit 331 obtains the preset control code type identifier HC81 in response to the control signal SC81, and obtains the measured value target range code EM1T from the control signal SC81. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the range difference DS81, the processing unit 331 obtains the memory address AX8T based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the obtained control code type identifier HC81, and based on The obtained memory address AX8T is used to use the storage unit 332 to access the control code CC1T stored in the memory location YX8T. The processing unit 331 Based on the accessed control code CC1T, the output element 338 is caused to perform the signal generation operation BY81 for the measurement application function FA81 to generate the operation signal SG81, which is used to control the physical parameter application unit 335 to Causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

The processing unit 331 obtains the third memory address AM8T based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the obtained measurement range limit data code type identifier HN81, and based on the obtained third memory address AM8T uses the storage unit 332 to access the target range limit pair DN1T stored in the memory location YM8T to obtain the target range limit pair DN1T. The processing unit 331 checks the mathematical relationship KV91 between the measured value VN82 and the measured value target range RN1T by comparing the measured value VN82 with the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T to determine whether the measured value VN82 is PB91 is determined for the logic within the measurement target range RN1T.

In some embodiments, before the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, one of the receiving component 3371 and the receiving component 3372 receives a pair DN1L including the preset application range limit value and the preset The write request message WN8L of the memory address AM8L. For example, one of the receiving component 3371 and the receiving component 3372 receives the write request message WN8L from the control device 212 in advance. The processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 in response to the write request message WN8L to store the pair DN1L of the application range limit value of the write request message WN8L to the memory location YM8L.

After the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81 Before, one of the receiving component 3371 and the receiving component 3372 receives the write request message WC8T including the preset control code CC1T and the preset memory address AX8T. For example, one of the receiving component 3371 and the receiving component 3372 receives the write request message WC8T from the control device 212 in advance. The processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to store the control code CC1T of the write request message WC8T in the memory location YX8T in response to the write request message WC8T.

Before the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, one of the receiving component 3371 and the receiving component 3372 receives the predetermined pair of the application target limit value DN1T and the predetermined third memory address AM8T A write request message WN8T. For example, one of the receiving component 3371 and the receiving component 3372 receives the write request message WN8T from the control device 212 in advance. The processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 in response to the write request message WN8T to store the application target limit pair DN1T of the write request message WN8T to the memory location YM8T.

The storage unit 332 further has a memory location YN81, and stores the rated range limit value pair DD1A in the memory location YN81. The memory location YN81 is identified based on a memory address AN81 or identified by the memory address AN81. For example, the memory address AN81 is preset. Before the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, one of the receiving element 3371 and the receiving element 3372 receives a predetermined pair of the rated range limit value DD1A and the predetermined memory address AN81 Write request message WD81. For example, one of the receiving component 3371 and the receiving component 3372 is pre-received from the control device Set 212 to receive the write request message WD81. The processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 in response to the write request message WD81 to store the pair DD1A of the rated range limit value of the write request message WD81 to the memory location YN81.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 obtains the memory address AM82 based on the determined measurement value candidate range code EM12 and the obtained measurement range limit data code type identifier HN81, and based on the obtained memory Body address AM82 uses the storage unit 332 to access the candidate range limit pair DN1B stored in the memory location YM82 to obtain the candidate range limit pair DN1B.

In some embodiments, the specific physical parameter range RD1E5 is represented by a specific measurement value range RN15. The specific measurement value range RN15 has a specific range limit value pair DN1E. The storage unit 332 further has a memory location YM85 and a memory location YX85 different from the memory location YM85. The memory location YM85 is identified based on a memory address AM85 and is preset based on the specific measurement value range code EM15 and the measurement range limit data code type identifier HN81. The memory location YX85 is identified based on a memory address AX85 and is preset based on the specific measurement value range code EM15 and the control code type identifier HC81.

The storage unit 332 stores the specific range limit value pair DN1E in the memory location YM85, and stores a control code CC15 in the memory location YX85. The specific range limit value pair DN1E is configured to represent the specific physical parameter range RD1E5 and belongs to the measurement range limit data code type TN81. The control code CC15 belongs to the control code type TC81, and It is preset based on a specified physical parameter QD5T within the specific physical parameter range RD1E5. The obtained target range code EM1T for the measured value

After the determined specific input code UW81 is equal to the preset specific measurement value range code EM15 to result in the determined specific input code UW81 and the variable physical parameter range equal to the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T Under the condition that the codes UN8A have the code difference DX81, the processing unit 331 determines the code difference DX81 by executing the data comparison CE11. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the code difference DX81, the processing unit 331 determines the specific input code UW81 equal to the preset specific measurement value range code EM15 and the obtained control code type identifier HC81 to get the memory address AX85.

The processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to access the control code CC15 stored in the memory location YX85 based on the obtained memory address AX85, and causes the output based on the accessed control code CC15 Component 338 executes the signal generation operation BY82 for the measurement application function FA81 to generate the operation signal SG82, which is used to control the physical parameter application unit 335 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the corresponding physical parameter QU1A. This particular physical parameter range RD1E5 in parameter range RY1ET.

In some embodiments, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A after the processing unit 331 causes the output element 338 to perform the signal generation operation BY82 to generate the operation signal SG82 within an operation time TF82 to generate a sensing signal SN83. The processing unit 331 obtains a measurement value VN83 in response to the sensing signal SN83 at a specified time TG83 after the operation time TF82. The processing unit 331 is is configured to obtain the memory address AM85 based on the determined specific input code UW81 equal to the preset specific measurement value range code EM15 and the obtained measurement range limit data code type identifier HN81, and based on the obtained The memory location AM85 of the memory location is used to use the storage unit 332 to access the specific range limit pair DN1E stored in the memory location YM85.

The processing unit 331 checks a mathematical relationship KV83 between the measured value VN83 and the specific measured value range RN15 by comparing the measured value VN83 with the obtained specific range limit value pair DN1E to determine the variable physical parameter Under the condition of the specific physical parameter range RD1E5 that QU1A is currently in, the processing unit 331 determines the specific input code UW81 based on the variable physical parameter range code UN8A and the specific input code UW81 equal to the preset specific measurement value range code EM15 The storage unit 332 is used to assign the determined specific input code UW81 to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

For example, the processing unit 331 determines a physical parameter condition of the variable physical parameter QU1A currently within the specific physical parameter range RD1E5 by checking the mathematical relationship KV83, and thereby identifies the variable physical parameter QU1A and the specific physical parameter A physical parameter relationship KD85 between physical parameter ranges RD1E5 is a physical parameter intersection relationship of the variable physical parameter QU1A currently within the specific physical parameter range RD1E5. The processing unit 331 checks the physical parameter relationship KD85 by checking the mathematical relationship KV83.

See Figure 30, Figure 31, and Figure 32. FIG. 30 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9039 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 31 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9040 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 32 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9041 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . As shown in FIGS. 30 , 31 and 32 , each of the implementation structure 9039 , the implementation structure 9040 , and the implementation structure 9041 includes the control device 212 and the functional device 130 . The functional device 130 includes the operation unit 397 , the sensing unit 334 , the physical parameter application unit 335 and the storage unit 332 . The operation unit 397 includes the processing unit 331 , the timer 342 , the receiving unit 337 and the transmitting unit 384 .

In some embodiments, the control signal SC81 received by the receiving unit 337 transmits the control message CG81, and the control message CG81 includes a timed operation mode code CP21, the measurement value specified range code EL1T, the specified range limit value pair DQ1T, the measurement time length value VH8T, the target range limit value pair DN1T, the rated range limit value pair DD1A, the control code CC1T, and the measurement value target range code EM1T. The timing operation mode code CP21 represents the timing operation mode WU21 in which the timer 342 operates.

The processing unit 331 obtains the control signal CG81 from the control signal SC81, and starts the timer 342 based on the obtained timing operation mode code CP21 to make the timer 342 operate in the timing operation mode WU21. The timer 342 senses the clock time TH1A in the timing operation mode WU21. The timing operation mode WU21 is characterized based on the plurality of different clock time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2, . . . Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the range difference DS81 based on the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 causes the output element 338 to perform the signal generating operation BY81 based on the obtained control code CC1T, The signal generating operation BY81 is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 obtains the measured value target range code EM1T and the target range limit value pair DN1T from the received control signal SC81. The specific measurement value range code EM14 is different from the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the processing unit 331 determines the variable physical parameter by comparing the measurement value VN82 with the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T Under the condition of the physical parameter target range RD1ET that QU1A is currently in, the processing unit 331 based on the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the specific measurement value range code EM14 and the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T between the variable physical parameter range code EM1T The code difference DF81 is used to use the storage unit 332 to assign the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

For example, the processing unit 331 determines a physical parameter condition of the variable physical parameter QU1A currently within the physical parameter target range RD1ET by comparing the measured value VN82 with the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T, and uses This identification of a physical parameter relationship KD8T between the variable physical parameter QU1A and the physical parameter target range RD1ET is a physical parameter intersection relationship of the variable physical parameter QU1A currently within the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The processing unit 331 checks the physical parameter relationship KD8T by comparing the measured value VN82 with the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 performs a check operation for checking a mathematical relationship KV51 between the measurement value VN81 and the measurement value target range RN1T in response to the control signal SC81 BV51. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located based on the checking operation BV51, the processing unit 331 executes the operation within the operation time TF81 based on the control signal SC81 The signal generation control GY81 transmits the operation signal SG81 to the physical parameter application unit 335 . The operation signal SG81 is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET from the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located.

The control signal SC81 conveys the target range limit pair DN1T, the rated range limit pair DD1A and the control code CC1T. The processing unit 331 obtains the target range limit value pair DN1T from the control signal SC81, and performs the checking operation BV51 by comparing the measurement value VN81 with the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T to make the measurement value VN81 Whether it is within the corresponding measurement value range RX1T is a logical decision PB51. Under the condition that the logical decision PB51 is positive, the processing unit 331 determines the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located.

The processing unit 331 obtains the control code CC1T from the control signal SC81, and executes the signal generation control GY81 based on the obtained control code CC1T. The output element 338 generates the operation signal SG81 in response to the signal generation control GY81. For example, the control signal SC81 sends the measurement target range code EM1T, obtains the measurement value target range code EM1T from the control signal SC81, and obtains the stored measurement value target range code EM1T from the storage unit 332 based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T of the control code CC1T.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 obtains the nominal range limit value pair DD1A from the control signal SC81 and performs checking of the measurement by comparing the measurement value VN81 with the obtained nominal range limit value pair DD1A A check operation BM51 of a mathematical relationship KM51 between the value VN81 and the nominal measured value range RD1N. For example, the processing unit 331 makes the logical decision PB51 based on the checking operation BV51 and the checking operation BM51. For example, the physical parameter relationship check control GX8T includes the check operation BV51 and the check operation BM51.

The processing unit 331 responds to the sensing signal SN82 within the specified time TG82 after the operation time TF81 to obtain the measurement value VN82 in the specified measurement value format HH81. The processing unit 331 checks the mathematical relationship KV91 between the measured value VN82 and the measured value target range RN1T by comparing the measured value VN82 with the target range limit pair DN1T obtained from the control signal SC81 to make The logic determines whether the measured value VN82 is within the measured value target range RN1T or not PB91. Under the condition that the logical decision PB91 is positive, the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter target range RD1ET that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in within the specified time TG82, and causes the transmission unit 384 to send the operation unit 297 The control response signal SE81 of the obtained measurement value VN82 is transmitted.

In some embodiments, the variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on the physical parameter target range RD1ET and a physical parameter application range RD1EJ different from the physical parameter target range RD1ET, and the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter One of the parameter application ranges RD1EJ is represented by a measurement value indicating range RN1H. in this process The unit 331 determines the condition of the physical parameter application range RD1EJ that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in by examining a mathematical relationship KH81 between the measurement value VN81 and the measurement value indicating range RN1H, the processing unit 331 causes the The variable physical parameter QU1A enters the physical parameter target range RD1ET from the physical parameter application range RD1EJ. For example, the physical parameter application range RD1EJ is equal to one of the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET and the physical parameter application range RC1EL.

In a first case: the physical parameter application range RD1EJ is represented by the measurement value indication range RN1H; the measurement value indication range RN1H is equal to the measurement value application range RN1L; and the mathematical relationship KH81 is equal to the mathematical relationship KV81. In a second case different from the first case: the physical parameter application range RD1EJ corresponds to the physical parameter target range RD1ET and is equal to the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET; the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET is determined by the corresponding measurement value range Represented by RX1T; the physical parameter target range RD1ET is represented by the measurement value indication range RN1H; the measurement value indication range RN1H is equal to the measurement value target range RN1T; and the mathematical relationship KH81 is equal to the mathematical relationship KV51.

In some embodiments, the variable physical parameter QU1A is associated with a variable time length LF8A and is characterized based on a physical parameter target range RD1EV. The physical parameter target range RD1EV is indicated by a physical parameter target range code UN1V. The timer 342 is used to sense or measure the variable time length LF8A in a timed operation mode WU11 different from the timed operation mode WU21. The timing operation mode WU11 is represented by a timing operation mode code CP11 different from the timing operation mode code CP21. The variable time length LF8A is based on a reference time length LJ8V be characterized.

The reference time length LJ8V is represented by a measurement time length value CL8V. The measurement time length value CL8V is preset based on a specified measurement value format HH91 based on the reference time length LJ8V and the timer specification FT21. For example, the specified measurement value format HH91 is characterized based on a specified number of bits UY91. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is within the physical parameter target range RD1EU within the clock time application interval HR1EU, the receiving unit 337 receives a control signal SC88 from the control device 212 . For example, the specified measurement value format HH91 is a specified count value format.

The control signal SC88 transmits the timing operation mode code CP11, the physical parameter target range code UN1V, the measurement time length value CL8V and a control code CC1V. For example, the control code CC1V is preset based on a specified physical parameter QD1V within the physical parameter target range RD1EV. The control signal SC88 serves to indicate at least one of the physical parameter target range RD1EV and the physical parameter target state JE1V by sending the physical parameter target range code UN1V.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 is configured to obtain the timing operation mode code CP11 , the physical parameter target range code UN1V, the measurement time length value CL8V and the control code CC1V from the control signal SC88 . The processing unit 331 stops the timer 342 based on the obtained timing operation mode code CP11, restarts the timer 342 based on the obtained measured time length value CL8V, and enables the timer 342 by restarting The timer 342 operates in the timing operation mode WU11. The timer 342 is restarted to begin matching the reference time length LJ8V An application time length of LT8V is matched. The timer 342 senses the variable time length LF8A to experience the application time length LT8V by performing a count operation BC8V for the application time length LT8V in the timing operation mode WU11. The timed operating mode WU11 is characterized based on the reference time length LJ8V.

The processing unit 331 goes through the application time length LT8V to reach a specific time TJ8V based on the counting operation BC8V. The application time length LT8V has an end time TZ8V. The specific time TJ8V is adjacent to the end time TZ8V. For example, the control signal SC88 transmits a control message CG88. The control message CG88 includes the timing operation mode code CP11, the physical parameter target range code UN1V, the measurement time length value CL8V, and the control code CC1V. The processing unit 331 is configured to obtain the control message CG88 from the control signal SC88. The processing unit 331 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to be within the physical parameter target range RD1EV within the application time length LT8V in response to the obtained control message CG88.

The measurement application functional specification GAL8 contains a time length representation GA8KV. This time length indicates that GA8KV is used to indicate the reference time length LJ8V. For example, the time length value CL8V is preset in the specified measurement value format HH91 based on the time length representation GA8KV, the timer specification FT21 and a data encoding operation ZX8KV for converting the time length representation GA8KV. The physical parameter target range RD1EV is configured to correspond to a corresponding physical parameter range RY1EV. The rated physical parameter range RD1E is equal to a range combination of the physical parameter target range RD1EV and the corresponding physical parameter range RY1EV.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 is based on the obtained The obtained timing operation mode code CP11 is used to make the timer 342 operate in the timing operation mode WU11. The processing unit 331 causes the timer 342 to perform the counting operation BC8V in the timing operation mode WU11 based on the obtained measurement time length value CL8V. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured to be within the physical parameter target range RD1EV based on the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 reaches the specific time TJ8V based on the counting operation BC8V, and at the specific time TJ8V causes the output element 338 to execute the signal generation operation BY89 for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target range RD1EV to enter the corresponding physical parameter range RY1EV.

For example, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured to be within the physical parameter target range RD1EV based on the control signal SC88, the processing unit 331 undergoes the application time length LT8V based on the counting operation BC8V to reach the specific time TJ8V. The processing unit 331 obtains a physical parameter target range different from the obtained physical parameter target range code UN1V by executing a scientific calculation MK81 using the obtained physical parameter target range code UN1V within the specific time TJ8V Code UN1W. The physical parameter target range RD1EW is represented by the physical parameter target range code UN1W. For example, the physical parameter target range code UN1W indicates the physical parameter target state JE1W.

For example, the control device 212 determines the measurement duration value CL8V based on the reference duration LJ8V and the timer specification FT21, and outputs the control signal SC88 based on the determined measurement duration value CL8V. The control message CG88 further includes the measurement duration value CL8V. The control signal SC88 is used to cause the variable physical parameter The QU1A has the application time length LT8V that matches the reference time length LJ8V within the physical parameter target range RD1EV. For example, the physical parameter target range code UN1W is the same as the measured value candidate range code EM12.

For example, when the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC88, the variable physical parameter range code UN8A is equal to the physical parameter target state code EW1U. Under the condition that the physical parameter target range code UN1V of the control signal SC88 is different from the physical parameter target state code EW1U of the variable physical parameter range code UN8A, the processing unit 331 is based on the physical parameter target range of the control signal SC88 A code difference DX88 between the physical parameter target state code EW1U of the code UN1V and the variable physical parameter range code UN8A generates an operation signal SG88 and transmits the operation signal SG88 to the physical parameter application unit 335 . The operation signal SG88 is used to keep the variable physical parameter QU1A within the physical parameter target range RD1EV.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 obtains the memory bit based on the obtained measured value candidate range code EM12 (or the obtained physical parameter target range code UN1W) and the obtained control code type identifier HC81 address AX82. The processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to read the control code CC12 stored in the memory location YX82 based on the acquired memory address AX82, and executes the control code CC12 based on the read control code CC12 A signal that controls the output element 338 is generated to control the GY89.

The output element 338 responds to the signal generation control GY89 to execute the signal generation operation BY89 for the measurement application function FA81 to generate the operation signal SG89, which is used to control the object physical parameter application unit 335 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1EW contained in the corresponding physical parameter range RY1EV. For example, the operation signal SG89 is one of a function signal and a control signal. The physical parameter target range RD1EW is one of the physical parameter application range RD1ET, the physical parameter target range RD1EU, and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2, and is different from the physical parameter target range RD1EV.

For example, the processing unit 331 causes the timer 342 to perform the counting operation BC8V to reach the end time TZ8V based on the obtained measurement time length value CL8V. When the timer 342 reaches the end time TZ8V by executing the counting operation BC8V, the timer 342 transmits an interrupt request signal UH8V to the processing unit 331 to reach the specific time TJ8V. The processing unit 331 performs the scientific calculation MK81 using the obtained physical parameter target range code UN1V in response to the interrupt request signal UH8V within the specific time TJ8V to obtain a different physical parameter target range code UN1V. The physical parameter target range code UN1W. For example, the processing unit 331 recognizes the specific time TJ8V by receiving the interrupt request signal UH8V from the timer 342, and thereby experiences the application time length LT8V. The specific time TJ8V is adjacent to the end time TZ8V.

In some embodiments, the variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on the nominal physical parameter range RD1E. The nominal physical parameter range RD1E includes the physical parameter target range RD1ET, the physical parameter application range RD1EL and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2, and is represented by the nominal measurement value range RD1N. For example, this nominal measured value range RD1N includes the measurement value target range RN1T, the measurement value application range RN1L, and the measurement value candidate range RN12. The physical parameter target range RD1ET, the physical parameter application range RD1EL and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 are respectively represented by the measurement value target range RN1T, the measurement value application range RN1L and the measurement value candidate range RN12.

The physical parameter application range RD1EL and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 are different. The physical parameter target range RD1ET is the same as or different from the physical parameter application range RD1EL. The physical parameter target range RD1ET is the same as or different from the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2. The measurement value application range RN1L and the measurement value candidate range RN12 are different. The measurement value target range RN1T is the same as or different from the measurement value application range RN1L. The measurement value target range RN1T is the same as or different from the measurement value candidate range RN12.

In some embodiments, the rated physical parameter range RD1E of the variable physical parameter QU1A includes the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, . . . The complex number of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, ... include the physical parameter target range RD1ET, the physical parameter application range RD1EL and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2. The variable physical parameter QU1A is in one of a plurality of different reference states based on the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, . . . The plurality of different reference states include a first reference state, a second reference state and a third reference state, whereby the variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized by a variable current state. The variable current state is one of the plurality of different reference states.

For example, the first reference state and the second reference state are Complementary. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is within the physical parameter application range RD1EL, the variable physical parameter QU1A is in the first reference state. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is within the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2, the variable physical parameter QU1A is in the second reference state. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is within the physical parameter target range RD1ET, the variable physical parameter QU1A is in the third reference state. The third reference state is the same as or different from the first reference state. The third reference state is the same as or different from the second reference state.

The control code CC1T sent by the control signal SC81 and the control code CC1T stored by the storage unit 332 are both preset based on the specified physical parameter QD1T within the physical parameter target range RD1ET. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the range difference DS81, the processing unit 331 causes the output element 338 to perform the signal generation operation BY81 for the measurement application function FA81 based on the obtained control code CC1T to generate the operation Signal SG81.

The physical parameter applying unit 335 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to change from a current state to the third reference state in response to the operation signal SG81, or causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to change from a specific physical parameter in response to the operation signal SG81 QU17 is changed to a specific physical parameter QU18. For example, the current state is one of the first reference state and the second reference state. The specific physical parameter QU17 is within the physical parameter application range RD1EL, or within the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2. The specific physical parameter QU18 is within the physical parameter target range RD1ET. For example, the specific physical parameter QU17 is the corresponding within the range of RY1ET for management parameters.

In some embodiments, the plurality of different reference states respectively cause the physical parameter application unit 335 to be in a plurality of different functional states. The plurality of different functional states are different and include a first functional state, a second functional state and a third functional state. For example, the first functional state and the second functional state are complementary. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is within the physical parameter application range RD1EL, the physical parameter application unit 335 is in the first functional state. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is within the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2, the physical parameter applying unit 335 is in the second functional state. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is within the physical parameter target range RD1ET, the physical parameter applying unit 335 is in the third functional state. The third functional state is the same as or different from the first functional state. The third functional state is the same as or different from the second functional state.

For example, the measurement value target range code EM1T is a measurement value reference range number. The measured value target range RN1T is arranged in the nominal measured value range RD1N based on the measured value target range code EM1T. The measurement value application range code EM1L is a measurement value reference range number. The measured value application range RN1L is arranged in the nominal measured value range RD1N based on the measured value application range code EM1L. The measurement value candidate range code EM12 is a measurement value reference range number. The measured value candidate range RN12 is arranged in the nominal measured value range RD1N based on the measured value candidate range code EM12.

In some embodiments, the physical parameter target range RD1ET is a relatively high physical parameter range and a relatively low physical parameter range and the physical parameter application range RD1EL is the other of the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is the first variable voltage, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high voltage range and a relatively low voltage range, respectively. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is the first variable current, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high current range and a relatively low current range, respectively. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is the first variable resistor, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high resistance range and a relatively low resistance range, respectively.

Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is the first variable brightness, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high brightness range and a relatively low brightness range, respectively. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is the first variable light intensity, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high light intensity range and a relatively low light intensity range, respectively. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is the first variable volume, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high volume range and a relatively low volume range, respectively. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is the first variable angular velocity, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high angular velocity range and a relatively low angular velocity range, respectively.

For example, the physical parameter target range RD1ET is one of a relatively high physical parameter range and a relatively low physical parameter range; and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 is the relatively high physical parameter range and Another of this relatively low range of physical parameters. For example, the physical parameter application range RD1EL is one of a relatively high physical parameter range and a relatively low physical parameter range; and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 is one of the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range another. For example, the physical parameter target range RD1ET is one of a relatively high physical parameter range and a relatively low physical parameter range; and the specific physical parameter range RD1E4 is one of the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range another. For example, the physical parameter target range RD1ET is one of a relatively high physical parameter range and a relatively low physical parameter range; and the specific physical parameter range RD1E5 is one of the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range another.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the functional device 130 is a relay, the physical parameter application unit 335 is a control switch. Provided that the physical parameter application unit 335 is the control switch, the control switch has a variable switch state and is in one of an on state and an off state based on the variable physical parameter QU1A. For example, the variable switching state is equal to one of the on state and the off state, and the on state and the off state are complementary. The on state is one of the first functional state and the second functional state, and the off state is the other of the first functional state and the second functional state.

Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the range difference DS81, the processing unit 331 recognizes that the variable current state is a specific state different from the third reference state, and thereby generates the operation signal SG81. The physical parameter application unit 335 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range in response to the operation signal SG81 RD1ET, so the variable current state is changed to the third reference state. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the code difference DX81, the processing unit 331 uses the output element 338 to generate the operation signal SG82. The physical parameter applying unit 335 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the specific physical parameter range RD1E5 contained in the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET from the physical parameter target range RD1ET in response to the operation signal SG82; therefore, in the specific physical parameter The variable current state is changed to the second reference state under the condition that the parameter range RD1E5 is equal to the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2.

For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A is the first variable current. The physical parameter application range RD1EL, the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 and the physical parameter target range RD1ET are respectively a first current reference range, a second current reference range, a third current reference range and a fourth current reference range. The control code CC1L is preset based on a first specified current within the first current reference range. The control code CC12 is preset based on a second specified current within the second current reference range. The control code CC1T is preset based on a third specified current within the third current reference range. The control code CC1V is preset based on a fourth specified current within the fourth current reference range.

The measurement duration value CL8V is preset in the specified measurement value format HH91 based on the duration representation GA8KV, the timer specification FT21 and the data encoding operation ZX8KV. The processing unit 331 obtains the measurement time length value CL8V from the control signal SC88, and causes the timer 342 to perform the counting operation BC8V based on the obtained measurement time length value CL8V. at the first variable current based on the control signal SC88 is configured so that under the condition within the fourth current reference range, the processing unit 331 undergoes the application time length LT8V based on the counting operation BC8V to reach the specific time TJ8V, whereby the first variable current is at The application time length LT8V relative to the counting operation BC8V remains within the fourth current reference range.

For example, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is a variable rotational speed, the physical parameter application range RD1EL, the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 and the physical parameter target range RD1ET are respectively a first rotational speed reference range and a second rotational speed reference range. a rotational speed reference range and a third rotational speed reference range. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is a variable temperature, the physical parameter application range RD1EL, the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 and the physical parameter target range RD1ET are respectively a first temperature reference range and a second temperature reference range range and a third temperature reference range.

See Figure 33. FIG. 33 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9042 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . As shown in FIG. 33 , the implementation structure 9042 includes the control device 212 , the function device 130 and a server 280 . The control device 212 is linked to the server 280 . The functional device 130 includes the operation unit 397 , the sensing unit 334 , the physical parameter application unit 335 and the storage unit 332 . The operation unit 397 includes the processing unit 331 , the receiving unit 337 , the transmitting unit 384 , and a timer 340 coupled to the processing unit 331 . The timer 340 is controlled by the processing unit 331 .

In some embodiments, the receiving component 3374 included in the receiving unit 337 is coupled to the processing unit 331 under conditions that the variable physical parameter QU1A is to be provided by means of the control device 212 The physical parameter signal SB81 is received from the control device 212 . The physical parameter applying unit 335 receives the physical parameter signal SB81 from the receiving element 3374 . The processing unit 331 causes the physical parameter application unit 335 to use the physical parameter signal SB81 to form the variable physical parameter QU1A depending on the physical parameter signal SB81.

The control device 212 includes the operating unit 297 , a storage unit 250 coupled to the operating unit 297 , and a sensing unit 560 coupled to the operating unit 297 . The operation unit 297 performs one of a read operation BR81 and a sensing operation BZ81 to output the physical parameter signal SB81. The read operation BR81 reads a physical parameter data record DU81 stored in one of the storage unit 250 and the server 280 . The sensing unit 560 senses a variable physical parameter QL1A by performing the sensing operation BZ81 to cause the operating unit 297 to output the physical parameter signal SB81. For example, the sensing unit 560 is controlled by the operating unit 297 to sense the variable physical parameter QL1A.

For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A belongs to the physical parameter type TU11. The variable physical parameter QL1A belongs to a physical parameter type TL11. The physical parameter type TU11 is the same as or different from the physical parameter type TL11. The control device 212 is in an application environment EX81. One of the control device 212 and the application environment EX81 has the variable physical parameter QL1A. The physical parameter data record DU81 is provided in advance based on a variable physical parameter QY1A. The variable physical parameter QY1A belongs to the physical parameter type TL11. For example, the physical parameter type TU11 is different from a time type.

In some embodiments, the physical parameter application unit 335 A driving circuit 3355 is included, and a physical parameter forming part 3351 coupled to the driving circuit 3355 is included. The physical parameter forming part 3351 is used to form the variable physical parameter QU1A, and includes the physical parameter forming area AU11. The driving circuit 3355 is coupled to the receiving component 3374 and the outputting component 338 , and is controlled by the processing unit 331 through the outputting component 338 . The driving circuit 3355 receives the physical parameter signal SB81 from the receiving element 3374, receives the operating signal SG81 from the outputting element 338, and processes the physical parameter signal SB81 in response to the operating signal SG81 to output a driving signal SL81.

The physical parameter forming part 3351 receives the driving signal SL81, and responds to the driving signal SL81 to keep the variable physical parameter QU1A within the physical parameter target range RD1ET. For example, under the condition that the rational decision PW81 is positive, the processing unit 331 causes the output element 338 to perform the signal generation operation BY81 for the measurement application function FA81 to provide the operation signal SG81 to the driving circuit 3355. The driving circuit 3355 drives the physical parameter forming part 3351 in response to the operation signal SG81 to make the variable physical parameter QU1A enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

In some embodiments, the nominal measurement value range RD1N is configured to have a plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11 , RN12 , . . . For example, the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, . . . have a total reference range number NT81 and include the measurement value target range RN1T. For example, the total reference range number NT81 is preset. The storage unit 332 stores the rated range limit pair DD1A. The processing unit 331 is configured to obtain the total from one of the control signal SC81 and the storage unit 332 With reference to the range number NT81, the measured value target range code EM1T is obtained from the control signal SC81, and the rated range limit value pair DD1A is obtained from the storage unit 332 in response to the control signal SC81.

The processing unit 331 performs the scientific calculation MR81 based on the measured value VN81, the obtained total reference range number NT81 and the obtained nominal range limit value pair DD1A to refer to the range codes EM11, EM12 from the complex number of different measured values , ... to select the range code EM1L for the measurement value to determine the range code EM1L for the measurement value. For example, the scientific calculation MR81 is pre-constructed based on the preset total reference range number NT81 and the preset nominal range limit value pair DD1A.

The processing unit 331 applies the range code EM1L based on the determined measurement value, the obtained total reference range number NT81 and the obtained rated range limit value pair DD1A to perform the scientific calculation MZ81 to obtain the applied range limit value pair DN1L. For example, the scientific calculation MZ81 is pre-constructed based on the preset total reference range number NT81 and the preset nominal range limit value pair DD1A.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 generates a control GY81 in response to the signal executed within the operation time TF81 to cause the timer 340 to perform a counting operation BE81. The processing unit 331 arrives at the designated time TG82 based on the counting operation BE81, and obtains the measured value VN82 in response to the sensing signal SN82 at the designated time TG82.

The variable physical parameter QL1A is a second variable electrical parameter, a second variable mechanical parameter, a second variable optical parameter, a second variable temperature, a second variable voltage, a second variable variable current, a second variable electric power, a second variable resistor, a second variable capacitor, a second variable Variable inductor, a second variable frequency, a second clock time, a second variable time length, a second variable brightness, a second variable light intensity, a second variable volume, a first variable Two variable data flow, a second variable amplitude, a second variable spatial position, a second variable displacement, a second variable sequence position, a second variable angle, a second variable spatial length , a second variable distance, a second variable translation velocity, a second variable angular velocity, a second variable acceleration, a second variable force, a second variable pressure and a second variable mechanical one of the power.

The variable physical parameter QY1A is a third variable electrical parameter, a third variable mechanical parameter, a third variable optical parameter, a third variable temperature, a third variable voltage, a third variable variable current, a third variable electric power, a third variable resistor, a third variable capacitor, a third variable inductor, a third variable frequency, a third clock time, a third variable Variable time length, a third variable brightness, a third variable light intensity, a third variable volume, a third variable data flow, a third variable amplitude, a third variable spatial position, a third variable A third variable displacement, a third variable sequence position, a third variable angle, a third variable space length, a third variable distance, a third variable translation velocity, a third variable angular velocity , one of a third variable acceleration, a third variable force, a third variable pressure, and a third variable mechanical power.

See Figure 34, Figure 35, and Figure 36. FIG. 34 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9043 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 35 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9044 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 36 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9045 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . As shown in Figure 34, Figure 35 and Figure 36, the actual Each of the implementation structure 9043 , the implementation structure 9044 and the implementation structure 9045 includes the control device 212 , the functional device 130 and the server 280 . The functional device 130 includes the operation unit 397 , the sensing unit 334 , the physical parameter application unit 335 and the storage unit 332 . The operation unit 397 includes the processing unit 331 , the receiving unit 337 , the input unit 380 , the transmission unit 384 , the timer 342 coupled to the processing unit 331 , and a timer 343 coupled to the processing unit 331 .

In some embodiments, the control device 212 , the functional device 130 and the server 280 are all coupled to a network 410 . The control device 212 is linked to the server 280 through the network 410 . The functional device 130 includes the operation unit 397 , the sensing unit 334 , the physical parameter application unit 335 and the storage unit 332 . The operation unit 397 includes the processing unit 331 , the receiving unit 337 and the transmitting unit 384 . The control device 212 transmits the control signal SC81 to the functional device 130 through the network 410 . The functional device 130 transmits the control response signal SE81 to the control device 212 through the network 410 .

For example, the operation unit 397 includes a communication interface unit 386 coupled to the processing unit 331 . The processing unit 331 is coupled to the network 410 through the communication interface unit 386 . For example, the communication interface unit 386 is controlled by the processing unit 230 and includes the transmitting component 3842 coupled to the processing unit 331 and the receiving component 3371 coupled to the processing unit 331 . The processing unit 331 is coupled to the server 280 through the communication interface unit 386 and the network 410 . For example, the communication interface unit 386 is one of a wired communication interface unit and a wireless communication interface unit.

The receiving unit 337, the transmitting unit 384, the timing The controller 342 , the timer 343 , the sensing unit 334 , the physical parameter application unit 335 , the storage unit 332 and the communication interface unit 386 are all controlled by the processing unit 331 . Under the condition that the trigger event JQ81 is the integer overflow event, the timer 343 of the trigger application unit 387 controls the GD81 for a time related to the processing unit 331 to cause the integer overflow event to occur. For example, the processing unit 331 executes the time control GD81 for controlling the timer 343 in response to the control signal SC81. The timer 343 forms the integer overflow event in response to the time control GD81.

Please see additionally Figure 9, Figure 10, Figure 11 and Figure 12. In some embodiments, when the receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81, the physical parameter target range code UQ1T is equal to the preset measurement value target range code EM1T. The control signal SC81 transmits the preset measurement value specified range code EL1T. The processing unit 331 obtains the transmitted measurement value designation range code EL1T from the control signal SC81, obtains the memory address AS8T based on the obtained measurement value designation range code EL1T, and obtains the memory address AS8T based on the obtained measurement value designation range code EL1T to access the physical parameter target range code UQ1T stored in the memory location YS8T to obtain the preset measurement value target range code EM1T.

For example, under the condition that the physical parameter target range code UQ1T is equal to the preset measurement value target range code EM1T, the control signal SC81 transmits the preset measurement value specifying range code EL1T to instruct the measurement The role of the value target range RN1T. The processing unit 331 performs the data acquisition AD8A using the obtained measurement target range code EM1T to obtain the target range limit value pair DN1T.

In some embodiments, at the processing unit 331 by comparing Comparing the measured value VN81 with the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L to determine the physical parameter application range RD1EL in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located, the processing unit 331 compares the obtained target range Limit value pair DN1T and the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L to check the range relationship KE8A between the measurement value target range RN1T and the measurement value application range RN1L to make the obtained target range limit value pair DN1T PY81 is determined by the logic of whether the obtained application range limit value is equal to DN1L.

Under the condition that the logic decision PY81 is negative, the processing unit 331 identifies the range relationship KE8A as the range dissimilar relationship to determine the range difference DS81. For example, the processing unit 331 applies a range code EM1L based on the determined measurement value to obtain the predetermined pair of application range limit values DN1L. For example, the processing unit 331 determines the range difference DB81 between the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter application range RD1EL by determining the range difference DS81.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in by comparing the measured value VN81 with the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L, The processing unit 331 makes the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the determined measurement value application range by comparing the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T with the determined measurement value application range code EM1L This logic of whether code EM1L is equal or not determines PZ81. Under the condition that the logic decision PZ81 is negative, the processing unit 331 identifies the range relationship KE8A as the range dissimilar relationship to determine the range difference DS81.

Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines at least one of the range difference DS81 and the range difference DB81, the processing unit 331 executes the signal generation control GY81 for generating the operation signal SG81 within the operation time TF81. The operation signal SG81 is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET which is the same as the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The processing unit 331 performs the verification operation ZU81 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A within the specified time TG82 after the operation time TF81. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the physical parameter target range RD1ET that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in based on the verification operation ZU81 within the specified time TG82, the processing unit 331 executes a code equal to the specific measurement value range The data comparison CE8T between the variable physical parameter range code UN8A for EM14 and the obtained measurement target range code EM1T.

On the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the code difference DF81 between the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the specific measurement value range code EM14 and the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T based on the data comparison CE8T , the processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to assign the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured to be within the physical parameter target range RD1ET based on the control signal SC81, the processing unit 331 operates the counting operation BD81 to reach the operation time TY81 . Within the operating time TY81, the timer 342 senses the clock time TH1A to cause the variable count value NY8A to be equal to the measurement value NY81, and thereby generate and deliver the measurement value NY81 of the sensing signal SY81.

For example, the trigger application unit 387 generates the operation request signal SJ81 in response to the trigger event JQ81, provides the operation request signal SJ81 to the processing unit 331, and thereby causes the processing unit 331 to receive the operation request signal SJ81. The processing unit 331 responds to the operation request signal SJ81 to obtain the measurement value NY81 from the sensing signal SY81 in the specified measurement value format HH95 within the operation time TY81, and uses the The obtained measurement value specifies the scientific calculation MH85 of the range code EL1T to obtain or determine the measurement value application range code EL1U in order to check the mathematical relationship KQ81 between the obtained measurement value NY81 and the measurement value application range RQ1U. For example, the trigger application unit 387 is one of the receiving unit 337 , the input unit 380 , the display unit 382 , the sensing unit 334 and the timer 343 .

In some embodiments, the measurement value specified range RQ1T has the specified range limit value pair DQ1T. The designated range limit value pair DQ1T includes the designated range limit value DQ13 and the designated range limit value DQ14 relative to the designated range limit value DQ13. The measurement value specified range RQ1T and the specified range limit value pair DQ1T are both preset in the specified measurement value format HH95 based on the clock time specified interval HR1ET and the timer specification FT21. The measured value application range RQ1U has the application range limit value pair DQ1U. The application range limit value pair DQ1U includes the first application range limit value DQ15 and the second application range limit value DQ16 relative to the first application range limit value DQ15. The measurement value application range RQ1U and the application range limit value pair DQ1U are both based on the clock time application range HR1EU and the timer specification FT21 to use the specified measurement value format HH95 is preset.

For example, within the operation time TY81, the physical parameter target range code UQ1U is equal to one of the preset measurement value target range code EM1U and the preset physical parameter target state code EW1U. The storage unit 332 stores the specified range limit value pair DQ1T and the application range limit value pair DQ1U. The specified range limit value pair DQ1T and the application range limit value pair DQ1U are stored in the storage unit 332 based on the measurement value specified range code EL1T and the measurement value application range code EL1U, respectively. For example, the preset physical parameter target state code EW1U is equal to the preset measurement value target range code EM1U.

The processing unit 331 is configured to apply the range code EL1U based on the obtained measurement value within the operation time TY81 to obtain the application range limit value pair DQ1U from the storage unit 332, and to compare the obtained measurement value NY81 and the obtained application range limit value perform a check operation ZQ81 on DQ1U for checking the mathematical relationship KQ81 between the measurement value NY81 and the measurement value application range RQ1U. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the clock time application interval HR1EU that the clock time TH1A is currently in based on the checking operation ZQ81 within the operation time TY81, the processing unit 331 applies a range code based on the obtained measurement value EL1U obtains the memory address AS8U, and accesses the physical parameter target range code UQ1U stored in the memory location YS8U based on the obtained memory address AS8U within the operation time TY81 to obtain the physical parameter Target range code UQ1U.

For example, the processing unit 331 determines that the clock time TH1A is currently in the clock time application interval based on the checking operation ZQ81 A time condition within HR1EU, thereby identifying a time relationship between the clock time TH1A and the clock time application interval HR1EU is a time intersection relationship of the clock time TH1A currently within the clock time application interval HR1EU. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 obtains the physical parameter target range code UQ1U from the memory location YS8U, the processing unit 331 performs a check operation ZP85 for the measurement application function FA81 within the operation time TY81 to determine the Whether the obtained physical parameter target range code UQ1U is equal to the variable physical parameter range code UN8A.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the processing unit 331 obtains the physical parameter target range code UQ1U from the memory location YS8U, the processing unit 331 reads the measurement value target range code equal to the measured value by using the storage unit 332 the variable physical parameter range code UN8A of EM1T, and perform the check operation ZP85 for checking an arithmetic relationship KP85 between the obtained physical parameter target range code UQ1U and the read measurement value target range code EM1T . The checking operation ZP85 is configured to compare the obtained physical parameter target range code UQ1U with the read measured value target range code EM1T to determine the obtained by performing a data comparison CE85 for the measurement application function FA81 Whether the physical parameter target range code UQ1U is different from the read target range code EM1T of the measured value.

The processing unit 331 determines a code between the obtained physical parameter target range code UQ1U and the variable physical parameter range code UN8A equal to the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T by performing the data comparison CE85 Under the condition of the difference DX85, the processing unit 331 causes the output element 338 to execute for the operation time TY81. A signal generation operation BY85 of the measurement application function FA81 generates an operation signal SG85. For example, the operation signal SG85 is a control signal. The output element 338 transmits the operation signal SG85 to the physical parameter application unit 335 . The physical parameter application unit 335 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the corresponding physical parameter range RY1ET from the physical parameter target range RD1ET in response to the operation signal SG85. For example, under the condition that the processing unit 331 obtains the physical parameter target range code UQ1U equal to the preset measurement value candidate range code EM12 from the memory location YS12, the physical parameter application unit 335 responds to the operation signal SG85 to The variable physical parameter QU1A is caused to enter the physical parameter target range RD1EU which is the same as the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2.

For example, the storage unit 332 has a memory location YX8U different from the memory location YX8T, and stores a control code CC1U in the memory location YX8U. The memory location YX8U is identified based on a memory address AX8U. The memory address AX8U is preset according to the preset physical parameter target state code EW1U. The control code CC1U is preset based on a specified physical parameter QD1U within the physical parameter target range RD1EU. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 determines the code difference DX85, the processing unit 331 obtains the memory address AX8U based on the obtained physical parameter target range code UQ1U equal to the preset physical parameter target state code EW1U.

The processing unit 331 uses the storage unit 332 to access the control code CC1U stored in the memory location YX8U based on the obtained memory address AX8U to obtain the control code CC1U within the operation time TY81 caused based on the access control code CC1U The output element 338 performs the signal generation operation BY85 for the measurement application function FA81 to generate the operation signal SG85. The operation signal SG85 is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1EU from the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

In some embodiments, the input unit 380 includes the button 3801 and a button 3802 coupled to the processing unit 331 . The button 3801 is located at a spatial position LD91. The button 3801 is located at a spatial position LD92 different from the spatial position LD91. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured to be within the physical parameter target range RD1ET based on the operation signal SG81: the button 3801 is related to the preset physical parameter target range limit ZD1T1; the button 3802 is related to the preset The physical parameter target range limit ZD1T2; and the input unit 380 receives a user input operation BQ81. The user input operation BQ81 uses one of the button 3801 and the button 3802.

Under the condition that the user input operation BQ81 uses the button 3801 , the input unit 380 provides the operation request signal SJ91 to the processing unit 331 in response to the user input operation BQ81 using the button 3801 . The processing unit 331 makes the output element 338 transmit the operation signal SG82 to the physical parameter application unit 335 in response to the operation request signal SJ91 . The operation signal SG82 is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to pass through the predetermined physical parameter target range limit ZD1T1 to enter the specific physical parameter range RD1E5.

Under the condition that the user input operation BQ81 uses the button 3802, the input unit 380 generates an operation request signal SJ71 in response to the user input operation BQ81 using the button 3802, and provides the The operation request signal SJ71 is sent to the processing unit 331 . The processing unit 331 makes the output element 338 transmit an operation signal SG72 to the physical parameter application unit 335 in response to the operation request signal SJ71 . The operation signal SG72 is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to pass through the predetermined physical parameter target range limit ZD1T2 to enter a specific physical parameter range RD2E5 included in the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, . . . The specific physical parameter range RD2E5 is different from each of the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the specific physical parameter range RD1E5.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured to be within the physical parameter target range RD1EU based on the operation signal SG85: the button 3801 is related to the preset physical parameter target range limit ZD1U1; the button 3802 is related to the preset physical parameter target range limit ZD1U2; and the input unit 380 receives a user input operation BQ82. The user input operation BQ82 uses one of the button 3801 and the button 3802.

Under the condition that the user input operation BQ82 uses the button 3801 , the input unit 380 provides the operation request signal SJ92 to the processing unit 331 in response to the user input operation BQ82 using the button 3801 . The processing unit 331 makes the output element 338 transmit the operation signal SG87 to the physical parameter application unit 335 in response to the operation request signal SJ92 . The operation signal SG87 is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to pass the predetermined physical parameter target range limit ZD1U1 to enter the specific physical parameter range RD1E6.

Under the condition that the user input operation BQ82 uses the button 3802, the input unit 380 responds to the use of the button 3802 The user inputs the operation BQ82 to generate an operation request signal SJ72 , and provides the operation request signal SJ72 to the processing unit 331 . The processing unit 331 makes the output element 338 transmit an operation signal SG77 to the physical parameter application unit 335 in response to the operation request signal SJ72 . The operation signal SG77 is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to pass through the predetermined physical parameter target range limit ZD1U2 to enter a specific physical parameter range RD2E6 included in the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, . . . The specific physical parameter range RD2E6 is different from each of the physical parameter target range RD1EU and the specific physical parameter range RD1E6.

See Figure 37, Figure 38, Figure 39, and Figure 40. FIG. 37 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9046 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 38 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9047 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 39 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9048 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 40 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9049 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . As shown in FIGS. 37 , 38 , 39 and 40 , each of the implementation structure 9046 , the implementation structure 9047 , the implementation structure 9048 , and the implementation structure 9049 includes the control device 212 and the functional device 130 . The control device 212 includes the operating unit 297 and the state change detector 475 .

The functional device 130 includes the operation unit 397 , the storage unit 332 , the sensing unit 334 , the physical parameter application unit 335 and a physical parameter application unit 735 . The operation unit 397 includes the processing unit 331 , the receiving unit 337 , the transmitting unit 384 , and the output component 338 coupled to the processing unit 331 . The output component 338 is located outside the processing unit 331 and is controlled by the processing unit 331 . For example, the physical parameter Application unit 735 is a functional object. The state change detector 475 is a trigger application unit, and provides the trigger signal SX8A to the operation unit 297 in response to the trigger event EQ81. For example, the trigger signal SX8A is an operation request signal.

In some embodiments, the functional device 130 further includes a physical parameter applying unit 735 coupled to the operating unit 397 and a multiplexer 363 coupled to the operating unit 397 . The physical parameter applying unit 735 is coupled to the output element 338 and includes a physical parameter forming area AU21. The physical parameter forming area AU21 has a variable physical parameter QU2A. The multiplexer 363 has an input terminal 3631, an input terminal 3632, a control terminal 363C and an output terminal 363P. The control terminal 363C is coupled to the processing unit 331 . For example, the physical parameter application unit 735 is a physically realizable functional unit and has a functional structure similar to the physical parameter application unit 335 . For example, the physical parameter application unit 735 is disposed in one of the inside of the functional device 130 and the outside of the functional device 130 .

The input terminal 3631 is coupled to the physical parameter forming area AU11. The input terminal 3632 is coupled to the physical parameter forming area AU21. The output terminal 363P is coupled to the sensing unit 334 . For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A and the variable physical parameter QU2A are a fourth variable electrical parameter and a fifth variable electrical parameter, respectively. For example, the fourth variable electrical parameter and the fifth variable electrical parameter are a fourth variable voltage and a fifth variable voltage, respectively. There is a first functional relationship between the input end 3631 and the output end 363P. The first functional relationship is equal to one of a first on relationship and a first off relationship.

Between the input end 3632 and the output end 363P there is a Second functional relationship. The second functional relationship is equal to one of a second on relationship and a second off relationship. Under the condition that the first functional relationship is equal to the first conduction relationship, the sensing unit 334 is configured to sense the variable physical parameter QU1A through the output terminal 363P and the input terminal 3631, and use the output terminal 363P and the input terminal 3631 to sense the variable physical parameter QU1A. The input terminal 3631 is coupled to the physical parameter forming area AU11.

Under the condition that the second functional relationship is equal to the second conduction relationship, the sensing unit 334 is used to sense the variable physical parameter QU2A through the output terminal 363P and the input terminal 3632, and use the output terminal 363P and the input terminal 3632 to sense the variable physical parameter QU2A. The input terminal 3632 is coupled to the physical parameter forming area AU21. For example, the multiplexer 363 is controlled by the processing unit 331 and is a one-to-one multiplexer. For example, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A through the multiplexer 363 at an operation time TX81, and senses the variable physical parameter QU1A through the multiplexer 363 at an operation time TX82 different from the operation time TX81 The variable physical parameter QU2A.

For example, the storage unit 332 , the sensing unit 334 , the multiplexer 363 , the physical parameter application unit 335 and the physical parameter application unit 735 are all coupled to the operation unit 397 and controlled by the processing unit 331 . The control device 212 and the functional device 130 are separate or in contact. The operation unit 397 and the physical parameter application unit 335 are separate or contacted. The operation unit 397 and the physical parameter application unit 735 are separate or in contact. The operating unit 397 and the sensing unit 334 are separate or in contact. The control device 212 is used to control the variable physical parameter QU2A.

In some embodiments, the physical parameter application unit 335 Identified by an application unit identifier HA2T. The physical parameter application unit 735 is identified by an application unit identifier HA22. The physical parameter application unit 335 and the physical parameter application unit 735 are located at different spatial positions, and are both coupled to the processing unit 331 by being coupled to the output element 338 . Both the application unit identifier HA2T and the application unit identifier HA22 are preset based on the measurement application function specification GAL8. The control signal SC81 further conveys at least one of the application unit identifier HA2T and the application unit identifier HA22.

The receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC81 from the operating unit 297 . Under the condition that the control signal SC81 transmits the application unit identifier HA2T, the processing unit 331 selects the physical parameter application unit 335 for control in response to the control signal SC81. Under the condition that the control signal SC81 transmits the application unit identifier HA22, the processing unit 331 selects the physical parameter application unit 735 for control in response to the control signal SC81. For example, the application unit identifier HA2T is a first functional unit number. The application unit identifier HA22 is a second functional unit number.

For example, the physical parameter application unit 335 and the physical parameter application unit 735 are separated, or separated by a material layer 70U disposed between the physical parameter application unit 335 and the physical parameter application unit 735 . The physical parameter application unit 335, the material layer 70U and the physical parameter application unit 735 are all coupled to a support medium 70M. The functional device 130 includes the material layer 70U, or the material layer 70U is disposed outside the functional device 130 . The functional device 130 includes the supporting medium 70M, or the supporting medium 70M is disposed outside the functional device 130 . For example, the supporting medium 70M is coupled to the operation unit 397 .

In some embodiments, under the condition that the control signal SC81 conveys the application unit identifier HA2T, the processing unit 331 obtains the application unit identifier HA2T from the control signal SC81 in response to the control signal SC81, and based on the obtained The application unit identifier HA2T causes the sensing unit 334 to sense the variable physical parameter QU1A and thereby receive the sensing signal SN81 from the sensing unit 334 . The processing unit 331 obtains the measurement value VN81 in the specified measurement value format HH81 based on the received sensing signal SN81, and causes the output element 338 to apply a unit to the physical parameter based on the obtained application unit identifier HA2T 335 transmits at least one of the operation signal SG81, the operation signal SG82, the operation signal SG85, the operation signal SG87, the operation signal SG88 and the operation signal SG89.

For example, the processing unit 331 provides a control signal SD81 to the control terminal 363C based on the obtained application unit identifier HA2T in response to the control signal SC81. For example, the control signal SD81 is a selection control signal, and plays a role of instructing the input terminal 3631 . The multiplexer 363 causes the first functional relationship between the input end 3631 and the output end 363P to be equal to the first conduction relationship in response to the control signal SD81. Under the condition that the first functional relationship is equal to the first conduction relationship, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate the sensing signal SN81 , so the processing unit 331 receives the sensing signal SN81 from the sensing unit 334 Sensing signal SN81. Under the condition that the first functional relationship is equal to the first conduction relationship, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate the sensing signal SN85, so the processing unit 331 receives the sensing signal SN85 from the sensing unit 334 Sensing Signal SN85.

The storage unit 332 has the storage space SU11. The storage unit 332 further stores the rated range limit value pair DD1A, the variable physical parameter range code UN8A, the target range limit value pair DN1T, the target range limit value pair in the storage space SU11 based on the preset application unit identifier HA2T Control code CC1T, the candidate range limit value pair DN1B, and the control code CC12. The processing unit 331 further uses the storage unit 332 based on the obtained application unit identifier HA2T to access the rated range limit value pair DD1A, the variable physical parameter range code UN8A, the target range limit value pair DN1T, the Any one of the control code CC1T, the candidate range limit value pair DN1B, and the control code CC12.

In some embodiments, the first memory address AM8T is based on the preset application unit identifier HA2T, the preset measurement value target range code EM1T and the preset measurement range limit data code type identifier HN81 is preset. The processing unit 331 uses the obtained application unit identifier HA2T, the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the obtained measurement range limit data code type identifier HN81 in response to the control signal SC81 to obtain the first memory address AM8T, and using the storage unit 332 based on the obtained first memory address AM8T to access the target range limit value pair DN1T stored in the first memory location YM8T to obtain the target range limit Value pair DN1T.

For example, the memory address AX8T is preset based on the preset application unit identifier HA2T, the preset measurement value target range code EM1T, and the preset control code type identifier HC81. In the processing unit 331, it is determined that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in the Under the condition corresponding to the physical parameter range RY1ET, the processing unit 331 obtains the memory bit based on the obtained application unit identifier HA2T, the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the obtained control code type identifier HC81 address AX8T, and based on the obtained memory address AX8T, the storage unit 332 is used to access the control code CC1T stored in the memory location YX8T to obtain the control code CC1T. For example, the storage unit 332 further stores the measurement duration value CL8V, the clock reference duration value NR81 and the measurement duration value VH8T so that the storage space SU11 further has the measurement duration value CL8V, the clock reference duration value NR81 and The measurement time length value is VH8T.

The processing unit 331 obtains the measured time length value CL8V from the storage space SU11 in response to the control signal SC88. The processing unit 331 causes the storage unit 332 to store the clock reference time value NR81 and the measurement time length value VH8T based on the preset measurement value designation range code EL1T. The control signal SC81 transmits the measurement value designation range code EL1T. The processing unit 331 obtains the measurement value designation range code EL1T from the control signal SC81, and accesses the clock reference time value NR81 and the clock reference time value NR81 stored in the storage space SU11 based on the obtained measurement value designation range code EL1T The time length value VH8T is measured to obtain the clock reference time value NR81 and the measured time length value VH8T. The processing unit 331 performs the scientific calculation ME85 based on the obtained measurement time length value VH8T and the obtained clock reference time value NR81 to obtain the application range limit value pair DQ1U.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 331 determines the corresponding physical parameter range in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located Under the condition of RY1ET, the processing unit 331 executes the signal generation control GY81 for controlling the output element 338 based on the obtained application unit identifier HA2T and the obtained control code CC1T. The output element 338 responds to the signal generation control GY81 to execute the signal generation operation BY81 for the measurement application function FA81 to generate the operation signal SG81 and causes the output element 338 to transmit the operation signal SG81 to the physical parameter application unit 335 . The operation signal SG81 is used to control the physical parameter application unit 335 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

For example, the processing unit 331 provides a control signal SF81 to the output element 338 by executing the signal generation control GY81. The output element 338 performs the signal generating operation BY81 in response to the control signal SF81 to generate the operation signal SG81. Under the condition that the processing unit 331 checks the control GX8T based on the physical parameter relationship to determine the physical parameter application state JE1L that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in, the processing unit 331 is based on the obtained operation time TF81 The application unit identifier HA2T and the obtained control code CC1T are used to execute the signal generation control GY81 for controlling the output element 338 . The physical parameter application state JE1L is predetermined based on the physical parameter application range RD1EL.

For example, the output element 338 includes an output terminal 338P and an output terminal 338Q. The output terminal 338P is coupled to the physical parameter application unit 335 . The output terminal 338P is coupled to the physical parameter application unit 735 . The output end 338P and the output end 338Q are located at different spatial positions, respectively. The preset application unit identifier HA2T is configured to indicate the output terminal 338P. The preset application unit identifier HA22 is configured to indicate the Output 338Q. For example, the control signal SC81 causes the processing unit 331 to select the physical parameter application unit 335 for control by delivering the application unit identifier HA2T configured to indicate the output 338P. The signal generation control GY81 functions to instruct the output terminal 338P, and is used to cause the output element 338 to receive the control signal SF81. The control signal SF81 functions to instruct the output terminal 338P. The output element 338 performs the signal generation operation BY81 using the output terminal 338P in response to one of the signal generation control GY81 and the control signal SF81 to transmit the operation signal SG81 to the physical parameter application unit 335 .

In some embodiments, under the condition that the processing unit 331 checks the control GX8U based on the physical parameter relationship to determine the physical parameter application state JE1T that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in, the processing unit 331 executes the operation time TY81 The signal generation control GY85 for controlling the output element 338 is performed based on the obtained application unit identifier HA2T and the obtained control code CC1U. The output element 338 performs the signal generation operation BY85 for the measurement application function FA81 in response to the signal generation control GY85 to generate the operation signal SG85 and causes the output element 338 to transmit the operation signal SG85 to the physical parameter application unit 335 . For example, the processing unit 331 provides a control signal SF85 to the output element 338 by executing the signal generation control GY85. The output element 338 performs the signal generating operation BY85 in response to the control signal SF85 to generate the operation signal SG85.

The operation signal SG85 is used to control the physical parameter application unit 335 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1EU from the physical parameter target range RD1ET. For example, the news The signal generation control GY85 functions to instruct the output terminal 338P, and is used to cause the output element 338 to receive the control signal SF85. The control signal SF85 functions to indicate the output terminal 338P. The output element 338 performs the signal generation operation BY85 using the output terminal 338P in response to one of the signal generation control GY85 and the control signal SF85 to transmit the operation signal SG85 to the physical parameter application unit 335 .

In some embodiments, the receiving unit 337 receives a control signal SC97 from the control device 212 . The control signal SC97 conveys the application unit identifier HA22. Under the condition that the control signal SC97 transmits the application unit identifier HA22, the processing unit 331 obtains the application unit identifier HA22 from the control signal SC97 in response to the control signal SC97, and based on the obtained application unit identifier HA22 to provide a control signal SD82 to the control terminal 363C. For example, the control signal SD82 is a selection control signal, which plays the role of indicating the input terminal 3632, and is different from the control signal SD81. For example, the control signal SC97 is the control signal SC81. Under the condition that the control signal SC81 transmits the application unit identifier HA22, the processing unit 331 obtains the application unit identifier HA22 from the control signal SC81 in response to the control signal SC81.

The multiplexer 363 causes the second functional relationship between the input end 3632 and the output end 363P to be equal to the second conduction relationship in response to the control signal SD82. Under the condition that the second functional relationship is equal to the second conduction relationship, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a sensing signal SN91. The processing unit 331 receives the sensing signal SN91 from the sensing unit 334, and obtains a measurement value VN91 in the specified measurement value format HH81 based on the received sensing signal SN91. E.g, The control signal SC97 causes the processing unit 331 to select the physical parameter application unit 735 for control by delivering the application unit identifier HA22 configured to indicate the output 338Q.

In a specific case, the processing unit 331 executes a signal generation control GY97 for controlling the output element 338 based on the obtained measurement value VN91 and the obtained application unit identifier HA22. The signal generation control GY97 functions to instruct the output terminal 338Q and is used to cause the output element 338 to receive a control signal SF97. The control signal SF97 functions to instruct the output terminal 338Q. The output element 338 performs a signal generation operation BY97 using the output terminal 338Q in response to one of the signal generation control GY97 and the control signal SF97 to transmit an operation signal SG97 to the physical parameter application unit 735 . The operation signal SG97 is used to control the variable physical parameter QU2A, and is one of a function signal and a control signal. For example, the processing unit 331 provides the control signal SF97 to the output element 338 by executing the signal generation control GY97. The output element 338 performs the signal generating operation BY97 in response to the control signal SF97 to generate the operation signal SG97.

For example, the processing unit 331 provides the control signal SD81 for controlling the multiplexer 363 to the multiplexer 363 in response to the control signal SC81 . The multiplexer 363 responds to the control signal SD81 to cause the sensing unit 334 to perform a sensing operation ZW81 for sensing the variable physical parameter QU1A through the multiplexer 363 within the operation time TX81. The sensing unit 334 provides the sensing signal SN81 to the processing unit 331 by performing the sensing operation ZW81.

The processing unit 331 responds to the control signal SC81 to provide The control signal SD82 for controlling the multiplexer 363 is supplied to the multiplexer 363 . The multiplexer 363 responds to the control signal SD82 to cause the sensing unit 334 to perform a sensing operation ZW82 for sensing the variable physical parameter QU2A through the multiplexer 363 within the operation time TX82. The sensing unit 334 provides the sensing signal SN91 to the operating unit 397 by performing the sensing operation ZW82. The operation time TX82 is different from the operation time TX81. The operation unit 397 transmits the operation signal SG97 for controlling the variable physical parameter QU2A to the physical parameter application unit 735 based on the sensing signal SN91 in a specific case YA82.

Please refer to FIG. 41 , which is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9050 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . As shown in FIG. 41 , the implementation structure 9050 includes the functional device 130 and the control device 212 for controlling the functional device 130 . In some embodiments, the functional device 130 has the variable physical parameter QU1A relative to the clock time TH1A. The variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The clock time TH1A is characterized based on the clock time designation interval HR1ET. The clock time designation interval HR1ET is related to the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The control device 212 for controlling the variable physical parameter QU1A includes a sensing unit 260 and the operating unit 297 .

The sensing unit 260 senses a variable physical parameter QP1A to generate a sensing signal SM81. For example, the variable physical parameter QP1A is characterized based on a physical parameter application range RC1EL represented by a measurement value application range RM1L. The operation unit 297 is coupled to the sensing unit 260 . Under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the operation unit 297 obtains a measurement value VM81 in response to the sensing signal SM81. in this action sheet The unit 297 determines the condition of the physical parameter application range RC1EL that the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in by checking a mathematical relationship KA81 between the measurement value VM81 and the measurement value application range RM1L, and the operation unit 297 generates a to the control signal SC81 indicating the action of the clock time designation interval HR1ET. For example, the measurement VM81 is a physical parameter measurement.

The control signal SC81 is used to control the functional device 130 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to be within the physical parameter target range RD1ET within the clock time specified interval HR1ET. The clock time TH1A is further characterized based on the clock time application interval HR1EU adjacent to the clock time designation interval HR1ET. The variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on the physical parameter target range RD1EU. The clock time application interval HR1EU is related to the physical parameter target range RD1EU. The control signal SC81 is used to control the functional device 130 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to be within the physical parameter target range RD1EU within the clock time application interval HR1EU.

See Figure 42 and Figure 43. FIG. 42 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9051 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 43 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9052 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . As shown in FIGS. 42 and 43 , each of the implementation structure 9051 and the implementation structure 9052 includes the functional device 130 and the control device 212 . See additionally Figure 40. In some embodiments, the sensing unit 260 is configured to comply with a sensor specification FQ11 associated with the measured value application range RM1L. For example, the sensor specification FQ11 includes a sensor measurement range representation GQ8R for representing a sensor measurement range RA8E, and A sensor sensitivity representing a sensor sensitivity YQ81 represents GQ81. The sensor sensitivity YQ81 is related to a sensing signal generation HE81 performed by the sensing unit 260 .

The variable physical parameter QU1A is controlled by means of the timer 342 and characterized based on the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The timer 342 senses the clock time TH1A and conforms to the timer specification FT21 related to the clock time designation interval HR1ET. For example, the clock time designation interval HR1ET is represented by the measurement value designation range RQ1T. The timer specification FT21 includes the full measurement value range representation FK8E for representing the full measurement value range QK8E. For example, the measurement value specification range RQ1T is equal to a portion of the full measurement value range QK8E.

The variable physical parameter QU1A is further controlled by means of the sensing unit 334 . The sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A and conforms to the sensor specification FU11 related to the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The physical parameter target range RD1ET is represented by the measured value target range RN1T. For example, the sensor specification FU11 includes the sensor measurement range representation GW8R for representing the sensor measurement range RB8E, and the sensor sensitivity representation GW81 for representing the sensor sensitivity YW81. The sensor sensitivity YW81 is the same as or different from the sensor sensitivity YQ81. The measurement value target range RN1T is preset based on the sensor measurement range representation GW8R and has the target range limit pair DN1T.

The measurement value VM81 is obtained by the operation unit 297 in a specified measurement value format HQ81. The variable physical parameter QP1A is further based on a physical parameter candidate different from the physical parameter application range RC1EL The range RC1E2 is characterized. The measurement value application range RM1L and a measurement value candidate range RM12 representing the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 are both based on one of the sensor measurement range representation GQ8R and the sensor specification FQ11 for the specified measurement value format HQ81 is preset. For example, the measurement value application range RM1L and the measurement value candidate range RM12 are both preset with the specified measurement value format HQ81 based on the sensor measurement range representation GQ8R and the sensor sensitivity representation GQ81. The measurement value designation range RQ1T is preset based on the timer specification FT21, has the designation range limit value pair DQ1T, and is represented by a measurement value designation range code EL1T.

In some embodiments, the control signal SC81 conveys the measurement value specified range code EL1T, the specified range limit value pair DQ1T, the physical parameter application status code EW1T and the control code CC1T, and is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to be The clock time designation interval HR1ET is within the physical parameter target range RD1ET. For example, the control code CC1T is preset based on a specified physical parameter QD1T within the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The control signal SC81 serves to indicate at least one of the measurement value designation range RQ1T and the clock time designation interval HR1ET by sending the designation range limit value pair DQ1T. The control signal SC81 serves to indicate at least one of the measurement value designation range RQ1T and the clock time designation interval HR1ET by sending the measurement value designation range code EL1T.

The measured value application range RM1L has an application range limit value pair DM1L. For example, the application range limit value is preset for DM1L. The operation unit 297 obtains the application scope in response to the trigger event EQ81 range limit value pair DM1L, and check the mathematical relationship KA81 by comparing the measured value VM81 with the obtained application range limit value pair DM1L. The measurement value candidate range RM12 has a candidate range limit value pair DM1B. For example, the candidate range limit value is preset for DM1B. The operation unit 297 obtains the preset candidate range limit value pair DM1B in response to the trigger event EQ81.

For example, the operation unit 297 includes a trigger application unit 281 . The trigger event EQ81 is related to the trigger application unit 281 . The trigger application unit 281 generates an operation request signal SX81 in response to the trigger event EQ81. The operation unit 297 obtains the measurement value VM81 based on the sensing signal SM81 in response to the operation request signal SX81, and obtains the application range limit value pair DM1L in response to the operation request signal SX81.

In some embodiments, the physical parameter application range RC1EL is configured to correspond to a corresponding physical parameter range RW1EL outside the physical parameter application range RC1EL. Under the condition that the operation unit 297 determines the corresponding physical parameter range RW1EL in which the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently located by checking the mathematical relationship KA81, the operation unit 297 executes the measured value VM81 and the obtained reference range limit A data comparison of values between DM1B and CA91. Under the condition that the operation unit 297 determines the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 in which the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently located based on the data comparison CA91, the operation unit 297 generates a control signal SC82 for controlling the variable physical parameter QU1A , the control signal SC82 is different from the control signal SC81.

The physical parameter that the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in is determined at the operating unit 297 by checking the mathematical relationship KA81 Under the condition of the application range RC1EL, the operation unit 297 is configured to obtain a control data code CK8T including the measurement value specified range code EL1T, the specified range limit value pair DQ1T, the physical parameter application status code EW1T and the control code CC1T , based on the control data code CK8T, a signal generation control GS81 for generating the control signal SC81 is executed, and a data storage control operation GT81 is executed, and the data storage control operation GT81 is used to cause the application range representing the determined physical parameter A physical parameter application range code UM8L of RC1EL is recorded. The variable physical parameter QU1A and the variable physical parameter QP1A belong to the physical parameter type TU11 and a physical parameter type TP11, respectively. For example, the physical parameter type TU11 is the same as or different from the physical parameter type TP11. For example, the data storage control operation GT81 is a securing operation.

In some embodiments, the clock time designation interval HR1ET has the designated time length LH8T. The specified time length LH8T is represented by the measured time length value VH8T. The control signal SC81 further delivers the measurement time length value VH8T. The delivered pair of specified range limit values DQ1T and the delivered value of the measurement time length VH8T are used to enable the functional device 130 to obtain the pair of application range threshold values DQ1U; therefore, the control signal SC81 is used to cause the functional device 130 to check The time relationship KT81 between the clock time TH1A and the clock time application interval HR1EU is used to control the functional device 130 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to be in the physical parameter target range RD1EU within the clock time application interval HR1EU .

For example, the control signal SC81 further conveys the target range limit pair DN1T. The control signal SC81 transmits the target range by The range limit value acts to DN1T to indicate at least one of the measurement value target range RN1T and the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The control data code CK8T further includes the measurement time length value VH8T and the target range limit value pair DN1T.

Please refer to Figure 44, Figure 45, Figure 46, Figure 47, Figure 48, Figure 49 and Figure 50. FIG. 44 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9053 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 45 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9054 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 46 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9055 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 47 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9056 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 48 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9057 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 49 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9058 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 50 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9059 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . As shown in Figure 44, Figure 45, Figure 46, Figure 47, Figure 48, Figure 49 and Figure 50, the implementation structure 9052, the implementation structure 9053, the implementation structure 9054, the implementation structure 9055, the implementation structure 9056, the implementation structure Each of the implementation structure 9057 , the implementation structure 9058 , and the implementation structure 9059 includes the control device 212 and the functional device 130 .

See additionally Figure 41. In some embodiments, the variable physical parameter QU1A and the variable physical parameter QP1A are formed at an actual location LD81 and an actual location LC81 different from the actual location LD81, respectively. The operation unit 297 is configured to execute a measurement application function FB81 related to the physical parameter application range RC1EL, and includes a processing unit 230 coupled to the sensing unit 260 , a processing unit 230 coupled to the processing unit 230 The transmission unit 240 , and a display unit 460 coupled to the processing unit 230 . The measurement application function FB81 is configured to comply with a measurement application function specification GBL8 associated with the physical parameter application range RC1EL. For example, the measurement application function FB81 is a trigger application function. The measurement application function specification GBL8 is a trigger application function specification. The transmission unit 240 is an output unit.

The sensing unit 260 is configured to comply with a sensor specification FQ11 associated with the measurement value application range RM1L. For example, the sensor specification FQ11 includes a sensor measurement range representation GQ8R for representing a sensor measurement range RA8E, and a sensor sensitivity representation GQ81 for representing a sensor sensitivity YQ81. The sensor sensitivity YQ81 is related to a sensing signal generation HE81 performed by the sensing unit 260 . For example, when the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A to execute the sensing signal generation HE81 dependent on the sensor sensitivity YQ81, and the sensing signal generation HE81 is used to generate The sensing signal SM81.

The variable physical parameter QU1A is controlled by means of the timer 342 . The timer 342 conforms to the timer specification FT21 related to the clock time designation interval HR1ET. For example, the clock time designation interval HR1ET is represented by the measurement value designation range RQ1T. The timer specification FT21 includes the full measurement value range representation FK8E for representing the full measurement value range QK8E. For example, the measurement value specification range RQ1T is equal to a portion of the full measurement value range QK8E.

The variable physical parameter QU1A is controlled by means of the sensing unit 334 . The sensing unit 334 is configured to comply with the measurement target The range RN1T is related to this sensor specification FU11. For example, the sensor specification FU11 includes the sensor measurement range representation GW8R for representing the sensor measurement range RB8E, and the sensor sensitivity representation GW81 for representing the sensor sensitivity YW81. The sensor sensitivity YW81 is the same as or different from the sensor sensitivity YQ81.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 obtains the measurement value VM81 in a specified measurement value format HQ81 in response to the sensing signal SM81. For example, the specified measurement value format HQ81 is characterized based on a specified number of bits UX81. Under the condition that the processing unit 230 determines the physical parameter application range RC1EL in which the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently located, the processing unit 230 causes the transmission unit 240 to generate the control signal SC81. The variable physical parameter QP1A is further characterized based on a nominal physical parameter range RC1E. For example, the nominal physical parameter range RC1E is represented by a nominal measurement value range RC1N, and includes a plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RC1E1, RC1E2, . . . respectively represented by a plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RM11, RM12, .

The complex different physical parameter reference ranges RC1E1, RC1E2, ... include the physical parameter application range RC1EL. The measurement application functional specification GBL8 includes the timer specification FT21, the sensor specification FQ11, a rated physical parameter range representation GB8E for representing the rated physical parameter range RC1E, and a physical parameter application range RC1EL for representing the physical parameter. The physical parameter application range indicates GB8L. The physical parameter target range RD1ET is represented by a physical parameter candidate range representation GA8T. For example, the physical parameter candidate range indicates that the GA8T is preset.

The nominal measured value range RC1N is determined using the specified measured value format HQ81 based on the nominal physical parameter range representation GB8E, the sensor measurement range representation GQ8R, and a data encoding operation ZR81 for converting the nominal physical parameter range representation GB1E By default, there is a pair of rated range limit values DC1A, and includes the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RM11, RM12, . For example, the nominal range limit value is preset for DC1A with the specified measurement value format HQ81. Both the rated measurement range RC1N and the rated range limit pair DC1A are preset with the specified measurement format HQ81 based on one of the sensor measurement range representation GQ8R and the sensor specification FQ11.

In some embodiments, the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RM11, RM12, . . . comprise the measurement value application range RM1L. The measurement value application range RM1L is represented by a measurement value application range code EH1L included in the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EH11, EH12, . . . and has an application range limit value pair DM1L; whereby the measurement value applies The range code EH1L is configured to indicate the physical parameter application range RC1EL. For example, the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EH11, EH12, . . . are all preset based on the measurement application functional specification GBL8.

The application range limit value pair DM1L includes an application range limit value DM15 of the measurement value application range RM1L and an application range limit value DM16 relative to the application range limit value DM15, and based on the physical parameter, the application range represents GB8L, the sensor The instrument measurement range representation GQ8R and a data encoding operation ZR82 for converting the physical parameter application range representation GB8L are preset with the specified measurement value format HQ81. Should The measurement value application range RM1L is preset with the specified measurement value format HQ81 based on the physical parameter application range representation GB8L, the sensor measurement range representation GQ8R and the data encoding operation ZR82.

The measurement value target range RN1T is preset based on the physical parameter candidate range representation GA8T, the sensor measurement range representation GQ8R, and a data encoding operation ZX83 for converting the physical parameter candidate range representation GA8T, and is determined by the measurement value Represented by the target range code EM1T. The control device 212 further includes a storage unit 250 coupled to the processing unit 230 , and includes a trigger application unit 281 coupled to the processing unit 230 . The storage unit 250 stores the preset rated range limit value pair DC1A and a variable physical parameter range code UM8A. For example, the measured value target range RN1T has a target range limit value pair DN1T.

In some embodiments, when the trigger event EQ81 associated with the trigger application unit 281 occurs, the variable physical parameter range code UM8A is equal to a particular measurement selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EH11, EH12, . . . Value range code EH14. For example, the specific measurement value range code EH14 indicates a specific physical parameter range RC1E4 that was previously determined by the processing unit 230 based on a sensing operation ZM81. The specific physical parameter range RC1E4 is selected from the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RC1E1, RC1E2, . . . The sensing operation ZM81 performed by the sensing unit 260 is used to sense the variable physical parameter QP1A. Before the triggering event EQ81 occurs, the specific measurement value range code EH14 is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UM8A.

For example, before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 obtains the specific measurement value range code EH14. in the processing unit 230 Under the condition that the specific physical parameter range RC1E4 is determined based on the sensing operation ZM81 before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 specifies the obtained specific measurement value range code EH14 by using the storage unit 250 to the variable physical parameter range code UM8A. The specific measurement range code EH14 represents a specific measurement range configured to represent the specific physical parameter range RC1E4. The specific measurement value range is preset with the specified measurement value format HQ81 based on the sensor measurement range representation GQ8R. For example, the sensing unit 260 performs a sensing signal generation depending on the sensor sensitivity YQ81 by performing the sensing operation ZM81 to generate a sensing signal.

Before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 receives the sensing signal, obtains a specific measurement value in the specified measurement value format HQ81 in response to the sensing signal, and executes a method for checking the specific measurement value and the specific measurement A specific check operation for a mathematical relationship between ranges of values. Under the condition that the processing unit 230 determines the specific physical parameter range RC1E4 in which the variable physical parameter QP1A is located based on the specific checking operation, the processing unit 230 uses the storage unit 250 to convert the obtained specific measurement value Range code EH14 is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UM8A. The processing unit 230 determines whether the processing unit 230 is to use the storage unit 250 to change the variable physical parameter range code UM8A in response to a specific sensing operation for sensing the variable physical parameter QP1A. For example, the specific sensing operation is performed by the sensing unit 260 .

In some embodiments, the trigger application unit 281 generates an operation request signal SX81 in response to the trigger event EQ81, provides the operation request signal SX81 to the processing unit 230, and thereby causes the processing unit to 230 receives the operation request signal SX81. Under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 obtains an operation reference data code XK81 from the storage unit 250 in response to the operation request signal SX81, and executes and uses the operation reference data by running a data determination program NE8A A profile of code XK81 determines AE8A to determine the measurement selected from the complex different measurement value reference range codes EH11, EH12, ... Apply range code EH1L to select the measurement from the complex different measurement value reference range RM11, RM12, ... Value application range RM1L.

The operation reference data code XK81 is the same as a permissible reference data code preset based on the measurement application functional specification GBL8. The data determination program NE8A is constructed based on the measurement application functional specification GBL8. The profile determination AE8A is one of a profile determination operation AE81 and a profile determination operation AE82. Under the condition that the operation reference data code XK81 is obtained by accessing the variable physical parameter range code UM8A stored in the storage unit 250 to be the same as the specific measurement value range code EH14, it is the data determination operation The profile of AE81 determines that AE8A determines the measurement application range code EH1L based on the obtained specific measurement range code EH14. For example, the determined measured value application range code EH1L is the same as or different from the obtained specific measured value range code EH14.

Under the condition that the operation reference data code XK81 is obtained by accessing the rated range limit value pair DC1A stored in the storage unit 250 to be the same as the preset rated range limit value pair DC1A, is the The data determination AE8A of the data determination operation AE82 references the range code from the complex number of different measurements by performing a scientific calculation MF81 for DC1A using the measurement value VM81 and the obtained nominal range limit value EH11, EH12, . For example, the scientific calculation MF81 is performed based on a specific empirical formula XP81. The specific empirical formula XP81 is pre-established based on the preset nominal range limit value pair DC1A and the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EH11, EH12, . . . For example, the specific empirical formula XP81 is predetermined based on the measurement application functional specification GBL8.

The processing unit 230 applies the range code EH1L based on the determined measurement value to obtain the application range limit value pair DM1L, and obtains the application range limit value pair DM1L based on a data comparison CA81 between the measurement value VM81 and the obtained application range limit value pair DM1L The mathematical relationship KA81 is checked to make a logical decision PH81 whether the measurement VM81 is within the selected application range RM1L of the measurement. Under the condition that the logical decision PH81 is positive, the processing unit 230 determines the physical parameter application range RC1EL in which the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently located.

For example, under the condition that the application range limit value DM15 is different from the application range limit value DM16 and the measurement value VM81 is between the application range limit value DM15 and the application range limit value DM16, the processing unit 230 compares the The measured value VM81 and the obtained application range limit value pair DM1L to make the logical decision PH81 to be affirmative. Under the condition that the application range limit value DM15, the application range limit value DM16 and the measurement value VM81 are equal, the processing unit 230 makes a comparison between the measurement value VM81 and the obtained application range limit value pair DM1L This logic determines PH81 to be positive.

In some embodiments, the control device 212 has the Variable physical parameter QP1A. The variable physical parameter QU1A exists in the functional device 130 . The trigger event EQ81 is one of a trigger action event, a user input event, a signal input event, a state change event, an identification medium occurrence event and an integer overflow event, and is applied to the measurement application function FB81. Before the triggering event EQ81 which is the triggering event occurs, the receiving unit 337 receives a control signal SC80 from the transmitting unit 240 . The processing unit 331 executes a signal generation control GY80 for controlling the output element 338 in response to the received control signal SC80. The output element 338 generates a control GY80 in response to the signal to generate an operation signal SG80 for controlling the variable physical parameter QU1A. The physical parameter application unit 335 receives the operation signal SG80 from the output element 338, and executes the specific function operation ZH81 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A in response to the received operation signal SG80. Under the condition that the triggering event EQ81, which is the triggering event, is to occur, the functional device 130 is configured to perform the specific functional operation ZH81 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A. For example, the specific function operation ZH81 is used to cause the triggering event to occur.

The measurement application function FB81 is associated with a memory unit 25Y1. The measurement value designation range RQ1T is represented by the measurement value designation range code EL1T; whereby the measurement value designation range code EL1T is configured to indicate the clock time designation interval HR1ET. For example, the measurement value designation range code EL1T is preset based on the measurement application functional specification GBL8. There is a mathematical relationship KY81 between the preset measurement value application range code EH1L and the preset measurement value specified range code EL1T.

The memory cell 25Y1 has a memory location PM8L and a memory location PV8L different from the memory location PM8L, the application range limit value pair DM1L is stored in the memory location PM8L, and a control data code CK8T is stored in the memory location PV8L. For example, the memory location PM8L and the memory location PV8L are both identified based on the preset measurement value application range code EH1L. The control data code CK8T includes the measurement value designation range code EL1T. For example, both the application range limit value pair DM1L and the control data code CK8T are stored in the memory unit 25Y1 based on the preset measurement value application range code EH1L. The control data code CK8T further includes the measured value target range code EM1T.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 230 performs a data acquisition AF8A using the determined measurement value application range code EH1L to obtain the application range limit pair DM1L by running a data acquisition program NF8A. For example, the data acquisition AF8A is one of a data acquisition operation AF81 and a data acquisition operation AF82. The data acquisition program NF8A is constructed based on the measurement application functional specification GBL8. The data acquisition operation AF81 uses the memory cell 25Y1 based on the determined measurement value application range code EH1L to access the application range limit value pair DM1L stored in the memory location PM8L to obtain the application range limit value pair DM1L.

The data acquisition operation AF82 acquires the preset rated range limit value pair DC1A by reading the rated range limit value pair DC1A stored in the storage unit 250, and uses the determined measurement value by executing Apply a scientific calculation MG81 of the range code EH1L and the obtained rated range limit value pair DC1A to obtain the application range limit value pair DM1L. For example, the rated range limit value pair DC1A includes a rated range limit value DC11 of the rated measurement value range RC1N and a rated range limit value DC12 relative to the rated range limit value DC11, and based on the rated physical parameter range, GB8E, The sensor measurement range representation GQ8R and the data encoding operation ZR81 are preset with the specified measurement value format HQ81.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the processing unit 230 determines the physical parameter application range RC1EL in which the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in, the processing unit 230 executes a data using the determined measurement value application range code EH1L Get AG8A to get a control application code UA8T. For example, the data acquisition AG8A is one of a data acquisition operation AG81 and a data acquisition operation AG82.

The data acquisition operation AG81 applies range code EH1L based on the determined measurement value to use the memory cell 25Y1 to access the control data code CK8T stored in the memory location PV8L to obtain the control data code CK8T equal to the control data code CK8T Control application code UA8T. The data acquisition operation AG82 obtains the control application code UA8T equal to the preset measurement value designation range code EL1T by performing a scientific calculation MQ81 using the determined measurement value application range code EH1L and the mathematical relationship KY81.

The processing unit 230 executes a signal generation control GS81 for the measurement application function FB81 within an operation time TD81 to control the transmission unit 240 based on the obtained control application code UA8T. The transmission unit 240 performs a signal generation operation BS81 for the measurement application function FB81 to generate the control signal SC81 in response to the signal generation control GS81. For example, the control signal SC81 is specified by delivering the measured value The range code EL1T serves to indicate at least one of the measurement value designation range RQ1T and the clock time designation interval HR1ET, and is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to be within the clock time designation interval HR1ET within the physical parameter Target range RD1ET. For example, the control signal SC81 transmits the control message CG81. The processing unit 230 causes the transmission unit 240 to generate the control message CG81 based on the obtained control application code UA8T.

In some embodiments, the complex different physical parameter reference ranges RC1E1, RC1E2, . . . further include a physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 different from the physical parameter application range RC1EL. The plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RM11, RM12, . . . have a total reference range number NS81, and further include a measurement value candidate range RM12 representing the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2. The measurement application functional specification GBL8 further includes a physical parameter candidate range representation GB82 for representing the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2.

The measurement candidate range RM12 is represented by a measurement candidate range code EH12 different from the measurement application range code EH1L, has a candidate range limit value pair DM1B, and is configured to represent the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2; thereby The measured value candidate range code EH12 is configured to indicate the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2. For example, the candidate range limit value pair DM1B uses the specified measurement value format based on the physical parameter candidate range representation GB82, the sensor measurement range representation GQ8R, and a data encoding operation ZR83 for converting the physical parameter candidate range representation GB82 HQ81 is preset.

The measured value candidate range RM12 is based on the physical parameter The candidate range representation GB82, the sensor measurement range representation GQ8R and the data encoding operation ZR83 are preset with the specified measurement value format HQ81. The total reference range number NS81 is preset based on the measurement application functional specification GBL8. The processing unit 230 obtains the total reference range number NS81 in response to the trigger event EQ81. The scientific computing MF81 further uses the obtained total reference range number NS81. The scientific computing MG81 further uses the obtained total reference range number NS81. For example, the total reference range number NS81 is greater than or equal to two. For example, the total reference range number NS81≧3; the total reference range number NS81≧4; the total reference range number NS81≧5; the total reference range number NS81≧6; and the total reference range number NS81≦255.

In some embodiments, the clock time designation interval HR1ET is adjacent to the clock time application interval HR1EU and has the start limit time HR1ET1 and the end limit time HR1ET2 relative to the start limit time HR1ET1. The function device 130 receives the control signal SC81, obtains the measurement value designation range code EL1T and the measurement value target range code EM1T from the received control signal SC81, and starts the timing based on the obtained measurement value designation range code EL1T the timer 342, and thereby causes the timer 342 to measure the clock time TH1A according to the start limit time HR1ET1.

The functional device 130 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to be in the physical parameter target range RD1ET within the clock time specified interval HR1ET based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T. For example, the control signal SC81 conveys a control message CG81 determined based on the control application code UA8T. The control message CG81 contains the measured value Specify the range code EL1T and the target range code EM1T for this measurement. For example, the control message CG81 includes the designated range limit value pair DQ1T, the target range limit value pair DN1T and the control code CC1T.

The measured value application range RM1L is a first part of the nominal measured value range RC1N. The measurement value candidate range RM12 is a second part of the nominal measurement value range RC1N. The physical parameter application range RC1EL and the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 are separate or adjacent. Under the condition that the physical parameter application range RC1EL and the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 are separated, the measurement value application range RM1L and the measurement value candidate range RM12 are separated. On the condition that the physical parameter application range RC1EL and the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 are adjacent, the measurement value application range RM1L and the measurement value candidate range RM12 are adjacent.

For example, the measured value is configured to be equal to an integer using the range code EH1L. The rated range limit value DC12 is greater than the rated range limit value DC11. There is a relative value VC11 between the rated range limit value DC12 and the rated range limit value DC11 with respect to the rated range limit value DC11. The relative value VC11 is equal to a calculation result of the rated range limit value DC12 minus the rated range limit value DC11. For example, the application range limit value pair DM1L is preset based on the nominal range limit value DC11, the nominal range limit value DC12, the integer, and a ratio of the relative value VC11 to the total reference range number NS11. The scientific calculation MG81 uses one of the nominal range limit value DC11, the nominal range limit value DC12, the integer, the ratio, and any combination thereof.

In some embodiments, this logic determines whether the PH81 Under certain conditions, the processing unit 230 determines the measurement selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EH11, EH12, . . . by performing a fourth scientific calculation MF12 using the determined measurement value application range code EH1L Value candidate range code EH12 in order to select the measurement value candidate range RM12 from the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RM11, RM12, . . .

The processing unit 230 obtains the candidate range limit value pair DM1B based on the determined measurement value candidate range code EH12, and obtains the candidate range limit value pair DM1B based on a data comparison CA91 between the measurement value VM81 and the obtained candidate range limit value pair DM1B A mathematical relationship KA91 between the measurement value VM81 and the selected measurement value candidate range RM12 is checked to make a logical decision PH91 whether the measurement value VM81 is within the selected measurement value candidate range RM12. Under the condition that the logical decision PH91 is positive, the processing unit 230 determines the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 in which the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently located.

Under the condition that the processing unit 230 determines the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 in which the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently located, the processing unit 230 causes the transmission unit 240 to perform a signal generation operation BS91 for the measurement application function FB81 to generate A control signal SC82 for controlling the variable physical parameter QU1A. The control signal SC82 is different from the control signal SC81 and serves to indicate the clock time reference interval HR1E2.

After the specific measurement range code EH14 is different from the determined measurement value application range code EH1L and the processing unit 230 determines the physical parameter application range RC1EL in which the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in, by making the logical decision PH81 condition, the processing unit 230 is based on A code difference DA81 between the variable physical parameter range code UM8A equal to the specific measurement range code EH14 and the determined measurement application range code EH1L to use the storage unit 250 to apply the determined measurement Range code EH1L is assigned to the variable physical parameter range code UM8A. Under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 is the state change event in which the variable physical parameter QP1A enters the physical parameter application range RC1EL from the specific physical parameter range RC1E4, the processing unit 230 determines the state change based on the code difference DA81 This triggers event EQ81 of the event.

In some embodiments, the operation unit 297 further includes a response area AC1 , a reader 220 and a receiving unit 270 . The response area AC1 is used to execute the measurement application function FB81. The reader 220 is coupled to the response area AC1. The receiving unit 270 is coupled to the processing unit 230 and controlled by the processing unit 230 . Under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 is the identification medium occurrence event and the processing unit 230 recognizes an identification medium 310 present in the response area AC1 through the reader 220 , the processing unit 230 is based on the sensing signal SM81 to obtain the measured value VM81. For example, the trigger event EQ81 is the identification medium occurrence event related to the identification medium 310 and the reader 220 . For example, the operation unit 297 relies on the identification medium 310 to control the variable physical parameter QU1A.

When the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the display unit 460 displays a status indication LA81. For example, the state indication LA81 is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter QP1A is configured in a specific state XH81 within the specific physical parameter range RC1E4. After the specific measurement range code EH14 is different from the determined measurement value application range code EH1L and the processing unit 230 determines the variable physical parameter by making the logical decision PH81 Under the condition of the physical parameter application range RC1EL that QP1A is currently in, the processing unit 230 further causes the display unit 460 to change the status indication LA81 to a status indication LA82 based on the code difference DA81. For example, the state indication LA82 is used to indicate that the variable physical parameter QP1A is configured in a specific state XH82 within the physical parameter application range RC1EL.

In some embodiments, the processing is performed under the condition that the receiving unit 270 receives a control response signal SE81 generated in response to the control signal SC81 from the functional device 130 within a specified time TW81 after the operation time TD81. The unit 230 performs a specific actual operation BJ81 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A in response to the control response signal SE81. For example, the processing unit 230 obtains the transmitted measurement value VN82 from the control response signal SE81, and causes the display unit 460 to display a measurement information related to the obtained measurement value VN82 based on the obtained measurement value VN82 LZ82. For example, the specific actual operation BJ81 is a display control operation using the obtained measurement value VN82. The processing unit 230 causes the display unit 460 to display the measurement information LZ82 by performing the display control operation.

For example, the control response signal SE81 delivers the measured value VN82 and the positive operation report RL81. The processing unit 230 obtains the delivered measured value VN82 and the delivered positive operation report RL81 from the control response signal SE81. The specific actual operation BJ81 uses at least one of the obtained measurement value VN82 and the obtained positive operation report RL81 to cause the display unit 460 to display the obtained measurement value VN82 and the obtained positive operation report An operation information related to at least one of the RL81s.

Under the condition that the operation unit 297 receives the control response signal SE81 within the specified time TW81, the operation unit 297 performs the specific actual operation BJ81 in response to the control response signal SE81. For example, under the condition that the processing unit 230 obtains the positive operation report RL81 from the control response signal SE81 within the specified time TW81, the processing unit 230 is based on the obtained specific operation report RL8A and the obtained positive operation One of the RL81 is reported to perform the specific actual operation BJ81 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A.

After the operation time TD81, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A to generate a sensing signal SM82. For example, after the operation time TD81, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A to perform a sensing signal generation HE82 dependent on the sensor sensitivity YQ81, and the sensing signal generation HE82 is used to generate the Sensing signal SM82.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 230 responds to the sensing signal SM82 within a specified time TE82 after the operation time TD81 to obtain a measurement value VM82 in the specified measurement value format HQ81. The processing unit 230 obtains one of the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes EH11, EH12, . . . included in the complex different measurement value reference range codes EH11, EH12, . . Specific measurement value range code EH17. For example, the specific measurement value range code EH17 is different from the determined measurement value application range code EH1L, and represents a specific measurement value range RM17 included in the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RM11, RM12, . . .

The specific measured value range RM17 represents that included in the complex A specific physical parameter range RC1E7 in the different physical parameter reference ranges RC1E1, RC1E2, . . . The processing unit 230 performs a check operation BA83 for checking a mathematical relationship KA83 between the measurement value VM82 and the specific measurement value range RM17 based on the specific measurement value range code EH17.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 230 causes the processing unit 230 to cause the processing unit 230 to determine the specific physical parameter range RC1E7 that the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in based on the checking operation BA83 within the specified time TE82. The transmission unit 240 generates a control signal SC83 for controlling the variable physical parameter QU1A, and uses the storage unit 250 to assign the specific measurement value range code EH17 to the variable physical parameter range code UM8A. For example, the control signal SC83 is different from the control signal SC81 and serves to indicate a specific clock time interval HR1E7. The plurality of different clock time reference intervals HR1E1, HR1E2, . . . include the specific clock time interval HR1E7.

Under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A under a constraint condition FP81 to provide the sensing signal SM81 to the processing unit 230 . For example, the constraint condition FP81 is that the variable physical parameter QP1A is equal to a specific physical parameter QP15 included in the rated physical parameter range RC1E. The processing unit 230 estimates the specific physical parameter QP15 based on the sensing signal SM81 to obtain the measurement value VM81. Since the variable physical parameter QP1A under the constraint condition FP81 is within the physical parameter application range RC1EL, the processing unit 230 recognizes that the measurement value VM81 is an allowable value within the measurement value application range RM1L, by This identifies the mathematical relationship KA81 between the measurement value VM81 and the measurement value application range RM1L as a The value intersection relationship is determined, thereby determining the physical parameter application range RC1EL in which the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently located.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 230 causes the transmitting unit 240 to transmit the control signal SC8H to the receiving unit 337 in response to a trigger event EQ8H. For example, the trigger event EQ8H is related to the control device 212 . The control signal SC8H transmits a control message CJ8H. The receiving unit 337 receives the control signal SC8H from the transmitting unit 240 under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is in the physical parameter target state JE1U within the clock time application interval HR1EU by checking the mathematical relationship KQ81. The processing unit 331 obtains the control message CJ8H from the control signal SC8H. The processing unit 331 responds to the control message CJ8H to use the sensing signal SN8H to obtain the measurement value VN8H in the specified measurement value format HH81, and uses the sensing signal SY8H to use the specified measurement value format in response to the control message CJ8H HH95 obtains this measurement NY8H.

The processing unit 331 enables the transmitting unit 384 to transmit the control response signal SE8H to the receiving unit 270 based on the obtained measurement value VN8H and the obtained measurement value NY8H. The receiving unit 270 receives the control response signal SE8H from the transmitting unit 384 . The control response signal SE8H delivers the measured value VN8H and the measured value NY8H and is used by the control device 212 to perform a specific practical operation related to at least one of the variable physical parameter QU1A and the clock time TH1A. For example, the processing unit 230 obtains the measurement value VN8A and the measurement value NY8H from the received control response signal SE8H, and causes the display unit 460 to display the variable physical parameter QU1A based on the obtained measurement value VN8H. The measurement information LZ8H, and based on the obtained measurement value NY8H The display unit 460 is caused to display the measurement information LX8H related to the clock time TH1A. For example, the processing unit 230 performs the specific actual operation using the obtained measurement value VN8H and the obtained measurement value NY8H to cause the display unit 460 to perform a display operation. The display operation displays the measurement information LZ8H and the measurement information LX8H.

For example, the operation unit 297 includes a trigger application unit 28H coupled to the processing unit 230 . The trigger event EQ8H is related to the trigger application unit 28H, and is one of a trigger action event, a user input event, a signal input event, a state change event and an identification medium occurrence event. The trigger application unit 28H generates an operation request signal SX8H in response to the trigger event EQ8H, provides the operation request signal SX8H to the processing unit 230, and thereby enables the processing unit 230 to receive the operation request signal SX8H. The processing unit 230 obtains the control message CJ8H in response to the operation request signal SX8H, and enables the transmission unit 240 to transmit the control signal SC8H for conveying the control message CJ8H to the functional device 130 based on the obtained control message CJ8H. For example, the trigger application unit 28H is one of the reader 220 and the sensing unit 260 .

In some embodiments, the sensing unit 260 is characterized based on the sensor sensitivity YQ81 associated with the sensing signal generation HE81 and is configured to comply with the sensor specification FQ11. The sensor specification FQ11 includes the sensor sensitivity representation GQ81 for representing the sensor sensitivity YQ81, and the sensor measurement range representation GQ8R for representing the sensor measurement range RA8E. For example, the nominal physical parameter range RC1E is configured to be the same as the sensor measurement range RA8E, or is configured to be part of the sensor measurement range RA8E. The sensor measuring range RA8E Related to a physical parameter sensing performed by the first sensing unit 260 . The sensor measurement range indicates that the GQ8R is provided based on a first predetermined measurement unit. For example, the first preset measurement unit is one of a metric measurement unit and an imperial measurement unit.

The rated measurement value range RC1N, the rated range limit value pair DC1A, the measurement value application range RM1L, the application range limit value pair DM1L, the measurement value candidate range RM12, the candidate range limit value pair DM1B and the complex number of different measurement values The reference ranges RM11, RM12, . . . are all preset with the specified measurement value format HQ81 based on one of the sensor measurement range representation GQ8R and the sensor specification FQ11. For example, the rated measurement value range RC1N and the rated range limit value pair DC1A are based on the rated physical parameter range representation GB8E, the sensor measurement range representation GQ8R, the sensor sensitivity representation GQ81 and the data encoding operation ZR81 to use The specified measurement value format HQ81 is preset. The measurement value application range RM1L and the application range limit value pair DM1L are based on the physical parameter application range representation GB8L, the sensor measurement range representation GQ8R, the sensor sensitivity representation GQ81 and the data encoding operation ZR82 to use the designation The measured value format HQ81 is preset.

The measurement value candidate range RM12 and the candidate range limit pair DM1B are both based on the physical parameter candidate range representation GB82, the sensor measurement range representation GQ8R, the sensor sensitivity representation GQ81 and the data encoding operation ZR83 for the designation The measured value format HQ81 is preset. The rated physical parameter range represents GB8E, the physical parameter application range represents GB8L, the physical parameter candidate range represents GA8T, and the physical parameter candidate range represents GB82 are all proposed based on a second preset measurement unit for. For example, the second predetermined measurement unit is one of a metric measurement unit and an imperial measurement unit, and is the same as or different from the first predetermined measurement unit. For example, the physical parameter target range RD1ET is configured to be part of the sensor measurement range RB8E.

The variable physical parameter QP1A is further characterized based on the sensor measurement range RA8E. For example, the sensor measurement range represents GQ8R, the rated physical parameter range represents GB8E, the physical parameter application range represents GB8L, the physical parameter candidate range represents GA8T, the physical parameter candidate range represents GB82, and the sensor measurement range represents GW8R are all of the decimal data type. The measured value VM81, the measured value VM82, the rated range limit value pair DC1A, the application range limit value pair DM1L, the target range limit value pair DN1T, and the candidate range limit value pair DM1B all belong to the binary data type, and all Suitable for computer processing. The sensor specification FQ11, the sensor specification FU11 and the measurement application function specification GBL8 are all preset.

In some embodiments, the memory location PM8L is identified based on a memory address FM8L. The memory address FM8L is preset based on the preset measurement value application range code EH1L. The memory location PV8L is identified based on a memory location FV8L. The memory address FV8L is preset based on the preset measurement value application range code EH1L.

Before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 is configured to obtain the preset measurement value application range code EH1L, the preset application range limit value pair DM1L and the preset control data code CK8T, Apply the range code EH1L based on this measurement taken to obtain The memory address FM8L, and based on the obtained pair of application range limit values DM1L and the obtained memory address FM8L, cause the operating unit 297 to provide the operation unit 297 including the obtained pair of application range limit values DM1L and the obtained A write request message WB8L for memory address FM8L. For example, the write request message WB8L is used to cause the memory cell 25Y1 to store the delivered pair of application range limit values DM1L at the memory location PM8L.

Before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 applies the range code EH1L to obtain the memory address FV8L based on the obtained measurement value, and obtains the memory address FV8L based on the obtained control data code CK8T and the obtained memory address FV8L This causes the operation unit 297 to provide a write request message WA8L including the obtained control data code CK8T and the obtained memory address FV8L. For example, the write request message WA8L is used to cause the memory unit 25Y1 to store the delivered control data code CK8T at the memory location PV8L.

The control device 212 is coupled to a server 280 . The identification medium 310 is one of an electronic label 350 , a barcode medium 360 and a biometric identification medium 370 . One of the electronic tag 350 , the storage unit 250 and the server 280 includes the memory unit 25Y1 . For example, the storage unit 250 has a storage space SS11. The storage space SS11 has the variable physical parameter range code UM8A, the rated range limit value pair DC1A and the total reference range number NS81.

In some embodiments, the nominal physical parameter range RC1E includes a specific physical parameter QP15 and is represented by the nominal measured value range RC1N. The sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A under the constraint condition FP81 to provide the sensing signal SM81 to the process unit 230. For example, the constraint condition FP81 is that the variable physical parameter QP1A is equal to the specific physical parameter QP15. Under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 estimates the specific physical parameter QP15 based on the sensing signal SM81 to obtain the measurement value VM81.

For example, the identification medium 310 is identified by an identification medium identifier HU11, and the identification medium identifier HU11, the application range limit value pair DM1L and the control data code CK8T are recorded. For example, the reader 220 is the trigger application unit 281, which generates the operation request signal SX81 in response to the trigger event EQ81 related to the identification medium 310, provides the operation request signal SX81 to the processing unit 230, and thereby enables the The processing unit 230 receives the operation request signal SX81. The processing unit 230 responds to the operation request signal SX81 to cause the reader 220 to read the recorded identification medium identifier HU11, the recorded application range limit value pair DM1L and the recorded control data code CK8T, and Thereby, the recorded identification medium identifier HU11 , the recorded application range limit value pair DM1L and the recorded control data code CK8T are obtained from the identification medium 310 through the reader 220 .

See Figure 51. FIG. 51 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9060 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . As shown in FIG. 51 , the implementation structure 9060 includes the control device 212 , the function device 130 and the server 280 . The control device 212 is linked to the server 280 . The control device 212 is used for controlling the variable physical parameter QU1A existing in the functional device 130 by means of the trigger event EQ81 , and includes the operation unit 297 and the sensing unit 260 . The operation unit 297 includes the processing unit 230 , the receiving unit 270 and the transmitting unit 240 . The processing unit 230 is coupled to The server 280.

The control device 212 is installed in the application environment EX81. The variable physical parameter QP1A exists in a physical parameter forming area AT11. One of the control device 212 and the application environment EX81 has the variable physical parameter QP1A. For example, the sensing unit 260 is coupled to the physical parameter forming area AT11 having the variable physical parameter QP1A. The variable physical parameter QU1A exists in the physical parameter forming area AU11. For example, under the condition that the physical parameter forming area AT11 is located in the application environment EX81 , the physical parameter forming area AT11 is adjacent to the control device 212 . For example, the sensing unit 260 includes the physical parameter forming area AT11.

For example, the physical parameter forming area AU11 and the physical parameter forming area AT11 are separate, and are formed at the actual position LD81 and the actual position LC81, respectively; thereby, the variable physical parameter QU1A and the variable physical parameter QP1A are formed at the actual position LD81 and the actual position LC81 different from the actual position LD81, respectively. For example, the physical parameter forming area AT11 is one of a load area, a display area, a sensing area, a power supply area and an environment area. For example, the physical parameter forming area AU11 is one of a load area, a display area, a sensing area, a power supply area and an environment area.

For example, the processing unit 230 causes the variable physical parameter QP1A to be formed in the physical parameter forming area AT11 in response to the trigger event EQ81. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A exists in the physical parameter forming area AT11, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A to generate the sensing signal SM81. For example, the physical parameter forming area AT11 is a user interface area.

In some embodiments, the functional device 130 includes the operating unit 397 , the sensing unit 334 coupled to the operating unit 397 , and a physical parameter applying unit 335 coupled to the operating unit 397 . The physical parameter applying unit 335 is controlled by the operating unit 397 and includes the physical parameter forming area AU11 having the variable physical parameter QU1A. The variable physical parameter QU1A is further characterized based on a nominal physical parameter range RD1E that includes the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The rated physical parameter range RD1E is represented by a rated measurement value range RD1N, and includes a plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, . . . respectively represented by a plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, . The plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, ... include the physical parameter target range RD1ET and a physical parameter candidate range RD1E2.

The rated measurement value range RD1N includes the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, . The data encoding operation ZR81 is preset with the specified measurement value format HQ81. The plurality of different measurement value reference ranges RN11, RN12, . . . include the measurement value target range RN1T and a measurement value candidate range RN12 representing the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2. The measurement candidate range RN12 is represented by a measurement candidate range code EM12 and has a candidate range limit value pair DN1B, whereby the measurement candidate range code EM12 is configured to indicate the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2. Before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured to be within a specific physical parameter range RD1E4. The specific physical parameter range RD1E4 is included in the plurality of different physical parameter references In the range RD1E1, RD1E2, ….

In some embodiments, the triggering event caused by the functional device 130 is a state change event. The control device 212 further includes a state change detector 475 coupled to the processing unit 230 . For example, the state change detector 475 is one of a limit detector and an edge detector. The limit detector is a limit switch 485 . The state change detector 475 is configured to detect the arrival of a characteristic physical parameter associated with a predetermined characteristic physical parameter UL81 to ZL82. The physical parameter application unit 335 includes a physical parameter application area AJ11. The physical parameter application area AJ11 has a variable physical parameter QG1A. The variable physical parameter QG1A is dependent on the variable physical parameter QU1A and is characterized based on the predetermined characteristic physical parameter UL81. For example, the physical parameter application area AJ11 is one of a load area, a display area, a sensing area, a power supply area and an environment area. The preset characteristic physical parameter UL81 is related to the variable physical parameter QU1A.

Before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the operation unit 397 causes the physical parameter application unit 335 to perform the specific function operation ZH81 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A. The specific function operation ZH81 is used to control the variable physical parameter QG1A, and cause the trigger event EQ81 to occur by changing the variable physical parameter QG1A. The variable physical parameter QG1A is configured to be in a variable physical state XA8A. For example, the operation unit 397 is controlled by the control device 212 to make the physical parameter application unit 335 perform the specific function operation ZH81. For example, the nominal measured value range RD1N has a nominal range limit value pair DD1A.

At the trigger event of the variable physical parameter QU1A EQ81 was previously configured so that under conditions within the specific physical parameter range RD1E4, the specific function operation ZH81 causes the variable physical parameter QG1A to reach the preset characteristic physical parameter UL81 to form the characteristic physical parameter to ZL82, and by The characteristic physical parameter arrival ZL82 is formed to change the variable physical state XA8A from a non-characteristic physical parameter arrival state XA81 to an actual characteristic physical parameter arrival state XA82. The state change detector 475 generates a trigger signal SX8A in response to the characteristic physical parameter reaching ZL82. For example, the actual characteristic physical parameter arrival state XA82 is characterized based on the preset characteristic physical parameter UL81. The state change detector 475 generates the trigger signal SX8A in response to a state change event in which the variable physical parameter QG1A is changed from the non-characteristic physical parameter arrival state XA81 to the actual characteristic physical parameter arrival state XA82.

In some embodiments, the receiving unit 270 is coupled to the state change detector 475 . The trigger event EQ81 is the state change event of the variable physical parameter QG1A entering the actual characteristic physical parameter reaching state XA82. One of the receiving unit 270 and the processing unit 230 receives the trigger signal SX8A. The processing unit 230 obtains the control application code UA8T in response to the received trigger signal SX8A, and executes the signal generation for the measurement application function FB81 within the operation time TD81 based on the obtained control application code UA8T The GS81 is controlled to cause the transmission unit 240 to generate the control signal SC81. For example, the state change detector 475 is a trigger application unit, and provides the trigger signal SX8A to the processing unit 230 in response to the characteristic physical parameter reaching ZL82. The trigger signal SX8A is an operation request signal.

For example, when the state change detector 475 is the limit open Under the closed condition, the characteristic physical parameter reaching ZL82 is the arrival of the variable physical parameter QG1A equal to a variable spatial position reaching a limit position equal to the preset characteristic physical parameter UL81 of a predetermined limit position. For example, the physical parameter application unit 335 forms the variable physical parameter QG1A in the physical parameter application area AJ11 by executing the specific function operation ZH81 caused based on the variable physical parameter QU1A. Under the condition that the physical parameter application area AJ11 is coupled to the state change detector 475, the state change detector 475 detects that the characteristic physical parameter reaches ZL82.

For example, the processing unit 230 uses the sensing signal SM81 to obtain the measurement value VM81 in response to the received trigger signal SX8A. Under the condition that the processing unit 230 determines the physical parameter application range RC1EL that the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in by examining the mathematical relationship KA81 between the measurement value VM81 and the measurement value application range RM1L, the processing unit 230 executes the data acquisition AG8A using the determined measurement value application range code EH1L to obtain the control application code UA8T, and causes the transmission unit 240 to generate or transmit the control signal SC81 based on the obtained control application code UA8T. The control signal SC81 serves to indicate at least one of the measurement value designation range RQ1T and the clock time designation interval HR1ET.

In some embodiments, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A to generate the sensing signal SM81. For example, when the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A to generate the sensing signal SM81. After the processing unit 230 causes the transmission unit 240 to generate the control signal SC81 within the operation time TD81 by executing the signal generation control GS81, the sensing unit The element 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A to generate the sensing signal SM82. For example, the sensing unit 260 is a time sensing unit, an electrical parameter sensing unit, a mechanical parameter sensing unit, an optical parameter sensing unit, a temperature sensing unit, a humidity sensing unit, a motion sensing unit One of the sensing unit and a magnetic parameter sensing unit.

For example, the sensing unit 260 includes a sensing element 261 coupled to the processing unit 230, and uses the sensing element 261 to generate the sensing signal SM81 and the sensing signal SM82. The sensing component 261 is one of a plurality of application sensors. The complex application sensor includes a voltage sensor, a current sensor, a resistance sensor, a capacitance sensor, an inductance sensor, an accelerometer, a gyroscope, and a pressure transducer , a strain gauge, a timer, a light detector, a temperature sensor and a humidity sensor. For example, the sensing element 261 generates a sensing signal component. The first sensing signal SM81 includes the sensing signal component.

Please refer to FIG. 52 , which is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9061 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . As shown in FIG. 52 , the implementation structure 9061 includes the control device 212 , the function device 130 and the server 280 . The control device 212 is a computing device, a communication device, a user device, a mobile device, a remote control, an electronic device, a portable device, a desktop device, a relatively fixed device, a fixed device , one of a smart phone, and any combination thereof. The electronic tag 350 is one of a passive electronic tag, an active electronic tag, a semi-active electronic tag, a wireless electronic tag and a wired electronic tag. For example, the control device 212 transmits the function device 130 via an actual link LK8A between the transmission unit 240 and the operating unit 397 Control signal SC81. The actual link LK8A is one of a wired link and a wireless link LK81.

In some embodiments, the control signal SC81 is one of the electrical signal SP81 and the optical signal SQ81. The transmission unit 240 includes a transmission component 450 , a transmission component 452 and a transmission component 455 . The transmission element 450 is coupled to the processing unit 230 and is used for outputting the electrical signal SP81 under the condition that the control signal SC81 is the electrical signal SP81. When the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the display unit 460 displays the status indication LA81. After the specific measurement range code EH14 is different from the determined measurement value application range code EH1L and the processing unit 230 determines the physical parameter application range RC1EL in which the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in, by making the logical decision PH81 Under the condition of , the processing unit 230 causes the display unit 460 to change the state indication LA81 to the state indication LA82 based on the code difference DA81. For example, the transfer assembly 450, the transfer assembly 452, and the transfer assembly 455 are three output assemblies, respectively.

The display unit 460 is coupled to the processing unit 230 and used to display a measurement information LY81 related to the measurement value VM81. The processing unit 230 obtains the transmitted measurement value VN82 from the control response signal SE81, and causes the display unit 460 to display the measurement information LZ82 related to the obtained measurement value VN82 according to the obtained measurement value VN82. Under the condition that the control signal SC81 is the optical signal SQ81, the transmission element 452 is used to output the optical signal SQ81. The transmission component 455 is coupled to the processing unit 230 . For example, the processing unit 230 is configured to cause the transmission element 455 to transmit a physical parameter signal SB81 to the functional device 130 . The variable physical parameter QU1A is formed based on the physical parameter signal SB81. For example, the electrical signal SP81 is a radio signal. The optical signal SQ81 is an infrared signal.

In some embodiments, the control device 212 is coupled to the server 280 and further includes a physical parameter forming unit 290 coupled to the sensing unit 260 . For example, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is to be generated by the physical parameter forming unit 290, the physical parameter forming unit 290 generates the variable physical parameter QP1A. The operation unit 297 further includes an input unit 440 . The input unit 440 is coupled to the processing unit 230 and controlled by the processing unit 230 . For example, one of the input unit 440 and the display unit 460 includes a user interface area AP11.

The receiving unit 270 is coupled to the processing unit 230 for receiving the control response signal SE81 , and includes a receiving element 2701 and a receiving element 2702 . Both the receiving component 2701 and the receiving component 2702 are coupled to the processing unit 230 . The control response signal SE81 is one of an electrical signal LP81 and an optical signal LQ81. Under the condition that the control response signal SE81 is the electrical signal LP81, the receiving element 2701 is used for receiving the electrical signal LP81. For example, the receiving component 2702 is a reader. Under the condition that the control response signal SE81 is the optical signal LQ81, the receiving element 2702 is used for receiving the optical signal LQ81.

For example, one of the electronic tag 350 , the storage unit 250 and the server 280 includes the memory unit 25Y1 . For example, the electrical signal LP81 is a radio signal. The optical signal LQ81 is an infrared signal. The receiving component 2701 and the receiving component 2702 are two input components respectively. For example, under the condition that the control device 212 is the remote controller, the control signal SC81 is the optical signal SQ81. in the control device 212 Under the condition of the remote controller, the control response signal SE81 is the optical signal LQ81. For example, the trigger event EQ81 is a user input event in which the sensing unit 260 receives a user input operation BU83. The sensing unit 260 operates the BU83 in response to the user input to enable the processing unit 230 to receive the sensing signal SM81. The processing unit 230 obtains the measurement value VM81 in response to the sensing signal SM81.

One of the application environment EX81, the sensing unit 260, the input unit 440, the display unit 460 and the physical parameter forming unit 290 has the physical parameter forming area AT11. The processing unit 230 causes the physical parameter forming area AT11 to have the variable physical parameter QP1A by executing a specific function operation BH82 for the measurement application function FB81, thereby causing the sensing unit 260 to sense the constraint The variable physical parameter QP1A of the condition FP81. One of the electronic tag 350 , the storage unit 250 and the server 280 includes the memory unit 25Y1 . The sensing unit 260 , the storage unit 250 , the input unit 440 , the transmission component 450 , the transmission component 455 , the display unit 460 , the receiving component 2701 , the receiving component 2702 and the physical parameter forming unit 290 are all affected by the The processing unit 230 controls. For example, one of the sensing unit 260, the input unit 440 and the display unit 460 includes the physical parameter forming area AT11.

The variable physical parameter QP1A is a fourth variable electrical parameter, a fourth variable mechanical parameter, a fourth variable optical parameter, a fourth variable temperature, a fourth variable voltage, a fourth variable variable current, a fourth variable electric power, a fourth variable resistor, a fourth variable capacitor, a fourth variable inductor, a fourth variable frequency, a fourth clock time, a fourth variable Variable time length, a fourth variable brightness, a fourth variable light intensity, a fourth variable volume, a fourth variable data flow, a fourth variable amplitude, a fourth variable spatial position, a fourth variable A fourth variable displacement, a fourth variable sequence position, a fourth variable angle, a fourth variable space length, a fourth variable distance, a fourth variable translation velocity, a fourth variable angular velocity , one of a fourth variable acceleration, a fourth variable force, a fourth variable pressure, and a fourth variable mechanical power.

In some embodiments, the physical parameter application range RC1EL is one of a relatively high physical parameter range and a relatively low physical parameter range; and the specific physical parameter range RC1E4 is the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range Another of the parameter ranges. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the fourth variable voltage, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high voltage range and a relatively low voltage range, respectively. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the second variable current, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high current range and a relatively low current range, respectively. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the fourth variable resistor, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high resistance range and a relatively low resistance range, respectively.

Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the fourth variable spatial position, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high position range and a relatively low position range, respectively. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the fourth variable pressure, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high pressure range and a relatively low pressure range, respectively. in this variable physical parameter Under the condition that QP1A is the fourth variable length, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high length range and a relatively low length range, respectively. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the fourth variable angular velocity, the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range are a relatively high angular velocity range and a relatively low angular velocity range, respectively.

For example, the physical parameter application range RC1EL is one of a relatively high physical parameter range and a relatively low physical parameter range; and the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 is one of the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range another. For example, the physical parameter application range RC1EL is one of a relatively high physical parameter range and a relatively low physical parameter range; and the specific physical parameter range RC1E7 is one of the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range another. For example, the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2 is one of a relatively high physical parameter range and a relatively low physical parameter range; and the physical parameter candidate range RC1E3 is one of the relatively high physical parameter range and the relatively low physical parameter range another.

In some embodiments, the variable physical parameter QP1A is in a first reference state under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is within the physical parameter application range RC1EL. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is within the specific physical parameter range RC1E4, the variable physical parameter QP1A is in a second reference state. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is within the physical parameter candidate range RC1E2, the variable physical parameter QP1A is in a third reference state. the variable physical parameter QP1A is within the specific physical parameter range RC1E7 condition, the variable physical parameter QP1A is in a fourth reference state. The first reference state is the same as or different from the second reference state. The second reference state is different from the third reference state. The first reference state is different from the fourth reference state.

For example, the measurement value application range code EH1L is a measurement value reference range number. The measured value application range RM1L is arranged in the nominal measured value range RC1N based on the measured value application range code EH1L. The measurement value candidate range code EH12 is a measurement value reference range number. The measured value candidate range RM12 is arranged in the nominal measured value range RC1N based on the measured value candidate range code EH12. The measurement value specifying range code EL1T is a measurement value reference range number. The measured value designation range RQ1T is arranged in the nominal measured value range HR1N based on the measured value designation range code EL1T. The measurement value target range code EM1T is a measurement value reference range number. The measured value target range RN1T is arranged in the nominal measured value range RD1N based on the measured value target range code EM1T.

For example, the variable physical parameter QP1A is the second variable voltage. The physical parameter application range RC1EL, the specific physical parameter range RC1E4 and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 are a first voltage reference range, a second voltage reference range and a third voltage reference range, respectively. For example, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the second variable displacement, the physical parameter application range RC1EL, the specific physical parameter range RC1E4 and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2 are respectively a first displacement reference range, a A second displacement reference range and a third displacement reference range. For example, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the second clock time, the physical parameter application range RC1EL, the specific physical parameter range RC1E4 and The physical parameter candidate ranges RD1E2 are respectively a first clock time reference range, a second clock time reference range and a third clock time reference range.

For example, the operation unit 297 includes a communication interface unit 246 coupled to the processing unit 230 . The processing unit 230 is coupled to the network 410 through the communication interface unit 246 . For example, the communication interface unit 246 is controlled by the processing unit 230 and includes the transmitting component 450 coupled to the processing unit 230 and the receiving component 2701 coupled to the processing unit 230 . The processing unit 230 is coupled to the server 280 through the communication interface unit 246 and the network 410 , and enables the communication interface unit 246 to transmit the control to the communication interface unit 386 via the network 410 by wire or wirelessly Any one of the signal SC81, the control signal SC82, the control signal SC83, the control signal SC88 and the control signal SC97. For example, the network 410 is one of a wired network and a wireless network. The communication interface unit 246 is linked to the communication interface unit 386 through the actual link LK8A.

See Figure 53, Figure 54, and Figure 55. FIG. 53 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9062 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 54 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9063 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 55 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9064 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . As shown in FIGS. 53 , 54 and 55 , each structure of the implementation structure 9062 , the implementation structure 9063 and the implementation structure 9064 includes the control device 212 , the functional device 130 and the server 280 . The control device 212 is linked to the server 280 . The control device 212 is used to control the variable physical parameter QU1A existing in the functional device 130 , and includes the operation unit 297 and the sensing unit 260 . the operation The unit 297 includes the processing unit 230 , the receiving unit 270 coupled to the processing unit 230 , the input unit 440 coupled to the processing unit 230 and the transmitting unit 240 , and is coupled to the server 280 .

In some embodiments, the measurement application function FB81 is associated with the memory cell 25Y1. The memory unit 25Y1 stores the control data code CK8T. The control data code CK8T is one of a control information code CM82, a control information code CM83, a control information code CM84 and a control information code CM85. The control message CG81 is one of a control data message CN82, a control data message CN83, a control data message CN84 and a control data message CN85.

Under the condition that the control data code CK8T is the control information code CM82, the control signal SC81 is a command signal SW82 that transmits the control data message CN82. Both the control information code CM82 and the control data message CN82 include the measured value target range code EM1T. The control signal SC81 serves to indicate the measured value target range RN1T by delivering the measured value target range code EM1T, and is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter represented by the measured value target range RN1T Target range RD1ET.

Under the condition that the control data code CK8T is the control information code CM83, the control signal SC81 is a command signal SW83 that transmits the control data message CN83. Both the control information code CM83 and the control data message CN83 include the target range limit value pair DN1T, the rated range limit value pair DD1A and the control code CC1T. For example, both the control information code CM83 and the control data message CN83 further include the measurement value target range code EM1T. The control signal SC81 transmits the target range boundary by Limits serve to indicate to DN1T the target range of measurements RN1T, and are used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the target range of physical parameters RD1ET represented by the target range of measurements RN1T.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the control data code CK8T is the control information code CM84, the control signal SC81 is a command signal SW84 that transmits the control data message CN84. Both the control information code CM84 and the control data message CN84 contain the specified range limit value pair DQ1T. The control signal SC81 serves to indicate at least one of the measurement value designation range RQ1T and the clock time designation interval HR1ET by sending the designation range limit value pair DQ1T.

The functional device 130 stores the physical parameter target range code UQ1T. Under the condition that the control data code CK8T is the control information code CM85, the control signal SC81 is a command signal SW85 that transmits the control data message CN85. Both the control information code CM85 and the control data message CN85 include the measurement value specifying range code EL1T, the clock reference time value NR81 and the measurement time length value VH8T. The specified range limit value pair DQ1T contains the clock reference time value NR81. The measurement value designation range code EL1T is preset. The control signal SC81 enables the calculation of the specified range limit value pair DQ1T by delivering the measurement time length value VH8T and is used to cause the variable physical parameter QP1A to be within the physical parameter target range RD1EU within the clock time application interval HR1EU .

Under the condition that the physical parameter target range code UQ1T is equal to the preset measurement value target range code EM1T, the control signal SC81 serves to indicate the measurement value target by sending the preset measurement value specifying range code EL1T scope of the role of RN1T and used to cause this variable The physical parameter QU1A is in the physical parameter target range RD1ET represented by the measurement value target range RN1T within the clock time designation interval HR1ET.

In some embodiments, the operation unit 397 includes the timer 342 . The timer 342 is used to measure the clock time TH1A and is configured to comply with the timer specification FT21. The variable physical parameter QU1A is related to the clock time TH1A. The clock time TH1A is characterized based on a clock reference time TR81. For example, the clock reference time TR81 is equal to the start limit time HR1ET1. The trigger event EQ81 occurs at a trigger time TT81. The trigger time TT81 is a current time. The clock reference time value NR81 is preset in the specified measurement value format HH95 based on the clock reference time TR81 and the timer specification FT21. A time difference between the clock reference time TR81 and the trigger time TT81 is within a predetermined time length. Both the timer specification FT81 and the timer specification FT21 are preset. For example, the specified measurement value format HH95 is characterized based on the specified number of bits UY95.

The clock time TH1A is characterized based on the clock time designation interval HR1ET. The clock time designation interval HR1ET includes the clock reference time TR81 and is represented by the measurement value designation range RQ1T. The measurement value specification range RQ1T is preset with the specified measurement value format HH95 based on the timer specification FT21. The measurement value designation range code EL1T is configured to indicate the clock time designation interval HR1ET, and is preset based on the measurement application functional specification GBL8. The physical parameter target range code UQ1T represents the physical parameter target range RD1ET in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is expected to be within the clock time specified interval HR1ET. Should The physical parameter target range RD1ET is selected from the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, . . .

In some embodiments, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the same as the clock time TH1A, the sensing unit 260 senses the clock time TH1A to generate the sensing signal SM81 and acts as a timer. For example, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is the same as the clock time TH1A, the measurement value application range code EH1L is the same as the measurement value designation range code EL1T. The processing unit 230 performs the profile determination AE8A in response to the trigger event EQ81 to determine the measurement value application range code EH1L that is the same as the measurement value designation range code EL1T.

For example, under the condition that the processing unit 230 determines the physical parameter application range RC1EL that the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in, the processing unit 230 executes the data acquisition AG8A using the determined measurement value application range code EH1L to obtain The control application code UA8T is the same as the control data code CK8T. Under the condition that the obtained control data code CK8T includes the preset clock reference time value NR81, the preset measurement time length value VH8T and the preset measurement value specified range code EL1T, the processing unit 230 causes the transmission unit 240 to perform the signal generation operation BS81 based on the obtained control data code CK8T to generate the transmission of the obtained clock reference time value NR81, the obtained measurement time length value VH8T and the obtained measurement The value specifies the control signal SC81 of the range code EL1T.

For example, the physical parameter control function specification GBL8 includes a clock time representation GB8TR. The clock time representation GB8TR is used to represent the clock reference time TR81. The clock reference time value NR81 is based on the time The clock time representation GB8TR, the timer specification FT21 and a data encoding operation ZR8TR for converting the clock time representation GB8TR are preset with the specified measurement value format HH95. For example, the clock time for GB8TR is the same as the clock time for GA8TR.

In some embodiments, the memory cell 25Y1 stores a control data code CK8V. The control data code CK8V includes the timing operation mode code CP11, the physical parameter target range code UN1V, the measurement time length value CL8V, and the control code CC1V. Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is within the physical parameter target range RD1EU within the clock time application interval HR1EU based on the control signal SC81, the processing unit 230 responds to a trigger event EQ88 to access the control data code CK8V In order to obtain the control data code CK8V, and based on the accessed control data code CK8V, the transmitting unit 240 transmits the control signal SC88 to the receiving unit 337 . The control signal SC88 transmits the control message CG88.

For example, the operation unit 297 includes a trigger application unit 288 coupled to the processing unit 230 . The trigger event EQ88 is related to the trigger application unit 288 and is one of a trigger action event, a user input event, a signal input event, a state change event and an identification medium occurrence event. The trigger application unit 288 generates an operation request signal SX88 in response to the trigger event EQ88, provides the operation request signal SX88 to the processing unit 230, and thereby enables the processing unit 230 to receive the operation request signal SX88. The processing unit 230 accesses the control data code CK8V in response to the operation request signal SX88 to obtain the control data code CK8V. For example, the trigger application unit 288 is the reader 220, the receiving unit 270, the input unit 440, the display unit 460 and the sensing unit One of 260 yuan. For example, the trigger application unit 28H related to the trigger event EQ8H is one of the reader 220 , the receiving unit 270 , the input unit 440 , the display unit 460 and the sensing unit 260 .

For example, the trigger application unit 288 includes the user interface area AP11 having the electrical application target WJ11, receives a first user input operation using the electrical application target WJ11 to cause the trigger event EQ88 to occur, and responds to the first user input operation The user inputs an operation (or the trigger event EQ88 ) to provide the operation request signal SX88 to the processing unit 230 . For example, the trigger application unit 28H includes the user interface area AP11 having the electrical application target WJ11, receives a second user input operation using the electrical application target WJ11 to cause the trigger event EQ8H to occur, and responds to the second user input operation The user inputs an operation (or the trigger event EQ8H) to provide the operation request signal SX8H to the processing unit 230 .

For example, the operation unit 397 includes the timer 342 . The timer 342 is used to measure the variable time length LF8A and is configured to comply with the timer specification FT21. Both the control data code CK8V and the control message CG88 include the measurement time length value CL8V. The processing unit 230 sets the time length value CL8V in a specified measurement value format HH91 based on the reference time length LJ8V and the timer specification FT21, and causes the transmission unit 240 to execute a signal based on the obtained control data code CK8V Generate operation BS88 to generate the control signal SC88 delivering the measured time length value CL8V. For example, the specified measurement value format HH91 is characterized based on a specified number of bits UY91.

The measurement application functional specification GBL8 contains a time length representation GB8KV. The length of time that GB8KV is used to represent this reference Time length LJ8V. For example, the measurement duration value CL8V is preset with the specified measurement value format HH91 based on the duration representation GB8KV, the timer specification FT21 and a data encoding operation ZR8KV for converting the duration representation GB8KV. The storage unit 250 stores the control data code CK8V including the time length value CL8V. The processing unit 230 is configured to obtain the control data code CK8V from the storage unit 250 . For example, the length of time representing GB8KV is the same as the length of time representing GA8KV.

In some embodiments, the functional device 130 includes the storage unit 332 coupled to the operating unit 397 . The storage unit 332 has a memory location YM8T and a memory location YX8T different from the memory location YM8T. For example, the memory location YM8T is identified based on a memory address AM8T. The memory location YX8T is identified based on a memory address AX8T. Both the memory address AM8T and the memory address AX8T are preset based on the preset measurement value target range code EM1T.

Before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 relies on the user interface area AP11 to obtain an input data DJ81 from the input unit 440, and performs a data encoding operation EJ81 on the input data DJ81 to determine the preset target The range limit value pair DN1T is configured to obtain the preset measurement value target range code EM1T, and to obtain the memory address AM8T based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T. For example, before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the input unit 440 receives a user input operation JV81 for operating the user interface area AP11, and provides the input data DJ81 to the processing unit in response to the user input operation JV81 230.

Before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 causes the transmission unit 240 to provide a write request message WN8T to the operation unit 397 based on the determined target range limit pair DN1T and the acquired memory address AM8T . The write request message WN8T includes the determined target range limit value pair DN1T and the acquired memory address AM8T. The operation unit 397 causes the storage unit 332 to store the target range limit pair DN1T in the memory location YM8T in response to the write request message WN8T.

In some embodiments, before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 relies on the user interface area AP11 to obtain an input data DJ82 from the input unit 440, and performs a data encoding operation EJ82 on the input data DJ82 to determine The preset control code CC1T is used to obtain the memory address AX8T based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T. For example, before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the input unit 440 receives a user input operation JV82 for operating the user interface area AP11, and provides the input data DJ82 to the processing unit in response to the user input operation JV82 230.

Before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 causes the transmission unit 240 to provide the write request message WC8T to the operation unit 397 based on the determined control code CC1T and the acquired memory address AX8T. The write request message WC8T includes the determined control code CC1T and the acquired memory address AX8T. The operation unit 397 causes the storage unit 332 to store the control code CC1T in the memory location YX8T in response to the write request message WC8T.

The storage unit 332 further has a memory location YN81. For example, the memory location YN81 is identified based on a memory address AN81. The memory address AN81 is preset. Before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 relies on the user interface area AP11 to obtain an input data DJ83 from the input unit 440, and performs a data encoding operation EJ83 on the input data DJ83 to determine the preset rating The range limit value is paired with DD1A, and is configured to obtain the preset memory address AN81. For example, before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the input unit 440 receives a user input operation JV83 for operating the user interface area AP11, and provides the input data DJ83 to the processing unit in response to the user input operation JV83 230.

Before the trigger event EQ81 occurs, the processing unit 230 causes the transmission unit 240 to provide the write request message WD81 to the operation unit 397 based on the determined pair of rated range limit values DD1A and the acquired memory address AN81 . The write request message WD81 includes the determined nominal range limit value pair DD1A and the acquired memory address AN81. The operation unit 397 causes the storage unit 332 to store the nominal range limit pair DD1A in the memory location YN81 in response to the write request message WD81.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the control device 212 is the mobile device, the control signal SC81 and the control response signal SE81 are respectively two radio signals. Under the condition that the control device 212 is the remote controller, the control signal SC81 and the control response signal SE81 are two optical signals respectively. The communication interface unit 246 is configured to communicate with the communication interface unit 386 by wire or wirelessly. The processing unit 331 is coupled to the server 280 through the communication interface unit 386 and the network 410, and enables the communication The interface unit 386 transmits the control response signal SE81 to the communication interface unit 246 by wire or wirelessly through the network 410 .

For example, the actual link LK8A is one of a wired link and a wireless link. The communication interface unit 246 is one of a wired communication interface unit and a wireless communication interface unit. The communication interface unit 386 receives any one of the control signal SC81 , the control signal SC82 , the control signal SC83 , the control signal SC88 and the control signal SC97 by wire or wirelessly from the communication interface unit 246 through the actual link LK8A signal. There is an actual link LK9A between the communication interface unit 246 and the communication interface unit 386 . The communication interface unit 246 receives the control response signal SE81 wired or wirelessly from the communication interface unit 386 through the actual link LK9A; for example, the actual link LK9A is one of a wired link and a wireless link LK91. For example, the processing unit 331 enables the communication interface unit 386 to transmit the control response signal SE81 to the communication interface unit 246 through the actual link LK9A.

Under the condition that the communication interface unit 246 and the communication interface unit 386 are respectively two wireless communication interface units, the communication interface unit 246 is configured to communicate with the communication interface unit 386 wirelessly. For example, the network 410 is a wireless network. The processing unit 230 enables the communication interface unit 246 to transmit any one of the control signal SC81 , the control signal SC82 , the control signal SC83 , the control signal SC88 and the control signal SC97 to the communication interface unit 386 through the wireless network signal. The processing unit 331 enables the communication interface unit 386 to transmit the control response signal SE81 to the communication interface unit 246 through the wireless network.

See Figure 56, Figure 57, Figure 58, and Figure 59. Figure 56 It is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9065 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 57 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9066 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 58 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9067 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . FIG. 59 is a schematic diagram illustrating an implementation structure 9068 of the control system 901 shown in FIG. 1 . As shown in FIGS. 56 , 57 , 58 and 59 , each of the implementation structure 9065 , the implementation structure 9066 , the implementation structure 9067 and the implementation structure 9068 includes the control device 212 , the functional device 130 and the implementation structure 9068 . Server 280. The control device 212 is linked to the server 280 . The control device 212 is used for controlling the variable physical parameter QU1A existing in the functional device 130 by means of the trigger event EQ81 , and includes the operation unit 297 and the sensing unit 260 . The operation unit 297 includes the processing unit 230 , the receiving unit 270 , the input unit 440 and the transmission unit 240 . The processing unit 230 is coupled to the server 280 .

In some embodiments, the functional device 130 includes the operation unit 397 , the physical parameter application unit 335 , the sensing unit 334 , a physical parameter application unit 735 and a multiplexer 363 . The operation unit 397 has an output terminal 338P and an output terminal 338Q. The output end 338P and the output end 338Q are located at different spatial positions, respectively. The physical parameter applying unit 335 , the sensing unit 334 , the physical parameter applying unit 735 and the multiplexer 363 are all coupled to the operating unit 397 . The output terminal 338P is coupled to the physical parameter application unit 335 . The physical parameter applying unit 735 includes a physical parameter forming area AU21 and is coupled to the output terminal 338Q. The physical parameter forming area AU21 has a variable physical parameter QU2A. For example, the physical parameter application unit 735 is a physically realizable functional unit, and has similar A functional structure of the physical parameter application unit 335 .

The sensing unit 334 is used for sensing one of the complex actual physical parameters through the multiplexer 363 . The complex actual physical parameter includes the variable physical parameter QU1A and the variable physical parameter QU2A. The control device 212 is used to control the variable physical parameter QU2A. The multiplexer 363 has an input terminal 3631, an input terminal 3632, a control terminal 363C and an output terminal 363P.

The control terminal 363C is coupled to the operation unit 397 . The input terminal 3631 is coupled to the physical parameter forming area AU11. The input terminal 3632 is coupled to the physical parameter forming area AU21. The output terminal 363P is coupled to the sensing unit 334 . For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A and the variable physical parameter QU2A are a fifth variable electrical parameter and a sixth variable electrical parameter, respectively. For example, the fifth variable electrical parameter and the sixth variable electrical parameter are a fifth variable voltage and a sixth variable voltage, respectively. There is a first functional relationship between the input end 3631 and the output end 363P. The first functional relationship is equal to one of a first on relationship and a first off relationship.

There is a second functional relationship between the input end 3632 and the output end 363P. The second functional relationship is equal to one of a second on relationship and a second off relationship. Under the condition that the first functional relationship is equal to the first conduction relationship, the sensing unit 334 is configured to sense the variable physical parameter QU1A through the output terminal 363P and the input terminal 3631, and use the output terminal 363P and the input terminal 3631 to sense the variable physical parameter QU1A. The input terminal 3631 is coupled to the physical parameter forming area AU11. Under the condition that the second functional relationship is equal to the second conduction relationship, the sensing unit 334 is used to sense the variable physical parameter QU2A through the output terminal 363P and the input terminal 3632, and use the output terminal 363P to sense the variable physical parameter QU2A. and the input terminal 3632 are coupled to the physical parameter forming area AU21. For example, the multiplexer 363 is controlled by the operation unit 397 and is a one-to-one multiplexer.

In some embodiments, one of the control device 212 and the application environment EX81 has a physical parameter forming area AT21. The physical parameter forming area AT21 has a variable physical parameter QP2A. The control device 212 further includes a multiplexer 263 coupled to the processing unit 230 . The multiplexer 263 has an input terminal 2631, an input terminal 2632, a control terminal 263C and an output terminal 263P. The control terminal 263C is coupled to the processing unit 230 .

The input terminal 2631 is coupled to the physical parameter forming area AT11. The input terminal 2632 is coupled to the physical parameter forming area AT21. The output terminal 263P is coupled to the sensing unit 260 . For example, the variable physical parameter QP1A and the variable physical parameter QP2A are a seventh variable electrical parameter and an eighth variable electrical parameter, respectively. For example, the seventh variable electrical parameter and the eighth variable electrical parameter are a seventh variable voltage and an eighth variable voltage, respectively. There is a third functional relationship between the input terminal 2631 and the output terminal 263P. The third functional relationship is equal to one of a third on relationship and a third off relationship.

There is a fourth functional relationship between the input end 2632 and the output end 263P. The fourth functional relationship is equal to one of a fourth on relationship and a fourth off relationship. Under the condition that the third functional relationship is equal to the third conduction relationship, the sensing unit 260 is configured to sense the variable physical parameter QP1A through the output terminal 263P and the input terminal 2631, and use the output terminal 263P and the input terminal 2631 to sense the variable physical parameter QP1A. The input terminal 2631 is coupled to the physical parameter forming area AT11.

Under the condition that the fourth functional relationship is equal to the fourth conduction relationship, the sensing unit 260 is configured to sense the variable physical parameter QP2A through the output terminal 263P and the input terminal 2632, and use the output terminal 263P and the input terminal 2632 to sense the variable physical parameter QP2A. The input terminal 2632 is coupled to the physical parameter forming area AT21. For example, the multiplexer 263 is controlled by the processing unit 230 and is a one-to-one multiplexer. For example, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A through the multiplexer 263 at an operation time TB81, and senses the variable physical parameter QP1A through the multiplexer 263 at an operation time TB82 different from the operation time TB81 The variable physical parameter QP2A.

In some embodiments, the physical parameter application unit 335 is identified by an application unit identifier HA2T. The physical parameter application unit 735 is identified by an application unit identifier HA22. The physical parameter application unit 335 and the physical parameter application unit 735 are located at different spatial positions, and are both coupled to the operation unit 397 . Both the application unit identifier HA2T and the application unit identifier HA22 are preset based on the measurement application function specification GBL8. In order to control the physical parameter application unit 335, the control signal SC81 further conveys the application unit identifier HA2T. The operating unit 397 receives the control signal SC81 from the control device 212 . The operation unit 397 selects the physical parameter application unit 335 for control in response to the control signal SC81. For example, the application unit identifier HA2T is configured to indicate the output 338P and is a first functional unit number. The application unit identifier HA22 is configured to indicate the output 338Q and is a second functional unit number.

The control device 212 further includes an electrical usage target 285 coupled to the processing unit 230 , and an electrical usage target 285 coupled to the processing unit 230 A power usage target 286. The electricity usage target 285 is identified by an electricity usage target identifier HZ2T, and is an electricity usage unit. The electricity usage target 286 is identified by an electricity usage target identifier HZ22 and is an electricity usage unit. The electrical usage target identifier HZ2T and the electrical usage target identifier HZ22 are both preset based on the measurement application functional specification GBL8. Under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 occurs depending on the electrical usage target 285, the processing unit 230 selects the physical parameter application unit 335 for control in response to the trigger event EQ81. Under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 occurs depending on the electrical usage target 286, the processing unit 230 selects the physical parameter application unit 735 for control in response to the trigger event EQ81.

In some embodiments, the storage unit 250 has a memory location XC9T and a memory location XC92, the application unit identifier HA2T is stored in the memory location XC9T, and the application unit identifier is stored in the memory location XC92 HA22. The memory location XC9T is identified by or based on a memory address EC9T. The memory address EC9T is preset based on the electrical usage target identifier HZ2T; thereby, the electrical usage target 285 is associated with the application unit identifier HA2T. For example, there is a mathematical relationship KK91 between the electrical usage target identifier HZ2T and the application unit identifier HA2T; thereby, the electrical usage target 285 is related to the application unit identifier HA2T.

The memory location XC92 is identified by or based on a memory address EC92. The memory address EC92 is preset based on the electrical usage target identifier HZ22; thereby, the electrical usage target 286 is associated with the application unit identifier HA22. For example, the electrical use target identifier HZ22 and the application unit identifier HA22 There is a mathematical relationship KK92; whereby the electrical usage target 286 is related to the application unit identifier HA22.

In some embodiments, the trigger event EQ81 occurs depending on the power usage target 285 and causes the processing unit 230 to receive an operation request signal SZ91. Under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 occurs depending on the electricity usage target 285, the processing unit 230 responds to the operation request signal SZ91 to obtain the measurement value VM81 and the electricity usage target identifier HZ2T, and based on the obtained electricity usage The target identifier HZ2T is used to obtain the application unit identifier HA2T. The processing unit 230 causes the transmission unit 240 to transmit at least one of the control signal SC81 , the control signal SC82 and the control signal SC83 to the operation unit 397 based on the obtained application unit identifier HA2T.

For example, the trigger event EQ81 is a user input event in which the input unit 440 receives a user input operation JU91. The input unit 440 generates the operation request signal SZ91 in response to the trigger event EQ81 which is the user input event, provides the operation request signal SZ91 to the processing unit 230, and thereby causes the processing unit 230 to receive the operation request signal SZ91 . Under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 occurs by means of the electricity usage target 285 , the input unit 440 supplies the operation request signal SZ91 to the processing unit 230 by means of the electricity usage target 285 . The processing unit 230 provides a control signal SV81 to the control terminal 263C in response to the operation request signal SZ91. For example, the control signal SV81 is a selection control signal, and plays the role of instructing the input terminal 2631 . The multiplexer 263 causes the third functional relationship between the input terminal 2631 and the output terminal 263P to be equal to the third conduction relationship in response to the control signal SV81.

Under the condition that the third functional relationship is equal to the third conduction relationship, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP1A to generate the sensing signal SM81. The processing unit 230 receives the sensing signal SM81 from the sensing unit 260, and obtains the measurement value VM81 in the specified measurement value format HQ81 based on the received sensing signal SM81. For example, the electricity usage target 285 and the electricity usage target 286 are configured to correspond to the physical parameter application unit 335 and the physical parameter application unit 735 , both coupled to the processing unit 230 and located at different spatial positions, respectively.

In some embodiments, the input unit 440 receives the user input operation JU91 for selecting the electricity usage target 285 to cause the trigger event EQ81 to occur. The input unit 440 generates the operation request signal SZ91 in response to the user inputting the operation JU91. The processing unit 230 receives the operation request signal SZ91, uses the sensing signal SM81 to obtain the measurement value VM81 in response to the operation request signal SZ91, and executes a data acquisition AF9C in response to the operation request signal SZ91 to obtain the electricity usage target Identifier HZ2T. For example, the storage unit 250 includes the storage space SS11. The storage space SS11 has the preset rated range limit value pair DC1A, the variable physical parameter range code UM8A, the electrical usage target identifier HZ2T, the electrical usage target identifier HZ22 and the application unit identifier HA2T.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 230 is configured to obtain the memory address EC9T based on the obtained electrical usage target identifier HZ2T, and to access the memory address stored in the memory based on the obtained memory address EC9T The application unit identifier HA2T of the body location XC9T to obtain the application unit identifier HA2T. In the processing unit 230 by checking the The mathematical relationship KA81 between the measured value VM81 and the measured value application range RM1L determines the condition of the physical parameter application range RC1EL that the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in, the processing unit 230 identifies based on the obtained application unit The symbol HA2T and the accessed control data code CK8T are used to execute the signal generation control GS81 to cause the transmission unit 240 to generate the control signal SC81 and cause the transmission unit 240 to transmit the control signal SC81 to the operation unit 397 .

For example, the control signal SC81 conveys the application unit identifier HA2T. For example, the control signal SC81 conveys the application unit identifier HA2T and the measurement value target range code EM1T. The operation unit 397 responds to the control signal SC81 to obtain the measured value target range code EM1T and the application unit identifier HA2T from the control signal SC81. In a third specific case, the operation unit 397 performs the signal generation operation BY81 using the output 338P based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the obtained application unit identifier HA2T to report to the physical The parameter application unit 335 transmits an operation signal SG81. The physical parameter application unit 335 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to be in the physical parameter target range RD1ET in response to the operation signal SG81.

In some embodiments, under the condition that the control signal SC81 conveys the application unit identifier HA2T and the measurement target range code EM1T, the operation unit 397 obtains the application unit identifier from the control signal SC81 in response to the control signal SC81 symbol HA2T and the measured value target range code EM1T, and based on the obtained application unit identifier HA2T, a control signal SD81 is provided to the control terminal 363C. For example, the control signal SD81 is a selection control signal, and plays the role of instructing the input terminal 3631 use. The multiplexer 363 causes the first functional relationship between the input end 3631 and the output end 363P to be equal to the first conduction relationship in response to the control signal SD81. Under the condition that the first functional relationship is equal to the first conduction relationship, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a sensing signal SN81.

The operating unit 397 receives the sensing signal SN81 from the sensing unit 334, and obtains a measurement value VN81 based on the received sensing signal SN81. In the third specific case, the operation unit 397 performs the operation using the output 338P based on the obtained measurement value VN81, the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T and the obtained application unit identifier HA2T The signal generation operation BY81 is used to transmit the operation signal SG81 to the physical parameter application unit 335 .

In some embodiments, the storage space SS11 further has a memory location PF9T. The storage unit 250 stores the preset electrical usage target identifier HZ2T in the memory location PF9T. The memory location PF9T is identified by or based on a memory address FF9T. The memory address FF9T is preset. The electrical usage target 285 is coupled to the memory location PF9T through the processing unit 230 . For example, the operation request signal SZ91 sends an input data DJ91.

The data acquisition AF9C is one of a data acquisition operation AF95 and a data acquisition operation AF96. The data acquisition operation AF95 uses the preset memory address PF2T to access the power usage target identifier HZ2T stored in the memory location PF9T to obtain the preset power usage target identifier HZ2T. The data acquisition operation AF96 processes the input data DJ91 based on a preset data export rule YU91 to obtain The preset target identifier HZ2T for the electricity is obtained.

In some embodiments, the input unit 440 causes the processing unit 230 to receive an operation request signal under the condition that a trigger event occurs when the input unit 440 receives a user input operation JU92 for selecting the electricity usage target 286 SZ92. The processing unit 230 obtains a measurement value VM91 and the electrical usage target identifier HZ22 in response to the operation request signal SZ92, and obtains the application unit identifier HA22 based on the obtained electrical usage target identifier HZ22. The processing unit 230 causes the transmission unit 240 to transmit a control signal SC97 to the operation unit 397 based on the obtained measurement value VM91 and the obtained application unit identifier HA22. The control signal SC97 is used to control the variable physical parameter QU2A and transmit the application unit identifier HA22.

For example, the input unit 440 generates the operation request signal SZ92 in response to the user input operation JU92 for selecting the electricity usage target 286, provides the operation request signal SZ92 to the processing unit 230, and thereby causes the processing unit 230 The operation request signal SZ92 is received. The processing unit 230 provides a control signal SV82 to the control terminal 263C in response to the operation request signal SZ92. For example, the control signal SV82 is a selection control signal, which plays the role of instructing the input terminal 2632, and is different from the control signal SV81. The multiplexer 263 causes the fourth functional relationship between the input terminal 2632 and the output terminal 263P to be equal to the fourth conduction relationship in response to the control signal SV82. Under the condition that the fourth functional relationship is equal to the fourth conduction relationship, the sensing unit 260 senses the variable physical parameter QP2A to generate a sensing signal SM91. The processing unit 230 receives the sensing signal SM91 from the sensing unit 260 and is based on the received sensing signal SM91 to obtain the measured value VM91.

In some embodiments, the operation unit 397 obtains the application unit identifier HA22 from the control signal SC97 in response to the control signal SC97, and provides a control signal SD82 to the control terminal based on the obtained application unit identifier HA22 363C. For example, the control signal SD82 is a selection control signal, and plays the role of instructing the input terminal 3632 . The multiplexer 363 causes the second functional relationship between the input end 3632 and the output end 363P to be equal to the second conduction relationship in response to the control signal SD82. Under the condition that the second functional relationship is equal to the second conduction relationship, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU2A to generate a sensing signal SN91.

The operating unit 397 receives the sensing signal SN91 from the sensing unit 334, and obtains a measurement value VN91 based on the received sensing signal SN91. The operation unit 397 performs a signal generation operation BY97 using the output terminal 338Q based on the obtained measurement value VN91 and the obtained application unit identifier HA22 to transmit an operation signal SG97 to the physical parameter application unit 735 . The operation signal SG97 is used to control the variable physical parameter QU2A.

For example, the user input operation JU81 is one of the user input operation JU91 and the user input operation JU92. The trigger event EQ81 is a user input event for the input unit 440 to receive the user input operation JU92 for selecting the electricity usage target 286 . Under the condition that the input unit 440 receives the user input operation JU91 using the electricity usage target 285 , the processing unit 230 causes the transmission unit 240 to transmit the control to the operation unit 397 in response to the user input operation JU91 Control signal SC81. Under the condition that the input unit 440 receives the user input operation JU92 using the electricity usage target 286 , the processing unit 230 causes the transmission unit 240 to transmit the control signal SC97 to the operation unit 397 in response to the user input operation JU92 .

In some embodiments, the user interface area AP11 has the electricity usage target 285 and the electricity usage target 286 . The user input operation JU91 is performed by the user 295 . The electrical usage target 285 is one of a third sensing target and a third display target. Under the condition that the electricity usage target 285 is the third sensing target, the input unit 440 includes the electricity usage target 285 . Under the condition that the electricity usage target 285 is the third display target, the display unit 460 includes the electricity usage target 285 . For example, the third sensing target is a third button target. The third display object is a third icon object.

The electrical usage target 286 is one of a fourth sensing target and a fourth display target. Under the condition that the electricity usage target 286 is the fourth sensing target, the input unit 440 includes the electricity usage target 286 . Under the condition that the electricity usage target 286 is the fourth display target, the display unit 460 includes the electricity usage target 286 . For example, the fourth sensing target is a fourth button target. The third display object is a fourth icon object. The operating unit 297 further includes a pointing device 441 . For example, the input unit 440 includes the pointing device 441 . For example, the input unit 440 is the pointing device 441 .

For example, under the condition that the electricity usage target 285 is configured to exist in the input unit 440, the electricity usage target 285 receives the user input operation JU91 to cause the input unit 440 to provide the operation request message number SZ91 to the processing unit 230. Under the condition that the electricity usage target 285 is configured to exist on the display unit 460, the pointing device 441 receives the user input operation JU91 for selecting the electricity usage target 285 to cause the pointing device 441 to provide the operation request signal SZ91 to the processing unit 230. For example, the user input operation JU91 is configured to select the electricity usage target 285 by means of the pointing device 441 and the selection tool YJ81. For example, the selection tool YJ81 is a cursor.

In some embodiments, the preset rated range limit value pair DC1A and the variable physical parameter range code UM8A are further stored in the storage space SS11 based on the preset application unit identifier HA2T. The processing unit 230 further uses the storage unit 250 to access any one of the preset nominal range limit pair DC1A and the variable physical parameter range code UM8A based on the application unit identifier HA2T.

The preset application range threshold pair DM1L, the preset control data code CK8T, and the preset candidate range threshold pair DM1B are further stored in the application unit identifier HA2T based on the preset application unit identifier HA2T. in the storage space SS11. The processing unit 230 further uses the memory unit 25Y1 to access the preset application range limit value pair DM1L, the preset control data code CK8T and the preset candidate based on the application unit identifier HA2T Range limit value to any of DM1B.

The preset application range limit value pair DM1L and the preset candidate range limit value pair DM1B are both configured to belong to a measurement range limit data code type TM81. The measurement range limit data code type TM81 is identified by a measurement range limit data code type identifier HM81. The measurement range limit data code type identifier HM81 is preset. The preset control data code CK8T is configured to belong to a control data code type TK81. The control data code type TK81 is identified by a control data code type identifier HK81. The control data code type identifier HK81 is preset.

For example, the memory address FM8L is preset based on the preset application unit identifier HA2T, the preset measurement value application range code EH1L, and the preset measurement range limit data code type identifier HM81. The processing unit 230 obtains the application unit identifier HA2T in response to the trigger event EQ81. The data acquisition operation AF81 obtains the memory address FM8L based on the obtained application unit identifier HA2T, the determined measurement value application range code EH1L, and the obtained measurement range limit data code type identifier HM81, and based on The obtained memory address FM8L is used to use the memory cell 25Y1 to access the preset pair of application range limit values DM1L stored in the memory location PM8L.

For example, the memory address FV8L is preset based on the preset application unit identifier HA2T, the preset measurement value application range code EH1L, and the preset control data code type identifier HK81. Under the condition that the processing unit 230 determines the physical parameter application range RC1EL to which the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently, the processing unit 230 applies the range code EH1L based on the obtained application unit identifier HA2T and the determined measurement value. and the obtained control data code type identifier HK81 to obtain the memory address FV8L, and based on the obtained memory address FV8L to use the memory cell 25Y1 to access the memory stored in the memory location PV8L Control data code CK8T.

See Figure 60. FIG. 60 is the control shown in FIG. 1 A schematic diagram of an implementation structure 9069 of the control system 901. As shown in FIG. 60 , the implementation structure 9069 includes the control device 212 , the function device 130 and the server 280 . The control device 212 is linked to the server 280 . The control device 212 is used for controlling the variable physical parameter QU1A existing in the functional device 130 by means of the trigger event EQ81 , and includes the operation unit 297 and the sensing unit 260 . The operation unit 297 includes the processing unit 230 , the receiving unit 270 , the input unit 440 and the transmission unit 240 . The processing unit 230 is coupled to the server 280 .

In some embodiments, the operation unit 297 includes a timer 545 coupled to the processing unit 230 , an electrical application target WJ11 coupled to the processing unit 230 , and a timer 546 coupled to the processing unit 230 . The timer 545 is used to measure the clock time TH1A and is configured to comply with a timer specification FW22. The timer 545 is controlled by the processing unit 230 to sense the clock time TH1A to generate a sensing signal SK91. For example, the sensing signal SK91 is a clock time signal. For example, the user interface area AP11 has the electrical application target WJ11. The electrical application object WJ11 is one of a fifth button object and a fifth icon object. The electrical application target WJ11 is an electrical application unit.

Under the condition that the sensing unit 260 is configured to be the same as the timer 545, the sensing signal SM81 is configured to be the same as the sensing signal SK91, and the sensor specification FQ11 is configured to be the same as the timer specification FW22, and the variable physical parameter QP1A is configured to be the same as the clock time TH1A. The memory unit 25Y1 stores the control data code CK8T which is the same as the control information code CM85. For example, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QP1A is configured to be the same as the clock time TH1A, the measurement The value application range code EH1L is the same as the measurement value designation range code EL1T. The timer specification FW22 is preset.

The trigger event EQ81 is the user input event in which the input unit 440 receives the user input operation JU81. The user input operation JU81 is used to select the electrical application target WJ11. The input unit 440 generates the operation request signal SZ81 in response to the trigger event EQ81, provides the operation request signal SZ81 to the processing unit 230, and thereby enables the processing unit 230 to receive the operation request signal SZ81. Under the condition that the user input event occurs, the processing unit 230 uses the sensing signal SK91 to obtain the measurement value VM81 in response to the operation request signal SZ81. For example, the sensing signal SK91, which is the clock time signal, delivers a measurement value NP91 in a specified measurement value format HQ92. For example, the measurement value NP91 is a specific count value. The specified measurement value format HQ92 is characterized based on a specified number of bits UX92 and is a specified count value format.

In some embodiments, the trigger application unit 281 generates the operation request signal SX81 in response to the trigger event EQ81, provides the operation request signal SX81 to the processing unit 230, and thereby causes the processing unit 230 to receive the operation request signal SX81 . The processing unit 230 obtains the control application code UA8T in response to the operation request signal SX81, and based on the obtained control application code UA8T, enables the transmission unit 240 to transmit the control signal SC81 for conveying the control message CG81 to the functional device 130 . For example, the control application code UA8T contains or the control data code CK8T.

The trigger application unit 281 is one of the state change detector 475 , the reader 220 , the receiving unit 270 , the input unit 440 , the display unit 460 , the sensing unit 260 and the timer 546 one. The trigger event EQ81 is one of a trigger action event, a user input event, a signal input event, a state change event, an identification medium occurrence event and an integer overflow event. Under the condition that the trigger event EQ81 is the integer overflow event, the timer 546 of the trigger application unit 281 causes the integer overflow event to occur in response to a time control GE81 related to the processing unit 230 . For example, the processing unit 230 is configured to execute the time control GE81 for controlling the timer 546 . The timer 546 forms the integer overflow event in response to the time control GE81.

The processing unit 230 uses the sensing signal SK91 to obtain the measurement value VM81 equal to the measurement value NP91. The processing unit 230 performs the profile determination AE8A in response to the trigger event EQ81 to determine the measurement value application range code EH1L that is the same as the measurement value designation range code EL1T. Under the condition that the processing unit 230 determines the physical parameter application range RC1EL that the variable physical parameter QP1A is currently in by examining the mathematical relationship KA81 between the measurement value VM81 and the measurement value application range RM1L, the processing unit 230 applies range code EH1L to obtain the control application code UA8T from the memory unit 25Y1, which is identical to the control information code CM85, based on the determined measurement value. For example, under the condition that the sensing unit 260 is configured to be the same as the timer 545, the specified measurement value format HQ81 is configured to be the same as the specified measurement value format HQ92.

For example, the control information code CM85 includes the preset measurement value specifying range code EL1T, the preset clock reference time value NR81 and the preset measurement time length value VH8T. The processing unit 230 executes the signal generation control GS81 for the measurement application function FB81 within the operation time TD81 based on the obtained control application code UA8T to induce The transmission unit 240 is caused to generate the control signal SC81 that transmits the control data message CN85. For example, the control data message CN85 includes the preset measurement value specifying range code EL1T, the preset clock reference time value NR81 and the preset measurement time length value VH8T. Under the condition that the physical parameter target range code UQ1T is equal to the preset measurement value target range code EM1T, the control signal SC81 transmits the preset measurement value designation range code EL1T to indicate the measurement value designation The role of at least one of the range RQ1T and this clock time designates the interval HR1ET.

In some embodiments, the input unit 440 includes the user interface area AP11 and the electrical application object WJ11 (or the fifth button object) disposed in the user interface area AP11. For example, the display unit 460 includes the user interface area AP11 and the electrical application object WJ11 (or the fifth icon object) disposed in the user interface area AP11. For example, the input unit 440 includes a touch screen 4401 . The touch screen 4401 includes the user interface area AP11 and the electrical application object WJ11 (or the fifth button object) disposed in the user interface area AP11, and receives the user input operation JU81.

For example, the electrical application target WJ11 of the touch screen 4401 receives the user input operation JU81. The touch screen 4401 is any one of the trigger application unit 281 , the trigger application unit 288 and the trigger application unit 28H. Under the condition that the touch screen 4401 is the trigger application unit 281, the touch screen 4401 generates the operation request signal SX81 in response to the user input operation JU81 (or the trigger event EQ81), and provides the operation request signal SX81 to the processing unit 230.

In some embodiments, the functional device 130 includes the operation The operating unit 397 , the functional unit 335 and the storage unit 332 . The timer 342 included in the operation unit 397 is used to measure the clock time TH1A and is configured to comply with the timer specification FT21. The variable physical parameter QU1A is related to the clock time TH1A. The clock time TH1A is characterized based on a clock time designation interval HR1ET. The clock time designation interval HR1ET is represented by a measurement value designation range RQ1T. The measurement value designation range code EL1T is configured to indicate the clock time designation interval HR1ET.

The storage unit 332 has a memory location YS8T, and stores the physical parameter target range code UQ1T in the memory location YS8T. The physical parameter target range code UQ1T represents a physical parameter target range RD1ET in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is expected to be within the clock time designation interval HR1ET, and is configured to be stored in the measured value designation range code EL1T based on the measured value. Memory location YS8T. The memory location YS8T is identified based on a memory address AS8T. The memory address AS8T is preset based on the measurement value designation range code EL1T. The physical parameter target range RD1ET is selected from the plurality of different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2, . . .

In some embodiments, when the operating unit 397 receives the control signal SC81, the physical parameter target range code UQ1T is equal to the preset measurement value target range code EM1T. The control signal SC81 transmits the preset measurement value specified range code EL1T. The operation unit 397 obtains the transmitted measurement value designation range code EL1T from the control signal SC81, obtains the memory address AS8T based on the obtained measurement value designation range code EL1T, and obtains the memory address AS8T based on the obtained measurement value designation range code EL1T to access the stored The physical parameter target range code UQ1T exists in the memory location YS8T to obtain the preset measurement value target range code EM1T.

The operation unit 397 performs the signal generation operation BY81 for the measurement application function FA81 based on the obtained measurement value target range code EM1T to transmit the operation signal SG81 to the physical parameter application unit 335 . The physical parameter application unit 335 causes the variable physical parameter QU1A to be in the physical parameter target range RD1ET in response to the operation signal SG81. The operation unit 397 obtains the supplied clock reference time value NR81 from the control signal SC81, causes the timer 342 to start within a start time TT82 based on the obtained clock reference time value NR81, and thereby causes the The timer 342 generates a sensing signal SY80 within the activation time TT82. The sensing signal SY80 is an initial time signal, and sends a measurement value NY80 in the specified measurement value format HH95. For example, the measurement value NY80 is configured to be the same as the clock reference time value NR81.

Please refer to FIG. 61 , which is a schematic diagram of a control system 801 in various embodiments of the present disclosure. The control system 801 includes a control target device 330 and a control device 210 for controlling the control target device 330 . The control target device 330 has a variable physical parameter QU1A. The variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on a physical parameter application range RD1EL represented by a measured value application range RN1L and a physical parameter target range RD1ET different from the physical parameter application range RD1EL. The control device 210 for controlling the variable physical parameter QU1A includes a sensing unit 334 and an operating unit 297 .

The sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a sensing signal SN11. The operating unit 297 is coupled to the sensing unit The element 334 obtains a measurement value VN11 in response to the sensing signal SN11 under the condition that a trigger event EQ81 occurs, and the operation unit 297 checks a mathematical value between the measurement value VN11 and the measurement value application range RN1L Output a control signal SC11 for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET under the condition of the physical parameter application range RD1EL in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located in relation to KV11.

See Figure 62. FIG. 62 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 8011 of the control system 801 shown in FIG. 61 . As shown in FIG. 62 , the implementation structure 8011 includes the control device 210 and the control target device 330 . The control target device 330 has a variable physical parameter QU1A. The variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on a physical parameter application range RD1EL represented by a measured value application range RN1L and a physical parameter target range RD1ET different from the physical parameter application range RD1EL. The control device 210 for controlling the variable physical parameter QU1A includes a sensing unit 334 and an operating unit 297 .

The sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a sensing signal SN11. The operating unit 297 is coupled to the sensing unit 334 and includes a touch screen 4401 . For example, the touch screen 4401 includes a button object WP11. When a trigger event EQ81 occurs, the operation unit 297 obtains a measurement value VN11 in response to the sensing signal SN11; for example, the trigger event EQ81 is when the operation unit 297 receives a user input operation using the button target WP11 JU81. For example, the control target device 330 is the same as or different from the functional device 130 . The control device 210 is the same as or different from the control device 212 .

Under the condition that the operation unit 297 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in by checking a mathematical relationship KV11 between the measurement value VN11 and the measurement value application range RN1L, the operation unit 297 transmits to the control target device 330 a control signal SC11 for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET. For example, the operation unit 297 generates an operation request signal SX81 in response to the user's input operation JU81, and uses the sensing signal SN11 to obtain the measurement value VN11 in response to the operation request signal SX81.

In some embodiments, the operation unit 297 includes a processing unit 230 , a transmission element 450 and the touch screen 4401 . Both the touch screen 4401 and the transmission element 450 are coupled to the processing unit 230 . The touch screen 4401 receives the user input operation JU81, and responds to the user input operation JU81 to provide the operation request signal SX81 to the processing unit 230, thereby enabling the processing unit 230 to receive the operation request signal SX81.

For example, the electrical application object WJ11 is the button object WP11 coupled to the processing unit 230 . The measured value application range RN1L has an application range limit value pair DN1L. The processing unit 230 uses the sensing signal SN11 to obtain the measurement value VN11 in response to the operation request signal SX81. The processing unit 230 obtains the application range limit value pair DN1L in response to the operation request signal SX81, and checks the mathematical relationship KV11 by comparing the measured value VN11 with the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L.

At the processing unit 230 by checking the mathematical relationship The processing unit 230 enables the transmission element 450 to transmit the control signal SC11 to the control target device 330 under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in the physical parameter application range RD1EL determined by the KV11 . The control signal SC11 is used by the control target device 330 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET from the physical parameter application range RD1EL.

See Figure 63. FIG. 63 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 8012 of the control system 801 shown in FIG. 61 . As shown in FIG. 63 , the implementation structure 8012 includes the control device 210 and the control target device 330 . The control target device 330 has a variable physical parameter QU1A. The variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on a physical parameter application range RD1EL represented by a measured value application range RN1L and a physical parameter target range RD1ET different from the physical parameter application range RD1EL. The control device 210 for controlling the variable physical parameter QU1A is one of a mobile device and a remote controller, and includes a processing unit 230 and a communication interface unit 246 . The communication interface unit 246 is coupled to the processing unit 230 .

The processing unit 230 is configured to enable the communication interface unit 246 to transmit an operation request signal SJ11 to the control target device 330 . For example, under the condition that the control target device 330 receives the operation request signal SJ11, the control target device 330 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a sensing signal SN11. The communication interface unit 246 receives an operation response signal SE21 including the sensing signal SN11 from the control target device 330 .

The processing unit 230 responds to the received sensing signal SN11 to obtain a measurement value VN11. Under the condition that the processing unit 230 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located by checking a mathematical relationship KV11 between the measurement value VN11 and the measurement value application range RN1L, the processing unit 230 causes the communication interface unit 246 to transmit a control signal SC11 to the control target device 330 . The control signal SC11 is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 230 is configured to control the communication interface unit 246 . The control target device 330 includes a processing unit 331, a sensing unit 334, a communication interface unit 386, and a physical parameter application unit 335 having the variable physical parameter QU1A. The sensing unit 334 , the communication interface unit 386 and the physical parameter application unit 335 are all coupled to the processing unit 331 . The processing unit 230 causes the communication interface unit 246 to transmit the operation request signal SJ11 to the communication interface unit 386 in response to a trigger event EQ81 .

When the control target device 330 receives the operation request signal SJ11, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate the sensing signal SN11. Under the condition that the communication interface unit 386 receives the operation request signal SJ11, the processing unit 331 receives the sensing signal SN11 from the sensing unit 334 within an operation time TX21. The processing unit 331 responds to the operation request signal SJ11 within the operation time TX21 to cause the communication interface unit 386 to transmit the operation including the sensing signal SN11 to the communication interface unit 246 based on the received sensing signal SN11 Response signal SE21.

The control device 210 further includes coupled to the process A display element 460 of unit 230 . The processing unit 230 causes the display element 460 to display a measurement information LY11 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A based on the obtained measurement value VN11. For example, the processing unit 230 obtains the measurement value VN11 using a specified measurement value format HH81. The processing unit 230 executes a signal generation control GS11 within an operation time TD11 based on the sensing signal SN11 to cause the communication interface unit 246 to transmit the control signal SC11 to the communication interface unit 386 . The processing unit 331 controls the physical parameter application unit 335 in response to the control signal SC11 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET from the physical parameter application range RD1EL.

In some embodiments, the processing unit 230 generates a control GS11 in response to the signal so that the communication interface unit 246 transmits an operation request signal SJ12 to the communication interface unit 386 . When the control target device 330 receives the operation request signal SJ12, the sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a sensing signal SN12. Under the condition that the communication interface unit 386 receives the operation request signal SJ12, the processing unit 331 receives the sensing signal SN12 from the sensing unit 334 within an operation time TX22 after the operation time TD11. The processing unit 331 responds to the operation request signal SJ12 within the operation time TX22 to cause the communication interface unit 386 to transmit an operation including the sensing signal SN12 to the communication interface unit 246 based on the received sensing signal SN12 Response signal SE22.

Under the condition that the communication interface unit 246 receives the sensing signal SN12 from the control device 210 within a specified time TG12 after the operation time TD11, the processing unit 230 responds to the sensing signal SN12 to use the specified measurement value Format HH81 obtains a measurement value VN12. the processing The unit 230 causes the display element 460 to display a measurement information LY12 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A based on the obtained measurement value VN12.

In some embodiments, the physical parameter target range RD1ET is represented by a measurement value target range RN1T. The processing unit 230 performs a verification operation ZU11 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A based on the obtained measurement value VN12 within the specified time TG12 after the operation time TD11. The verification operation ZU11 includes a check operation BV22 for checking a mathematical relationship KV22 between the obtained measurement value VN12 and the measurement value target range RN1T.

The control device 210 further includes a storage unit 250 coupled to the processing unit 230 . The processing unit 230 determines a physical parameter target range code UN1T representing the physical parameter target range RD1ET in response to one of the sensing signal SN11 and the operation response signal SE21. The storage unit 250 stores a variable physical parameter range code UN1A. Under the condition that the processing unit 230 determines a specific case of the physical parameter target range RD1ET into which the variable physical parameter QU1A enters based on the verification operation ZU11, the processing unit 230 uses the data storage control operation GU11 by executing a data storage control operation GU11. The storage unit 250 assigns the determined physical parameter target range code UN1T to the variable physical parameter range code UN1A.

For example, under the condition that the control device 212 is the mobile device, the processing unit 331 enables the communication interface unit 246 to transmit the operation request signal SJ11, the control signal SC81 and the communication interface unit 386 through a wireless link LK81 to the communication interface unit 386 Any signal of operation request signal SJ12. Under the condition that the control device 212 is the mobile device, the processing unit 331 enables the communication interface unit 386 to communicate with the communication interface unit 386 through a wireless link LK91 The communication interface unit 246 transmits any one of the operation response signal SE21 and the operation response signal SE22. For example, under the condition that the control device 212 is the remote controller, the operation request signal SJ11, the control signal SC81, the operation request signal SJ12, the operation response signal SE21 and the operation response signal SE22 are respectively a plurality of optical signals.

See Figure 64. FIG. 64 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 8013 of the control system 801 shown in FIG. 61 . As shown in FIG. 64 , the implementation structure 8013 includes the control device 210 and the control target device 330 . The control target device 330 has a variable physical parameter QU1A. The variable physical parameter QU1A is based on a physical parameter application range RD1EL represented by a measured value application range RN1L, a physical parameter target range RD1ET different from the physical parameter application range RD1EL, and a physical parameter target range RD1ET different from the physical parameter target range RD1ET A specific physical parameter range RD2E2 is characterized. The control device 210 for controlling the variable physical parameter QU1A includes a sensing unit 334 and an operating unit 297 .

The sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a sensing signal SN11. The operating unit 297 is coupled to the sensing unit 334 and includes a timer 539 . When a trigger event EQ81 occurs, the operation unit 297 obtains a measurement value VN11 in response to the sensing signal SN11. Under the condition that the operation unit 297 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in by checking a mathematical relationship KV11 between the measurement value VN11 and the measurement value application range RN1L, the operation unit 297 transmits a control signal SC11 to the control target device 330 . The control signal SC11 is used by the control target device 330 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to change from the physical parameter Use the range RD1EL to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

In some embodiments, the operation unit 297 causes the timer 539 to execute a The counting operation BC1T reaches a specific time TJ1T, and a control signal SC22 is generated within the specific time TJ1T. The control signal SC22 is used by the control target device 330 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target range RD1ET to enter the specific physical parameter range RD2E2.

The variable physical parameter QU1A is associated with a variable time length LF1A. The variable time length LF1A is characterized based on a reference time length LJ1T. The timer 539 is configured to conform to a timer specification FW11. The reference time length LJ1T is represented by a measured time length value CL1T. The measurement time length value CL1T is preset based on the timer specification FW11.

Under the condition that the operation unit 297 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL in which the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently located by checking the mathematical relationship KV11, the operation unit 297 obtains the measured time length value CL1T, and based on the obtained The measurement time length value CL1T causes the timer 539 to perform the counting operation BC1T to reach the specific time TJ1T.

The operation unit 297 further includes a processing unit 230 and a transmission component 450 . The sensing unit 334 , the timer 539 and the transmission element 450 are all coupled to the processing unit 230 . The processing unit 230 causes the timer 539 to perform the counting operation BC1T, and causes the transmission component 450 to The control target device 330 transmits any one of the control signal SC11 and the control signal SC22. For example, the specific physical parameter range RD2E2 is the physical parameter application range RD1EL.

See Figure 65. FIG. 65 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 8014 of the control system 801 shown in FIG. 61 . As shown in FIG. 65 , the implementation structure 8014 includes the control device 210 and the control target device 330 . The control target device 330 has a variable physical parameter QU1A. The variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on a physical parameter application range RD1EL represented by a measured value application range RN1L and a physical parameter target range RD1ET different from the physical parameter application range RD1EL. The control device 210 for controlling the variable physical parameter QU1A by means of an identification medium 310 includes a sensing unit 334 and an operating unit 297 .

The sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a sensing signal SN11. The operating unit 297 is coupled to the sensing unit 334 and includes a reader 220 for identifying the identification medium 310 by using the reader 220 . Under the condition that an identification medium occurrence event EQ8P related to the identification medium 310 occurs, the operation unit 297 obtains a measurement value VN11 in response to the sensing signal SN11. Under the condition that the operation unit 297 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in by checking a mathematical relationship KV11 between the measurement value VN11 and the measurement value application range RN1L, the operation unit 297 transmits to the control target device 330 a control signal SC11 for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

In some embodiments, the control target device 330 is disposed inside the control device 210 and outside the control device 210 one. Under the condition that the control target device 330 is located inside the control device 210 , the control device 210 includes the control target device 330 . The identification medium occurrence event EQ8P is a trigger event EQ81. The measured value application range RN1L has an application range limit value pair DN1L. For example, the operation unit 297 generates an operation request signal SX81 in response to the identification medium occurrence event EQ8P, and uses the sensing signal SN11 to obtain the measurement value VN11 in response to the operation request signal SX81.

The identification medium 310 records the application range limit value pair DN1L. The operation unit 297 responds to the identification medium occurrence event EQ8P to read the recorded application range limit value pair DN1L from the identification medium 310 to obtain the application range limit value pair DN1L, and by comparing the measured value VN11 with the read The mathematical relationship KV11 is checked by taking the application range limit value pair DN1L. For example, the operation unit 297 further includes a processing unit 230 and a transmission component 450 . The sensing unit 334 , the reader 220 and the transmission element 450 are all coupled to the processing unit 230 . The identification medium 310 further records a control data code CJ1T. The operation unit 297 reads the recorded control data code CJ1T from the identification medium 310 in response to the identification medium occurrence event EQ8P to obtain the control data code CJ1T, and generates the control signal based on the obtained control data code CJ1T SC11.

The reader 220 transmits the operation request signal SX81 to the processing unit 230 in response to the identification medium occurrence event EQ8P. The processing unit 230 uses the sensing signal SN11 in response to the operation request signal SX81 to obtain the measured value VN11, and in response to the operation request signal SX81 to obtain the recorded pair of application range limit values DN1L through the reader 220, and based on a check operation for checking the mathematical relation KV11 BV11 to enable the transmission component 450 to transmit the control signal SC11 to the control target device 330 .

See Figure 66. FIG. 66 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 8015 of the control system 801 shown in FIG. 61 . As shown in FIG. 65 , the implementation structure 8015 includes the control device 210 and the control target device 330 . The control target device 330 has a variable physical parameter QU1A. The variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on a physical parameter application range RD1EL represented by a measured value application range RN1L and a physical parameter target range RD1ET different from the physical parameter application range RD1EL. The control device 210 for controlling the variable physical parameter QU1A includes a limit switch 485 , a sensing unit 334 and an operating unit 297 .

The control target device 330 causes the limit switch 485 to generate a trigger signal SX8A by executing a specific function operation ZH81 related to the variable physical parameter QU1A. The sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a sensing signal SN11. The operating unit 297 is coupled to the sensing unit 334 and the limit switch 485, and uses the sensing signal SN11 in response to the trigger signal SX81 to obtain a measurement value VN11. Under the condition that the operation unit 297 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in by checking a mathematical relationship KV11 between the measurement value VN11 and the measurement value application range RN1L, the operation unit 297 transmits to the control target device 330 a control signal SC11 for causing the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

In some embodiments, the measurement value application range RN1L has an application range limit value pair DN1L. The specific function to operate the ZH81 is A space motion operation. The operation unit 297 receives the trigger signal SX8A, obtains the application range limit value pair DN1L in response to the trigger signal SX8A, and checks the mathematical relationship KV11 by comparing the measured value VN11 with the obtained application range limit value pair DN1L . For example, the variable physical parameter QU1A is a variable electrical parameter. Before the control target device 330 executes the specific function operation ZH81, the control target device 330 receives a control signal SC10 from the control device 210, and performs the specific function operation ZH81 in response to the control signal SC10. For example, the limit switch 485 is coupled to the control target device 330 and is a state change detector 475 .

For example, the operation unit 297 includes a processing unit 230 , a trigger application unit 281 and a transmission component 450 . The sensing unit 334 , the trigger application unit 281 , the limit switch 485 and the transmission element 450 are all coupled to the processing unit 230 . The trigger application unit 281 generates an operation request signal SX80 in response to a trigger event EQ80, provides the operation request signal SX80 to the processing unit 230, and thereby enables the processing unit 230 to receive the operation request signal SX80. The processing unit 230 makes the transmission element 450 transmit the control signal SC10 to the control target device 330 in response to the operation request signal SX80 .

See Figure 67. FIG. 67 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 8016 of the control system 801 shown in FIG. 61 . As shown in FIG. 67 , the implementation structure 8016 includes the control device 210 and the control target device 330 . The control target device 330 has a variable physical parameter QU1A. The variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on a physical parameter application range RD1EL represented by a measured value application range RN1L and a physical parameter target range RD1ET different from the physical parameter application range RD1EL. The control device 210 for controlling the variable physical parameter QU1A includes a sensing unit 334 and an operating unit 297 .

The sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a sensing signal SN11. The operating unit 297 is coupled to the sensing unit 334 . When a trigger event EQ81 occurs, the operation unit 297 obtains a measurement value VN11 in response to the sensing signal SN11. Under the condition that the operation unit 297 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in by checking a mathematical relationship KV11 between the measurement value VN11 and the measurement value application range RN1L, the operation unit 297 transmits a control signal SC11 to the control target device 330 .

For example, the control device 210 is one of a mobile device and a remote control. Under the condition that the control device 210 is the mobile device, the operation unit 297 transmits the control signal SC11 to the control target device 330 through a wireless link LK81, or the control signal SC11 is a radio signal. Under the condition that the control device 210 is the remote controller, the control signal SC11 is an optical signal SQ11. The control signal SC11 is used by the control target device 330 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

In some embodiments, the optical signal SQ11 is an infrared signal. The mobile device transmits the control signal SC11 to the control target device 330 in a moving state. The variable physical parameter QU1A is further characterized based on a specific physical parameter range RD1E5 that differs from the physical parameter target range RD1ET. The specific physical parameter range RD1E5 is represented by a specific physical parameter range code UN15.

The operation unit 297 includes a processing unit 230, and a communication interface unit 246 coupled to the processing unit 230 . The communication interface unit 246 includes a receiving component 446 coupled to the processing unit 230 and a transmitting component 450 coupled to the processing unit 230 . Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured within the physical parameter target range RD1ET based on the control signal SC11, the receiving element 446 receives from an external device 610 the function of indicating the specific physical parameter range RD1E5 An operation request signal SJ31. The operation request signal SJ31 plays the role of indicating the specific physical parameter range RD1E5 by transmitting the specific physical parameter range code UN15.

The processing unit 230 obtains the transmitted specific physical parameter range code UN15 from the operation request signal SJ31 , and enables the transmission element 450 to transmit a control signal to the control target device 330 based on the obtained specific physical parameter range code UN15 SC15. The control signal SC15 is used to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target range RD1ET to enter the specific physical parameter range RD1E5. The external device 610 is the same as or different from the control target device 330 .

The control target device 330 includes an operation unit 397 and a physical parameter application unit 335 coupled to the operation unit 397 . The operation unit 397 includes a processing unit 331 and a receiver 3371 . Both the receiver 3371 and the physical parameter application unit 335 are coupled to the processing unit 331 . Under the condition that the control device 210 is the mobile device, the processing unit 230 enables the transmission element 450 to transmit any one of the control signal SC11 and the control signal SC15 to the receiver 3371 through the wireless link LK81. The processing unit 230 generates an operation signal SG15 in response to the control signal SC15. The physical parameter application unit 335 receives the operation signal SG15, In response to the operation signal SG15, the variable physical parameter QU1A leaves the physical parameter target range RD1ET to enter the specific physical parameter range RD1E5.

See Figure 68. FIG. 68 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 8017 of the control system 801 shown in FIG. 61 . As shown in FIG. 68 , the implementation structure 8017 includes the control device 210 and the control target device 330 . The control target device 330 has a variable physical parameter QU1A. The variable physical parameter QU1A is based on a physical parameter application range RD1EL represented by a measured value application range RN1L, a physical parameter target range RD1ET different from the physical parameter application range RD1EL, and a physical parameter target range RD1ET different from the physical parameter target range RD1ET A specific physical parameter range RD1E5 is characterized. The control device 210 for controlling the variable physical parameter QU1A includes a sensing unit 334 and an operating unit 297 .

The sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a sensing signal SN11. The operating unit 297 is coupled to the sensing unit 334 and includes an electrical application target WJ11. Under the condition that a trigger event EQ81 occurs, the operation unit 297 obtains a measurement value VN11 in response to the sensing signal SN11. The trigger event EQ81 is when the operation unit 297 receives a user input operation JU81 using the electrical application target WJ11 . Under the condition that the operation unit 297 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in by checking a mathematical relationship KV11 between the measurement value VN11 and the measurement value application range RN1L, the operation unit 297 transmits a control signal SC11 to the control target device 330 . The control signal SC11 is used by the control target device 330 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

Under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured to be within the physical parameter target range RD1ET based on the control signal SC11, the operation unit 297 receives a user input operation JU82. The operation unit 297 generates an operation request signal SJ61 in response to the user input operation JU82, and transmits a control signal SC15 to the control target device 330 in response to the operation request signal SJ61. The control signal SC15 is used by the control target device 330 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target range RD1ET to enter the specific physical parameter range RD1E5. For example, the specific physical parameter range RD1E5 is equal to one of the physical parameter application range RD1EL and the physical parameter candidate range RD1E2.

In some embodiments, the specific physical parameter range RD1E5 is represented by a specific physical parameter range code UN15. The operation unit 297 includes a processing unit 230 , the electrical application target WJ11 coupled to the processing unit 230 , an electrical application target WJ12 coupled to the processing unit 230 , and a communication interface unit 246 coupled to the processing unit 230 . The electrical application target WJ12 is an electrical application unit and is the same as or different from the electrical application target WJ11. The operation unit 297 causes the processing unit 230 to receive an operation request signal SX81 in response to the user input operation JU81 using the electrical application target WJ11, and to check the mathematical relationship KV11 in response to the operation request signal SX81.

Under the condition that the operation unit 297 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in by checking the mathematical relationship KV11 , the processing unit 230 causes the communication interface unit 246 to transmit to the communication interface unit 386 The control signal SC11. The electrical application object WJ12 is one of a button object and an icon object one. The operation unit 297 includes an input element 440 coupled to the processing unit 230 and a display element 460 coupled to the processing unit 230 . For example, one of the input element 440, the display element 460 and the touch screen 4401 includes the electrical application target WJ11. One of the input element 440, the display element 460 and the touch screen 4401 includes the electrical application target WJ12. The control signal SC15 is used by one of the control target device 330 and the processing unit 331 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target range RD1ET to enter the specific physical parameter range RD1E5.

In some embodiments, the user input operation JU82 is performed by a user 295 . The input component 440 provides the operation request signal SX81 to the processing unit 230 in response to the user input operation JU81 using the electrical application target WJ11. The input component 440 receives the user input operation JU82 occurring after the user input operation JU81, provides the operation request signal SJ61 to the processing unit 230 in response to the user input operation JU82 using the electrical application target WJ12, and Thereby, the processing unit 230 receives the operation request signal SJ61. For example, one of the input element 440 , the display element 460 and the touch screen 4401 includes the electrical application target WJ11 and the electrical application target WJ12 . For example, the electrical application target WJ12 is the electrical application target WJ11. Under the condition that the electrical application target WJ12 is different from the electrical application target WJ11, the electrical application target WJ11 and the electrical application target WJ12 are located at different spatial positions.

The processing unit 230 determines a specific input code UW11 equal to the specific physical parameter range code UN15 in response to the operation request signal SJ61, and activates the communication interface unit 246 based on the specific input code UW11 A control signal SC15 is transmitted to the communication interface unit 386 . The control signal SC15 is used by the control target device 330 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the physical parameter target range RD1ET to enter the specific physical parameter range RD1E5.

In some embodiments, the input component 440 receives a user input operation using the electrical application target WJ12 under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is configured to be within the specific physical parameter range RD1E5 based on the control signal SC15 The JU8A generates an operation request signal SJ6A in response to the user inputting the operation JU8A, and provides the operation request signal SJ6A to the processing unit 230 . For example, under the condition that the variable physical parameter QU1A is in the specific physical parameter range RD1E5, the electrical application target WJ12 receives the user input operation JU8A so that the input component 440 receives the user input operation JU8A.

The processing unit 230 causes the communication interface unit 246 to transmit a control signal SC1A to the communication interface unit 386 in response to the operation request signal SJ6A. The control signal SC1A is used by one of the control target device 330 and the processing unit 331 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to leave the specific physical parameter range RD1E5 to enter the different physical parameter reference ranges RD1E1, RD1E2 included in the , within a specific physical parameter range RD1EA. For example, the specific physical parameter range RD1EA is the same as the physical parameter target range RD1ET.

See Figure 69. FIG. 69 is a schematic diagram of an implementation structure 8018 of the control system 801 shown in FIG. 61 . As shown in FIG. 69 , the implementation structure 8018 includes the control device 210 and the control target device 330 . The control target device 330 has a variable physical parameter QU1A. Should The variable physical parameter QU1A is characterized based on a physical parameter application range RD1EL represented by a measured value application range RN1L, a physical parameter target range RD1ET different from the physical parameter application range RD1EL, and a physical parameter target range RD1EU . The physical parameter application range RD1EL, the physical parameter target range RD1ET and the physical parameter target range RD1EU are different. The physical parameter application range RD1EL has a predetermined physical parameter application range limit ZD1L1 and a predetermined physical parameter application range limit ZD1L2 relative to the predetermined physical parameter application range limit ZD1L1. The control device 210 for controlling the variable physical parameter QU1A includes a sensing unit 334 and an operating unit 297 .

The sensing unit 334 senses the variable physical parameter QU1A to generate a sensing signal SN11. The operation unit 297 is coupled to the sensing unit 334 and includes an electricity usage target 275 and an electricity usage target 276 . When a trigger event EQ81 occurs, the operation unit 297 obtains a measurement value VN11 in response to the sensing signal SN11. The trigger event EQ81 is when the operation unit 297 receives and uses the electricity usage target 275 and the electricity usage target 276. One of the user input operation JU81. Under the condition that the operation unit 297 determines the physical parameter application range RD1EL that the variable physical parameter QU1A is currently in by checking a mathematical relationship KV11 between the measurement value VN11 and the measurement value application range RN1L, the operation unit 297 transmits a control signal SC11 to the control target device 330 .

For example, the electrical usage target 275 is located at a spatial location LC21. The electrical use target 276 is located at a spatial location LC22 different from the spatial location LC21. In the user input operation JU81 use the electricity to use Under the condition of target 275, the control signal SC11 is used by the control target device 330 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to enter the physical parameter target range RD1ET from the physical parameter application range RD1EL through the preset physical parameter application range limit ZD1L1 . For example, the physical parameter target range RD1ET is adjacent to the preset physical parameter application range limit ZD1L1.

Under the condition that the user input operation JU81 uses the electricity usage target 276, the control signal SC11 is used by the control target device 330 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to be applied from the physical parameter application range RD1EL through the default physical parameter Range limit ZD1L2 to enter the physical parameter target range RD1EU. For example, the physical parameter target range RD1EU is adjacent to the preset physical parameter application range limit ZD1L2. For example, the operation unit 297 generates an operation request signal SX81 in response to the user input operation JU81, and uses the sensing signal SN11 to obtain the measurement value VN11 in response to the operation request signal SX81.

In some embodiments, the operation unit 297 includes a user interface area AP21. The user interface area AP21 has the electricity usage target 275 and the electricity usage target 276 . For example, the operation unit 297 includes a processing unit 230 , an input component 440 , a display component 460 and a transmission component 450 . Both the electricity usage target 275 and the electricity usage target 276 are coupled to the processing unit 230 . The input component 440 , the display component 460 and the transmission component 450 are all coupled to the processing unit 230 . One of the input component 440 and the display component 460 includes the user interface area AP21. The input component 440 receives the user input operation JU81. The electricity usage target 275 and the electricity usage target 276 are respectively two electricity usage units. For example, the user interface area AP21 is the user interface area AP11.

Under the condition that the user input operation JU81 uses the electricity usage target 275, the input element 440 generates an operation request signal SM27 in response to the user input operation JU81, provides the operation request signal SM27 to the processing unit 230, and uses This enables the processing unit 230 to receive the operation request signal SM27. The processing unit 230 obtains a control data code CJ1T related to the physical parameter target range RD1ET in response to the operation request signal SM27, and based on the control data code CJ1T enables the transmitting element 450 to transmit a control signal equal to a control signal to the receiving element 3371 The control signal SC11 of SC37. The physical parameter target range RD1ET has a specified physical parameter QD1T. The control data code CJ1T is preset based on the specified physical parameter QD1T.

Under the condition that the user input operation JU81 uses the power usage target 276, the input element 440 generates an operation request signal SM28 in response to the user input operation JU81, provides the operation request signal SM28 to the processing unit 230, and uses This enables the processing unit 230 to receive the operation request signal SM28. The processing unit 230 responds to the operation request signal SM28 to obtain a control data code CJ1U related to the physical parameter target range RD1EU, and based on the control data code CJ1U enables the transmission element 450 to transmit a control equal to a control to the control target device 330 The control signal SC11 of the signal SC38. The physical parameter target range RD1EU has a specified physical parameter QD1U. The control data code CJ1U is preset based on the specified physical parameter QD1U. For example, the operation request signal SX81 is equal to one of the operation request signal SM27 and the operation request signal SM28.

The control signal SC37 is used by one of the control target device 330 and the processing unit 331 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A enters the physical parameter target range RD1ET from the physical parameter application range RD1EL through the preset physical parameter application range limit ZD1L1. The control signal SC38 is different from the control signal SC37 and is used by one of the control target device 330 and the processing unit 331 to cause the variable physical parameter QU1A to be applied from the physical parameter application range RD1EL through the default physical parameter Range limit ZD1L2 to enter the physical parameter target range RD1EU.

In some embodiments, the control device 210 further includes a storage unit 250 coupled to the processing unit 230 . The storage unit 250 includes a storage space SS11, and stores the control data code CJ1T and the control data code CJ1U in the storage space SS11. The electricity usage object 275 is identified by an electricity usage object identifier HZ11, and is one of a button object and an icon object. The electrical usage target 276 is identified by an electrical usage target identifier HZ12 and is one of a button target and an icon target.

The processing unit 230 obtains the electricity usage target identifier HZ11 in response to the operation request signal SM27, and accesses the stored control data code CJ1T based on the obtained electricity usage target identifier HZ11 to obtain from the storage space SS11 The control data code is CJ1T. The processing unit 230 obtains the electricity usage target identifier HZ12 in response to the operation request signal SM28, and accesses the stored control data code CJ1U based on the obtained electricity usage target identifier HZ12 to obtain from the storage space SS11 The control data code is CJ1U.

Many modifications and other embodiments of the disclosure presented herein will be appreciated by those skilled in the art having the benefit of the teachings presented in the foregoing descriptions and associated drawings. Therefore, we should understand that this disclosure is not Not limited to the specific embodiments disclosed, modifications and other embodiments are intended to be included within the scope of the following claims.

130: Functional device

331: Processing unit

342: Timer

901: Control System

HR1EU: Clock time application interval

JE1U: Physical parameter target state

KQ81: Mathematical Relations

NY81: Measured value

QU1A: Variable physical parameters

RQ1U: Measured value application range

SY81: Sensing signal

TH1A: Clock time

Claims (24)

A functional device for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter target state, the functional device comprising: a processing unit; a first timer coupled to the processing unit , causing an integer overflow event to occur, and in response to the integer overflow event, the processing unit receives an operation request signal; and a second timer, coupled to the processing unit, senses a clock time to generate a sense a measurement signal, wherein: the clock time is characterized based on a clock time application interval represented by a measurement value application range; and the processing unit obtains a measurement value from the sensor signal in response to the operation request signal, and The processing unit makes the variable physical parameter in the physical parameter under the condition that the clock time enters the clock time application range by checking a first mathematical relationship between the measurement value and the measurement value application range target state. The functional device according to claim 1, further comprising a receiving unit coupled to the processing unit, and a physical parameter applying unit coupled to the processing unit, wherein: the clock time is further based on a time interval different from the clock time application interval A clock time designation interval is characterized, wherein the clock time designation interval is earlier than the clock time application interval; after the receiving unit receives a control signal from a control device, the processing unit responds to the sensing due to the control signal signal to obtain the A sequence of measured values of measured values, wherein the control signal serves to indicate the specified interval of the clock time; the control device is one of a mobile device and a remote control; under the condition that the control device is the remote control , the control signal is an optical signal; the processing unit determines whether the clock time enters the clock time from the clock time specified interval by checking a second mathematical relationship between the measurement value sequence and the measurement value application range Applying a logical decision of the interval, and determining the entered clock time application interval under the condition that the logical decision is affirmative; the second timer conforms to a timer specification, wherein the measurement value application range is based on the timer specification. is preset; the timer specification includes a full measurement range representation for representing a full measurement range, wherein the measurement application range is equal to a portion of the full measurement range; the measurement is in a specified measurement format is obtained; the measurement value application range is preset with the specified measurement value format based on the timer specification; the measurement value application range has an application range limit value pair, and is represented by a measurement value application range code, wherein The application range limit value pair is preset; the processing unit obtains the application range limit value pair and the measured value application range code in response to the control signal, and compares the measured value with the obtained application range limit value pair to check the first mathematical relationship; the physical parameter target state is represented by a physical parameter target state code table; the physical parameter application unit has the variable physical parameter, wherein when the processing unit checks the first mathematical relationship, the variable physical parameter is in a physical parameter application state; in the processing unit by checking the first mathematical relationship Under the condition that the entered clock time application interval is determined based on the relationship, the processing unit applies the range code based on the obtained measurement value to obtain the physical parameter target status code, and executes the physical parameter target status code based on the obtained physical parameter target status code. A physical parameter relationship check control for checking a physical parameter relationship between the variable physical parameter and the physical parameter target state; in the physical parameter application state different from the physical parameter target state and the processing unit by executing the Under the condition that the physical parameter relationship checking control determines a physical parameter state difference between the physical parameter target state and the physical parameter application state, the processing unit executes a signal generation control based on the obtained physical parameter target state code to generating an operation signal and transmitting the operation signal to the physical parameter application unit; the physical parameter application unit responds to the operation signal to make the variable physical parameter enter the physical parameter target state from the physical parameter application state; in the processing unit Under the condition that the entered clock time application interval is determined by examining the first mathematical relationship, the processing unit performs a data storage control operation for causing a data storage control operation representing the determined clock time application interval. A clock time application interval code is stored; and the variable physical parameter and the clock time belong to a physical parameter type and a clock time type, respectively, wherein the physical parameter type is different from the clock time type. The functional device of claim 1, further comprising an input unit coupled to the processing unit, and a physical parameter application unit coupled to the processing unit, wherein: the second timer conforms to a timer specification, wherein the The measurement value application range is preset based on the timer specification; the timer specification includes a full measurement value range representation for representing a full measurement value range, wherein the measurement value application range is equal to a first value of the full measurement value range. part; the processing unit is configured to execute a measurement application function associated with the clock time application interval; the measurement application function conforms to a measurement application function specification associated with the clock time application interval; the processing unit responds to the sensing signal to obtaining the measurement in a specified measurement format, wherein the specified measurement format is characterized based on a specified number of bits; the clock time is further characterized based on a nominal clock time interval, wherein the nominal clock time interval is characterized by A rated measurement value range is represented and includes a plurality of different clock time reference intervals respectively represented by a plurality of different measurement value reference ranges; the plurality of different clock time reference intervals include the clock time application interval; the measurement application functional specification includes the timing device specification, a nominal clock time interval representation for representing the rated clock time interval, and a clock time application interval representation for representing the clock time application interval; The nominal measurement value range is equal to at least a second portion of the full measurement value range, predicted using the specified measurement value format based on one of the timer specification, the measurement application function specification, and a first data encoding rule It is assumed that there is a pair of rated range limit values, and includes the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges respectively represented by a plurality of different measurement value reference range codes, wherein the rated range limit value pair is preset with the specified measurement value format, And the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges include the measurement value application range; the first data encoding rule is used to convert the rated clock time interval representation, and is formulated based on the timer specification; the measurement value application range is included in the A measurement value application range code in the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes, represented by a measurement value application range code, has an application range limit value pair, and is based on one of the timer specification, the measurement application function specification and a second data encoding rule. is preset with the specified measurement value format, wherein the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes are preset based on the measurement application function specification; the second data encoding rule is used to convert the clock time application interval representation, and is based on the timer specification is formulated; the pair of application range limit values includes a first application range limit value and a second application range limit value relative to the first application range limit value; the functional device further comprises a function coupled to the processing a storage unit of the unit; the storage unit stores the preset pair of rated range limit values and a variable clock time interval code; when the integer overflow event associated with the first timer occurs, the variable clock The time interval code is equal to the reference range selected from this complex number of different measurement values. a specific measurement value range code of the surrounding code, wherein the specific measurement value range code indicates a specific clock time interval previously determined based on a sensing operation, the specific clock time interval selected from the plurality of different clock time reference intervals, and The sensing operation performed by the second timer is used to sense the clock time; before the integer overflow event occurs, the specific measurement value range code is assigned to the variable clock time interval code; at the integer Under the condition that an overflow event occurs, the processing unit obtains an operation reference data code from the storage unit in response to the operation request signal, and executes a data determination using the operation reference data code by running a data determination program to determine The measurement value application range code is selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes to select the measurement value application range from the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges; the operation reference data code is the same as that which is predicted based on the measurement application function specification. an allowable reference data code set; the data determination procedure is constructed based on the measurement application functional specification; the data determination is one of a first data determination operation and a second data determination operation; in the operation reference data A code is obtained by accessing the variable clock time interval code stored in the storage unit under the same conditions as the specific measurement value range code, the data determination of the first data determination operation is based on the obtained The specific measurement value range code obtained is used to determine the measurement value application range code, wherein the first data determination operation is a first scientific calculation using the obtained specific measurement value range code, and the determined measurement value application range The code is the same as or different from the obtained range code for this particular measurement value; Under the condition that the operation reference data code is obtained by accessing the pair of rated range limit values stored in the storage unit to be the same as the preset pair of rated range limit values, the second data is determined The data determination of the operation selects the measurement value from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes by performing a second scientific calculation using the measurement value and the obtained nominal range limit value pair to apply the range code to determine the measurement a value application range code, wherein the second scientific calculation is performed based on a specific empirical formula, and the specific empirical formula is pre-established based on the preset pair of the rated range limit values and the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes; The processing unit applies a range code based on the determined measurement value to obtain the pair of application range limit values, checks the first mathematical relationship based on a data comparison between the measurement value and the obtained pair of application range limit values to making a logical determination of whether the measurement is within the selected range of application of the measurement, and determining this condition if the logical determination is positive; the particular measurement range code differs from the determined Condition that the measurement value applies a range code and the processing unit determines the clock time application interval entered by making the logical decision, the processing unit is based on the variable clock time interval code equal to the specific measurement value range code and The determined measurement value applies a code difference between the range codes to use the storage unit to assign the determined measurement value application range code to the variable clock time interval code; the input unit includes a button; the physical The parameter application unit has the variable physical parameter; the variable physical parameter is further characterized based on a specific physical parameter state different from the physical parameter target state; Under the condition that the processing unit causes the variable physical parameter to be in the physical parameter target state by checking the first mathematical relationship, the input unit receives a user input operation using the button; and the processing unit responds to the use The operator inputs an operation to transmit an operation signal to the physical parameter application unit for causing the variable physical parameter to leave the physical parameter target state to enter the specific physical parameter state. A method for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter target state, the method comprising the steps of: sensing a clock time to generate a sensed signal, wherein the clock time is characterized based on a clock time application interval represented by a measurement value application range; causes an integer overflow event to occur; receives an operation request signal in response to the integer overflow event; responds to the operation request signal, from the Sensing the signal to obtain a measured value; and under the condition that a situation where the clock time enters the clock time application interval is determined by examining a first mathematical relationship between the measured value and the measured value application range, make The variable physical parameter is in the physical parameter target state. The method of claim 4, wherein: the clock time is further characterized based on a clock time designation interval different from the clock time application interval, wherein the clock time designation interval is earlier than the clock time application interval; the method Further includes the following steps: providing a first timer, wherein the integer overflow event is caused by the first timer to occur; providing a second timer, wherein the step of sensing the clock time is performed by using the second timer; and receiving a control signal from a control device, wherein the control signal plays the role of indicating the specified time interval of the clock; the control device is one of a mobile device and a remote control; in the control device is the remote control Under the condition that the control signal is an optical signal; the step of obtaining the measurement value includes a sub-step: after the control signal is received, a measurement value including the measurement value is obtained due to the control signal responding to the sensing signal sequence; the method further comprises the steps of: by checking a second mathematical relationship between the sequence of measurements and the range of application of the measurement, making a determination of whether the clock time enters the clock time application interval from the clock time specified interval a logical decision; and if the logical decision is affirmative, determining the entered clock time application interval; the second timer complies with a timer specification, wherein the measurement value application range is predetermined based on the timer specification set; the timer specification includes a full measurement range representation for representing a full measurement range, wherein the measurement application range is equal to a portion of the full measurement range; the measurement is obtained in a specified measurement format ; the measurement value application range is based on the timer specification for the specified measurement The measurement value application range has an application range limit value pair, which is represented by a measurement value application range code, wherein the application range limit value pair is preset; the method further comprises the following steps: responding should control the signal to obtain the pair of application range limit values and the measured value application range code; and check the first mathematical relationship by comparing the measured value and the obtained pair of the application range limit values; the physical parameter target state is given by Represented by a physical parameter target state code; when the first mathematical relationship is checked, the variable physical parameter is in a physical parameter application state; the step of making the variable physical parameter in the physical parameter target state includes the following sub-steps: Under the condition that the entered clock time application interval is determined by checking the first mathematical relationship, a range code is applied based on the obtained measurement value to obtain the physical parameter target status code; based on the obtained physical parameter The target state code executes a physical parameter relationship check control for checking a physical parameter relationship between the variable physical parameter and the physical parameter target state; when the physical parameter application state is different from the physical parameter target state and the physical parameter A physical parameter state difference between the parameter target state and the physical parameter application state is determined by executing the physical parameter relationship check control, based on the obtained physical parameter target state code. performing a signal generation control to generate an operation signal; and in response to the operation signal, causing the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter target state from the physical parameter application state; the method further comprises the step of: at the entered clock time Under the condition that the application interval is determined by examining the first mathematical relationship, a data storage control operation is performed, the data storage control operation for causing a clock time application interval code representing the determined clock time application interval to be stored ; and the variable physical parameter and the clock time belong to a physical parameter type and a clock time type, respectively, wherein the physical parameter type is different from the clock time type. The method of claim 4, wherein: the method further comprises the steps of: providing a first timer, wherein the integer overflow event is caused by the first timer to occur; providing a second timer, wherein the sense The steps of measuring the clock time are performed by using the second timer; and executing a measurement application function associated with the clock time application interval; the second timer conforms to a timer specification in which the measurement value applies is preset based on the timer specification; the timer specification includes a full measurement value range representation for representing a full measurement value range, wherein the measurement value application range is equal to a first part of the full measurement value range; the measurement The application function conforms to a a measurement application functional specification; the measurement is obtained in a specified measurement format, wherein the specified measurement format is characterized based on a specified number of bits; the clock time is further characterized based on a nominal clock time interval, wherein the rated clock time interval is represented by a rated measurement value range, and includes a plurality of different clock time reference intervals respectively represented by a plurality of different measurement value reference ranges; the plurality of different clock time reference intervals include the clock time application interval; the The measurement application functional specification includes the timer specification, a nominal clock time interval representation for representing the rated clock time interval, and a clock time application interval representation for representing the clock time application interval; the rated measurement value range is equal to the At least a second portion of the full measurement range, preset for the specified measurement format based on one of the timer specification, the measurement application function specification, and a first data encoding rule, has a nominal range limit value pair, and includes the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges respectively represented by the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes, wherein the rated range limit value pair is preset with the specified measurement value format, and the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges The range includes the measurement value application range; the first data encoding rule is used to convert the nominal clock time interval representation, and is formulated based on the timer specification; the measurement value application range is included in the complex number of different measurement value reference range codes Represented by a measurement value application range code in , having an application range limit value pair, and using the specified measurement value format based on one of the timer specification, the measurement application function specification and a second data encoding rule. quilt Presetting, wherein the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes are all preset based on the measurement application function specification; the second data encoding rule is used to convert the clock time application interval representation, and is formulated based on the timer specification; The pair of application range limit values includes a first application range limit value and a second application range limit value relative to the first application range limit value; the method further includes the steps of: providing a storage space; and storing in the storage space The preset pair of rated range limit values and a variable clock time interval code are stored in the a specific measurement value range code, wherein the specific measurement value range code indicates a specific clock time interval previously determined based on a sensing operation, the specific clock time interval is selected from the plurality of different clock time reference intervals, and is determined by the second The sensing operation performed by the timer is used to sense the clock time; before the integer overflow event occurs, the specific measurement value range code is assigned to the variable clock time interval code; the method further includes the following steps: Under the condition that the integer overflow event occurs, an operation reference data code is obtained from the storage space in response to the operation request signal; and a data determination using the operation reference data code is performed by running a data determination program, determining selecting the measurement value application range code from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes to select the measurement value application range from the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges; The operation reference data code is the same as an allowable reference data code preset based on the measurement application functional specification; the data determination procedure is constructed based on the measurement application functional specification; the data determination is a first data determination operation and one of a second data determination operation in which the reference data code is obtained by accessing the variable clock time interval code stored in the storage space under the same conditions as the specific measurement range code Next, the data determination of the first data determination operation is based on the obtained specific measurement value range code to determine the measurement value application range code, wherein the first data determination operation is to use the obtained specific measurement value range code a first scientific calculation of , and the determined measurement value application range code is the same or different from the obtained specific measurement value range code; in the operation reference data code is stored in the storage space by accessing the The nominal range limit value pair is obtained with the same condition as the preset nominal range limit value pair, it is the data determination of the second data determination operation performed by using the measured value and the obtained nominal range a second scientific calculation of limit pairs to select the measurement application range code from the plurality of different measurement reference range codes to determine the measurement application range code, wherein the second scientific calculation is performed based on a specific empirical formula , and the specific empirical formula is pre-established based on the preset pair of rated range limit values and the reference range code for the complex number of different measurement values; the method further comprises the steps of: applying the range code based on the determined measurement value to obtain The application range limit value pair; based on the measured value and the obtained application range limit value pair a data comparison between, checking the first mathematical relationship to make a logical determination of whether the measurement is within the selected range of application of the measurement; and, if the logical determination is affirmative, determining the situation ; The method further comprises a step: under the condition that the specific measurement value range code is different from the determined measurement value application range code and the entered clock time application interval is determined by making the logical decision, based on A code difference between the variable clock time interval code equal to the specific measurement range code and the determined measurement application range code to assign the determined measurement application range code to the variable clock time interval code; the variable physical parameter is further characterized based on a specific physical parameter state that is different from the physical parameter target state; and the method further comprises the steps of: providing a button; at the variable physical parameter by checking the first receiving a user input operation using the button under the condition that a mathematical relationship is caused to be in the physical parameter target state; and in response to the user input operation, generating an operation for causing the variable physical parameter to leave the physical parameter target state An operation signal to enter the state of the specific physical parameter. A functional device for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter target state, the functional device comprising: a processing unit; a first timer coupled to the processing unit , resulting in an integer overflow an event occurs, and in response to the integer overflow event, the processing unit receives an operation request signal; and a second timer is coupled to the processing unit and senses a clock time to generate a sensing signal, wherein: the clock time is characterized based on a clock time application interval represented by a measurement value application range; and the processing unit obtains a measurement value from the sensing signal in response to the operation request signal, and checks the processing unit by checking The variable physical parameter is in the physical parameter target state under the condition of determining the clock time application interval in which the clock time is currently located by a mathematical relationship between the measured value and the application range of the measured value. The functional device according to claim 7, further comprising a receiving unit coupled to the processing unit, and a physical parameter applying unit coupled to the processing unit, wherein: the clock time is further based on a time interval different from the clock time application interval A clock time designation interval is characterized, wherein the clock time designation interval is earlier than the clock time application interval; after the receiving unit receives a control signal from a control device, the processing unit responds to the sensing due to the control signal The measured value is obtained by using a signal, wherein the control signal serves to indicate the specified interval of the clock time; the control device is one of a mobile device and a remote control; under the condition that the control device is the remote control, the control signal is an optical signal; the second timer complies with a timer specification, wherein the measurement value application range is preset based on the timer specification; The timer specification includes a full measurement range representation for representing a full measurement range, wherein the measurement application range is equal to a portion of the full measurement range; the measurement is obtained in a specified measurement format; the The measurement value application range is preset with the specified measurement value format based on the timer specification; the measurement value application range has an application range limit value pair and is represented by a measurement value application range code, wherein the application range limit value The value pair is preset; the processing unit obtains the application range limit value pair and the measured value application range code in response to the control signal, and checks the mathematical value by comparing the measured value and the obtained application range limit value pair relationship; the physical parameter target state is represented by a physical parameter target state code; the physical parameter application unit has the variable physical parameter, wherein when the processing unit checks the mathematical relationship, the variable physical parameter is in a physical parameter application state; under the condition that the processing unit determines the clock time application interval that the clock time is currently in by checking the mathematical relationship, the processing unit applies a range code based on the obtained measurement value to obtain the physical parameter target state code, and based on the obtained physical parameter target state code to perform a physical parameter relationship check control for checking a physical parameter relationship between the variable physical parameter and the physical parameter target state; in the physical parameter application state is different from the physical parameter target state and the processing unit determines the object by executing the physical parameter relationship check control Under the condition of a physical parameter state difference between the physical parameter target state and the physical parameter application state, the processing unit performs a signal generation control based on the obtained physical parameter target state code to generate an operation signal, and sends it to the The physical parameter application unit transmits the operation signal; the physical parameter application unit causes the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter target state from the physical parameter application state in response to the operation signal; the processing unit determines by checking the mathematical relationship Under the condition of the clock time application interval in which the clock time is currently located, the processing unit executes a data storage control operation for causing a clock time application interval code representing the determined clock time application interval are stored; and the variable physical parameter and the clock time belong to a physical parameter type and a clock time type, respectively, wherein the physical parameter type is different from the clock time type. The functional device of claim 7, wherein: the second timer complies with a timer specification, wherein the measurement value application range is preset based on the timer specification; the timer specification includes means for indicating a full measurement a full measurement value range representation of a value range, wherein the measurement value application range is equal to a first portion of the full measurement value range; the processing unit is configured to perform a measurement application function associated with the clock time application interval; the measurement application The function conforms to a measurement application function specification related to the clock time application interval; the processing unit responds to the sensing signal to obtain a measurement value in a specified format. obtain the measurement value, wherein the specified measurement value format is characterized based on a specified number of bits; the clock time is further characterized based on a nominal clock time interval, wherein the nominal clock time interval is characterized by a nominal measurement value range represents and includes a plurality of different clock time reference intervals respectively represented by a plurality of different measurement value reference ranges; the complex different clock time reference intervals include the clock time application interval; the measurement application function specification includes the timer specification, which is used to indicate A nominal clock time interval representation of the nominal clock time interval, and a clock time application interval representation for representing the clock time application interval; the nominal measurement value range is equal to at least a second portion of the full measurement value range, based on the One of the timer specification, the measurement application function specification, and a first data encoding rule is preset with the specified measurement value format, has a pair of nominal range limit values, and includes a reference range code composed of a plurality of different measurement values the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges represented respectively, wherein the rated range limit value pair is preset with the specified measurement value format, and the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges include the measurement value application range; the first data code The rule is used to convert the nominal clock time interval representation and is formulated based on the timer specification; the measurement value application range is represented by a measurement value application range code included in the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes, with a An application range limit value pair is preset with the specified measurement value format based on one of the timer specification, the measurement application function specification and a second data encoding rule, wherein the plurality of different measurement values refer to a range code based on this measurement should is preset with a functional specification; the second data encoding rule is used to convert the clock time application interval representation, and is formulated based on the timer specification; the application range limit value pair includes a first application range limit value and a relative a second application range limit value at the first application range limit value; the functional device further includes a storage unit coupled to the processing unit; the storage unit stores the preset rated range limit value pair and a variable a clock time interval code; when the integer overflow event associated with the first timer occurs, the variable clock time interval code is equal to a specific measurement value range code selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes, wherein the The specific measurement value range code indicates a specific clock time interval previously determined based on a sensing operation, the specific clock time interval selected from the plurality of different clock time reference intervals, and the sensing performed by the second timer operation for sensing the clock time; before the trigger event occurs, the specific measurement range code is assigned to the variable clock time interval code; under the condition that the integer overflow event occurs, the processing unit responds to the operation requesting a signal to obtain an operational reference data code from the storage unit, and to perform a data determination using the operational reference data code by running a data determination program to determine the measurement value selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes Application range code to select the measurement value application range from the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges; the operation reference code is the same as the measurement application function specification based on the measurement application function specification A permissible reference data code is preset; the data determination procedure is constructed based on the measurement application functional specification; the data determination is one of a first data determination operation and a second data determination operation; in the operation The reference data code is obtained by accessing the variable clock time interval code stored in the storage unit under the same condition as the specific measurement value range code, the data determination of the first data determination operation is based on The obtained specific measurement value range code is used to determine the measurement value application range code, wherein the first data determination operation is a first scientific calculation using the obtained specific measurement value range code, and the determined measurement value The application range code is the same or different from the obtained specific measurement value range code; the operation reference data code is obtained by accessing the pair of rated range limit values stored in the storage unit to be the same as the preset value Under the condition of the rated range limit value pair, the data determination of the second data determination operation is performed by performing a second scientific calculation using the measured value and the obtained rated range limit value pair to differ from the complex number The measurement value application range code is selected from the measurement value reference range code to determine the measurement value application range code, wherein the second scientific calculation is performed based on a specific empirical formula, and the specific empirical formula is based on the preset rated range The pair of limit values and the plurality of different measurement values are pre-established with reference to a range code; the processing unit applies the range code based on the determined measurement value to obtain the pair of application range limit values, based on the measurement value and the obtained application range a data comparison between pairs of thresholds to check the mathematical relationship to make a logical determination of whether the measurement is within the selected range of application of the measurement, and to determine the logical determination if the logical determination is positive clock time the clock time application interval in which the clock time was currently in; when the specific measurement value range code is different from the determined measurement value application range code and the processing unit determines the clock in which the clock time is currently in by making the logical decision Under the condition of time application range, the processing unit uses the storage unit based on a code difference between the variable clock time range code equal to the specific measurement value range code and the determined measurement value application range code to store the The determined measurement value application range code is assigned to the variable clock time interval code; the input unit includes a button; the physical parameter application unit has the variable physical parameter; the variable physical parameter is further based on a target different from the physical parameter The state is characterized by a specific physical parameter state of the state; the input unit receives a use of the button under the condition that the processing unit causes the variable physical parameter to be in the physical parameter target state by checking the first mathematical relationship a user input operation; and the processing unit transmits an operation signal to the physical parameter application unit in response to the user input operation for causing the variable physical parameter to leave the physical parameter target state to enter the specific physical parameter state. A method for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter target state, the method comprising the steps of: sensing a clock time to generate a sensed signal, wherein the clock time is characterized based on a clock time application interval represented by a measurement value application range; causing an integer overflow event to occur; In response to the integer overflow event, receiving an operation request signal; in response to the operation request signal, obtaining a measurement value from the sensing signal; and in the clock time application interval in which the clock time is currently located by checking the measurement value and The variable physical parameter is brought into the physical parameter target state under the condition that the measured value is determined using a mathematical relationship between the ranges. The method of claim 10, wherein: the clock time is further characterized based on a clock time designation interval different from the clock time application interval, wherein the clock time designation interval is earlier than the clock time application interval; the method Further comprising the steps of: providing a first timer, wherein the integer overflow event is caused by the first timer to occur; providing a second timer, wherein the step of sensing the clock time is by using the second timer and receive a control signal from a control device, wherein the control signal serves to indicate the specified interval of the clock time; the control device is one of a mobile device and a remote control; in the control device Under the condition of being the remote controller, the control signal is an optical signal; the step of obtaining the measured value includes a sub-step: after the control signal is received, the measured value is obtained because the control signal responds to the sensing signal ; the second timer complies with a timer specification in which the measured value applies the range is preset based on the timer specification; the timer specification includes a full measurement range representation for representing a full measurement range, wherein the measurement application range is equal to a portion of the full measurement range; the measurement obtained in a specified measurement value format; the measurement value application range is preset with the specified measurement value format based on the timer specification; the measurement value application range has an application range limit value pair, and is determined by a measurement value represented by an application range code, wherein the application range limit value pair is preset; the method further comprises the steps of: in response to the control signal, obtaining the application range limit value pair and the measurement value application range code; and by comparing the measurement value and the obtained application range limit value pair, check the mathematical relationship; the physical parameter target state is represented by a physical parameter target state code; when the mathematical relationship is checked, the variable physical parameter is in a physical parameter application state; the step of bringing the variable physical parameter into the physical parameter target state comprises the following sub-steps: under the condition that the clock time application interval in which the clock time is currently located is determined by examining the mathematical relationship, based on the obtained The measured value of the range code is used to obtain the physical parameter target state code; based on the obtained physical parameter target state code, execute the A physical parameter relationship check control that checks a physical parameter relationship between the variable physical parameter and the physical parameter target state; where the physical parameter application state is different from the physical parameter target state and the physical parameter target state and the physical parameter Under the condition that a physical parameter state difference between application states is determined by executing the physical parameter relationship check control, executing a signal generation control based on the obtained physical parameter target state code to generate an operation signal; and responding A signal should be manipulated to cause the variable physical parameter to enter the physical parameter target state from the physical parameter application state; the method further comprises the step of: by checking the mathematical relationship in the clock time application interval in which the clock time is currently located under the determined condition, performing a data storage control operation for causing a clock time application interval code representing the determined clock time application interval to be stored; and the variable physical parameter and the clock time respectively belong to a physical parameter type and a clock time type, wherein the physical parameter type is different from the clock time type. The method of claim 10, wherein: the method further comprises the steps of: providing a first timer, wherein the integer overflow event is caused by the first timer to occur; providing a second timer, wherein the sense The steps of measuring the clock time are performed by using the second timer; and executing a measurement application function associated with the clock time application interval; The second timer complies with a timer specification, wherein the measurement value application range is preset based on the timer specification; the timer specification includes a full measurement value range representation for representing a full measurement value range, wherein the The measurement value application range is equal to a first part of the full measurement value range; the measurement application function conforms to a measurement application function specification related to the clock time application interval; the measurement value is obtained in a specified measurement value format, wherein the specified value The measurement format is characterized based on a specified number of bits; the clock time is further characterized based on a nominal clock time interval, wherein the nominal clock time interval is represented by a nominal measurement value range and includes a plurality of distinct measurements The complex number of different clock time reference intervals respectively represented by the value reference ranges; the complex number of different clock time reference intervals include the clock time application interval; the measurement application function specification includes the timer specification, a rated value used to represent the rated clock time interval clock time interval representation, and a clock time application interval representation for representing the clock time application interval; the rated measurement value range is equal to at least a second part of the full measurement value range, based on the timer specification, the measurement application function One of a specification and a first data encoding rule is preset with the specified measurement value format, has a pair of nominal range limit values, and includes the plurality of different measurements respectively represented by the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes a value reference range, wherein the nominal range limit value pair is preset with the specified measurement value format, and the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges include the measurement value application range; The first data encoding rule is used to convert the nominal clock time interval representation and is formulated based on the timer specification; the measurement value application range is determined by a measurement value application range code included in the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes represented, has an application range limit value pair, and is preset with the specified measurement value format based on one of the timer specification, the measurement application function specification and a second data encoding rule, wherein the plural numbers are different The measurement value reference range codes are all preset based on the measurement application function specification; the second data encoding rule is used to convert the clock time application interval representation, and is formulated based on the timer specification; the application range limit value pair includes a first application range limit value and a second application range limit value relative to the first application range limit value; the method further includes the steps of: providing a storage space; and storing the preset in the storage space A pair of rated range limit values and a variable clock time interval code; when the integer overflow event occurs, the variable clock time interval code is equal to a specific measurement value range code selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes, wherein The specific measurement value range code indicates a specific clock time interval previously determined based on a sensing operation, the specific clock time interval is selected from the plurality of different clock time reference intervals, and the sensing performed by the second timer A measurement operation is used to sense the clock time; before the integer overflow event occurs, the specific measurement value range code is assigned to the variable clock time interval code; the method further comprises the steps of: Under the condition that the integer overflow event occurs, an operation reference data code is obtained from the storage space in response to the operation request signal; and a data determination using the operation reference data code is performed by running a data determination program, determining The measurement value application range code is selected from the plurality of different measurement value reference range codes to select the measurement value application range from the plurality of different measurement value reference ranges; the operation reference data code is the same as that which is predicted based on the measurement application function specification. an allowable reference data code set; the data determination procedure is constructed based on the measurement application functional specification; the data determination is one of a first data determination operation and a second data determination operation; in the operation reference data The code is obtained by accessing the variable clock time interval code stored in the storage space under the same conditions as the specific measurement value range code, the data determination of the first data determination operation is based on the obtained The specific measurement value range code obtained is used to determine the measurement value application range code, wherein the first data determination operation is a first scientific calculation using the obtained specific measurement value range code, and the determined measurement value application range The code is the same or different from the obtained specific measurement value range code; in the operation reference data code is obtained by accessing the nominal range limit value pair stored in the storage space to be the same as the preset Under the condition of the rated range limit value pair, the data determination of the second data determination operation is performed by performing a second scientific calculation using the measured value and the obtained rated range limit value pair to distinguish the measured value from the plurality of The measurement value application range code is selected from the reference range code to determine the measurement value application range code, wherein the second scientific calculation is performed based on a specific empirical formula, and the special A fixed empirical formula is pre-established based on the preset pair of rated range limit values and the reference range code of the complex number of different measurement values; the method further comprises the following steps: applying the range code based on the determined measurement value to obtain the application range Limit value pair; based on a data comparison between the measurement value and the obtained application range limit value pair, check the mathematical relationship to make whether the measurement value is within the selected application range of the measurement value. a logical decision; and under the condition that the logical decision is affirmative, determine the clock time application interval in which the clock time is currently located; the method further comprises the step of: when the specific measurement value range code is different from the determined measurement value Based on the variable clock time interval code equal to the specific measurement value range code and the determined clock time interval code equal to the specified measurement value range code The measured value applies a code difference between range codes to assign the determined measured value to the variable clock time interval code using a range code; the variable physical parameter is further based on a specific difference from the physical parameter target state The physical parameter state is characterized; and the method further comprises the steps of: providing a button; receiving the use of the variable physical parameter under the condition that the variable physical parameter is brought into the physical parameter target state by examining the first mathematical relationship a user input operation of the button; and in response to the user input operation, generating an operation for causing the variable An operating signal for a physical parameter to leave the physical parameter target state to enter the specific physical parameter state. A functional device for controlling a physical parameter application unit, wherein a variable physical parameter of the physical parameter application unit is characterized based on a physical parameter target range, and a control code associated with the physical parameter target range is based on A specified physical parameter within the target range of the physical parameter is preset, and the functional device includes: a timer that senses a clock time to generate a sensing signal, wherein the clock time is based on a measured value application range a clock time application interval represented is characterized; and a processing unit, coupled to the timer, obtains a measurement value in response to the sensing signal, in the processing unit by checking the measurement value and the measurement value application range The control code is obtained under the condition of determining the clock time application interval in which the clock time is currently located by a mathematical relationship between them, and based on the obtained control code, an operation signal is transmitted to the physical parameter application unit, the operation signal Used by the physical parameter application unit to cause the variable physical parameter to be within the physical parameter target range. A method for controlling a physical parameter application unit, wherein a variable physical parameter of the physical parameter application unit is characterized based on a physical parameter target range, and a control code associated with the physical parameter target range is based on the physical parameter target range. A specified physical parameter within a target range of physical parameters is preset, and the method includes the steps of: sensing a clock time to generate a sensing signal, wherein the clock time is based on a clock represented by a measured value application range time is characterized by applying the interval; In response to the sensing signal, a measurement value is obtained; under the condition that the clock time application interval in which the clock time is currently located is determined by checking a mathematical relationship between the measurement value and the measurement value application range, obtain the control code; and based on the obtained control code, transmitting an operation signal to the physical parameter application unit, the operation signal being used by the physical parameter application unit to cause the variable physical parameter to be within the physical parameter target range. A functional device for controlling a variable physical parameter, comprising: a relay, wherein the variable physical parameter of the relay is characterized based on a physical parameter target state, and the physical parameter target state is determined by a physical parameter target state represented by code; a timer sensing a clock time to generate a sensing signal, wherein the clock time is characterized based on a clock time application interval represented by a measurement value application range; and a processing unit coupled to In the relay and the timer, a measured value is obtained in response to the sensing signal, and the processing unit determines the current time of the clock by checking a mathematical relationship between the measured value and the application range of the measured value. Obtain the physical parameter target state code under the condition of the clock time application interval, and transmit an operation signal to the relay based on the obtained physical parameter target state code, wherein the relay responds to the operation signal to make the variable physical parameter in the The physical parameter target state. A method for controlling a variable physical parameter, comprising the steps of: providing a functional device comprising a relay, wherein the variable physical parameter of the relay is characterized based on a physical parameter target state, and the physical parameter target The state is represented by a physical parameter target state code; By using the functional device, a clock time is sensed to generate a sensing signal, wherein the clock time is characterized based on a clock time application interval represented by a measured value application range; by using the functional device, Obtaining a measurement value in response to the sensing signal; a condition determined by the functional device by examining a mathematical relationship between the measurement value and the application range of the measurement value in the clock time application interval in which the clock time is currently located Next, by using the functional device to obtain the physical parameter target state code; and by using the functional device, transmit an operation signal to the relay based on the obtained physical parameter target state code, wherein the relay responds to the operation signal to bring the variable physical parameter to the physical parameter target state. A functional device for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter target state, the functional device comprising: a timer that senses a clock time to generate a sensing signal , wherein the clock time is characterized based on a clock time application interval represented by a measurement value application range and a clock time specified interval earlier than the clock time application interval; a receiving unit, before the clock time application interval Receive a control signal, the control signal plays the role of indicating the specified interval of the clock time; and a processing unit, coupled to the timer and the receiving unit, starts the timer in response to the control signal to make the timer execute and the sensing signal A related counting operation obtains a measurement value in response to the sensing signal under the condition that the counting operation is performed, and the processing unit obtains a measurement value by checking a mathematical relationship between the measurement value and the application range of the measurement value. The variable physical parameter is in the physical parameter target state under the condition of determining the clock time application interval in which the clock time is currently located. A method for controlling a variable physical parameter, wherein the variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter target state, the method comprising the steps of: sensing a clock time to generate a sensed signal, wherein the clock Time is characterized based on a clock time application interval represented by a measurement value application interval and a clock time specified interval earlier than the clock time application interval; receiving a control signal before the clock time application interval, the control signal Play the role of indicating the specified interval of the clock time; in response to the control signal, start executing a counting operation related to the sensing signal; under the condition that the counting operation is executed, obtain a measurement value in response to the sensing signal; and under the condition that the clock time application interval in which the clock time is currently located is determined by examining a mathematical relationship between the measurement value and the measurement value application range, placing the variable physical parameter at the physical parameter target condition. A functional device for controlling a physical parameter application unit, wherein a variable physical parameter of the physical parameter application unit is characterized based on a physical parameter target state, and the physical parameter target state is determined by a physical parameter Represented by the target status code, the functional device includes: a timer that senses a clock time to generate a sensing signal, wherein the clock time is characterized based on a clock time application interval represented by a measured value application range , and the measurement value application range is represented by a measurement value application range code; and a processing unit, coupled to the timer, obtains a measurement value in response to the sensing signal, and determines the measurement value by using the measurement value Application range code, based on the determined measurement value under the condition that the processing unit determines the clock time application interval in which the clock time is currently in by examining a mathematical relationship between the measurement value and the measurement value application range Applying a range code to obtain the physical parameter target state code, and based on the obtained physical parameter target state code to transmit an operation signal to the physical parameter application unit, the operation signal being used by the physical parameter application unit to cause the variable physical The parameter is in the target state for this physical parameter. A method for controlling a physical parameter application unit, wherein a variable physical parameter of the physical parameter application unit is characterized based on a physical parameter target state represented by a physical parameter target state code , the method includes the following steps: sensing a clock time to generate a sensing signal, wherein the clock time is characterized based on a clock time application interval represented by a measurement value application range; in response to the sensing signal, obtain a measurement value; by using the measurement value, determine the measurement value application range code; by examining a mathematical relationship between the measurement value and the measurement value application range in the clock time application interval in which the clock time is currently located while being Under certain conditions, applying a range code based on the determined measurement value to obtain the physical parameter target state code; and transmitting an operation signal to the physical parameter application unit based on the obtained physical parameter target state code, the operation signal being The physical parameter applying unit is used to cause the variable physical parameter to be in the physical parameter target state. A control device for controlling a functional device in which a variable physical parameter of the functional device is characterized based on a physical parameter target state represented by a physical parameter target state code, the control The device includes: a transmission unit; a timer that senses a clock time to generate a sensing signal, wherein the clock time is characterized based on a clock time reference range represented by a measurement value application range, and the measurement The value application range is represented by a measurement value application range code; and a processing unit, coupled to the transmission unit and the timer, obtains a measurement value in response to the sensing signal, and determines the measurement value by using the measurement value Applying a range code, and based on the determined measurement under the condition that the processing unit determines the clock time reference range in which the clock time is currently located by examining a mathematical relationship between the measurement and the measurement application range The value application range code causes the transmission unit to transmit a control signal to the functional device, wherein the control signal conveys the physical parameter target state code and is used by the functional device to cause the variable physical parameter to be in the physical parameter target state. A method for controlling a functional device, wherein the functional device A variable physical parameter is characterized based on a physical parameter target state, and the physical parameter target state is represented by a physical parameter target state code, the method includes the steps of: sensing a clock time to generate a sensing signal, wherein the clock time is characterized based on a clock time reference range represented by a measurement value application range represented by a measurement value application range code; a measurement value is obtained in response to the sensing signal ; by using the measurement, determine the measurement application range code; and the clock time reference range in which the clock time is currently in is determined by examining a mathematical relationship between the measurement and the measurement application range Under certain conditions, a range code is applied based on the determined measurement value to transmit a control signal to the functional device, wherein the control signal conveys the physical parameter target status code and is used by the functional device to cause the variable physical parameter to be in The physical parameter target state. A control device for controlling a functional device, wherein a variable physical parameter of the functional device is characterized based on a physical parameter target range, and a control code associated with the physical parameter target range is based on the physical parameter target range A specified physical parameter within a range is preset, and the control device includes: a transmission unit; a timer that senses a clock time to generate a sensing signal, wherein the clock time is based on a measurement value applied to the range is characterized by a clock time reference range represented; and a processing unit, coupled to the transmission unit and the timer, responsive to the Sensing the signal to obtain a measurement value, and under the condition that the processing unit determines the clock time reference range in which the clock time is currently located by examining a mathematical relationship between the measurement value and the application range of the measurement value. The functional device transmits a control signal, wherein the control signal conveys the control code and is used by the functional device to cause the variable physical parameter to be within the physical parameter target range. A method for controlling a functional device, wherein a variable physical parameter of the functional device is characterized based on a physical parameter target range, and a control code associated with the physical parameter target range is based on the physical parameter target range The method includes the steps of: sensing a clock time to generate a sensing signal, wherein the clock time is based on a clock time reference range represented by a measurement value application range is characterized; in response to the sensed signal, a measurement is obtained; and the clock time reference range in which the clock time is currently located is determined by examining a mathematical relationship between the measurement and the range of application of the measurement Under the condition, a control signal is transmitted to the functional device, wherein the control signal conveys the control code and is used by the functional device to cause the variable physical parameter to be within the physical parameter target range.

Images